WO2007049725A1 - Absorbable article - Google Patents

Absorbable article Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007049725A1
WO2007049725A1 PCT/JP2006/321431 JP2006321431W WO2007049725A1 WO 2007049725 A1 WO2007049725 A1 WO 2007049725A1 JP 2006321431 W JP2006321431 W JP 2006321431W WO 2007049725 A1 WO2007049725 A1 WO 2007049725A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sheet
absorbent
superabsorbent polymer
polymer particles
liquid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2006/321431
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Yumiko Seike
Akinori Fukae
Tomotsugu Matsui
Original Assignee
Daio Paper Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2005310659A external-priority patent/JP4841224B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2005376645A external-priority patent/JP4969101B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2006101161A external-priority patent/JP4724587B2/en
Application filed by Daio Paper Corporation filed Critical Daio Paper Corporation
Publication of WO2007049725A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007049725A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/45Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
    • A61F13/47Sanitary towels, incontinence pads or napkins
    • A61F13/4704Sanitary towels, incontinence pads or napkins having preferential bending zones, e.g. fold lines or grooves
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/45Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
    • A61F13/47Sanitary towels, incontinence pads or napkins
    • A61F13/475Sanitary towels, incontinence pads or napkins characterised by edge leakage prevention means
    • A61F13/4751Sanitary towels, incontinence pads or napkins characterised by edge leakage prevention means the means preventing fluid flow in a transversal direction
    • A61F13/4756Sanitary towels, incontinence pads or napkins characterised by edge leakage prevention means the means preventing fluid flow in a transversal direction the means consisting of grooves, e.g. channels, depressions or embossments, resulting in a heterogeneous surface level
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/45Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the shape
    • A61F13/49Absorbent articles specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers
    • A61F13/49001Absorbent articles specially adapted to be worn around the waist, e.g. diapers having preferential bending zones, e.g. fold lines or grooves
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/53Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
    • A61F13/531Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a homogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad
    • A61F13/532Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a homogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad inhomogeneous in the plane of the pad
    • A61F13/533Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having a homogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad inhomogeneous in the plane of the pad having discontinuous areas of compression

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an absorbent article in which a groove-like emboss reaching from the top sheet to the absorbent main body is formed, particularly an absorbent formed by a filament aggregate formed by opening a tow.
  • Articles preferably paper diapers.
  • the present invention also relates to an absorbent article and a method for producing an absorbent body.
  • Absorbent articles such as infant and adult tape-type and pants-type disposable diapers and sanitary napkins include a top sheet on the use surface side, a back sheet that prevents permeation of liquid on the back side, and these
  • the basic element is an absorbent body that is interposed between sheets and receives and holds excreted liquid that has permeated through the top sheet.
  • a form that improves the touch when a plastic sheet is used as a knock sheet for example, by providing an exterior sheet such as non-woven fabric on the back side of the knock sheet, and so-called knocks on both sides of the product.
  • forms that provide elastic stretch to improve fit around the waist and abdomen, such as forms that form rear cuffs, are appropriately added.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2004-65300
  • Patent Document 2 Special Table 2000- 524399 (W099 / 27879) Publication
  • Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-500165 (US Pat. No. 6,646,180)
  • Tow has a relatively high density as it is, and its absorption performance and softness are insufficient.
  • the filament aggregate formed by opening the tow while squeezing is weakly linked to each other. Therefore, the shape collapses due to external force applied during use, and the initial absorption performance is reduced. There was a possibility that it could not be demonstrated.
  • the filament aggregate when the filament aggregate is oriented in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent element (product), it tends to flow excessively (run) in the orientation direction of the absorbed hydraulic filament, and crosses the orientation direction of the filament. In this direction, it is difficult to diffuse, and there is a limit to increasing the overall absorption capacity.
  • the crotch part is uniformly in the width direction.
  • many absorbent articles are provided with a noir cuff standing on the use surface side on both sides of the top sheet. If both sides of the crotch part are inflated, the substantial standing height of the Noriya cuff is reduced, and the follow-up performance to the body surface is also reduced by merely reducing the amount of damming.
  • the first problem of the present invention is to improve the shape stability of the filament aggregate and improve the fit of the wearer to the skin.
  • the second problem is to quickly absorb the liquid into the absorbent body while flowing the liquid along the groove of the emboss.
  • the third problem is to prevent leakage due to excessive supply of liquid to the edge of the absorbing element.
  • the fourth problem is to solve the problem that the crotch portion expands uniformly in the width direction and deteriorates the wearing feeling.
  • the present invention that has solved the above problems is as follows.
  • an absorbent main body including an absorbent body formed by a filament aggregate formed by opening a tow, and a liquid-impermeable sheet in this order, [0017]
  • groove-shaped embosses that reach the absorber from the top sheet are formed substantially along the longitudinal direction on both sides of the wearer's crotch. Absorbent article.
  • groove-shaped embosses that reach the absorber from the top sheet are formed along the longitudinal direction at least on both sides of the wearer's crotch.
  • the area between the embosses starts to fit in the crotch area of the wearer at the embossed part, and the excreted liquid spreads on the top sheet, causing front and back or side leakage , And quickly penetrates into the absorbent body.
  • the emboss is formed in a form that reaches the absorber, the liquid that has penetrated into the absorber diffuses along the emboss, and as a result, the absorption rate of the entire absorber is improved.
  • the diffusion rate of the liquid is faster in the orientation direction of the filament aggregate than in the direction intersecting this.
  • the emboss in the intersecting direction functions like a weir and diffuses in the direction intersecting the filament aggregate. And increase the diffusion rate of the absorber as a whole.
  • the embossing along the direction intersecting the orientation direction of the filament aggregate prevents the filament aggregate from being weakly linked to each other, and in particular, according to the embossing utilizing heat fusion.
  • the effect of preventing looseness due to high adhesion of the filament assembly is high, and the required absorption capacity is less likely to be deformed by external force applied during use.
  • the emboss includes at least a first portion formed substantially longitudinally on both sides of the wearer's crotch, and a second portion formed on the front and back portions of the absorbent main body, and the first portion
  • the absorbent article according to claim 1 or 2 wherein the second portion and the second portion are substantially connected to each other, and a substantially annular emboss is formed.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles in the filament aggregate.
  • the filament assembly may move and become unevenly distributed within the filament assembly, or the filament assembly force may be lost. If such a situation occurs, the absorption performance is hindered, and the unevenness of the superabsorbent polymer particles that have lost the filament aggregate strength gives the user a sly discomfort, which is not preferable.
  • the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles in the filament aggregate can be suppressed, the uneven distribution of the superabsorbent polymer particles is prevented, and the urine diffusibility and the absorption speed are improved. And gel blocking can be prevented.
  • the absorbent element has a difficult-to-absorb filament assembly obtained by opening the tow and having an absorption amount of 1.0 times or less of its own weight
  • the filament extends along the top sheet, and both ends of the filament are spaced inward from the peripheral edge of the absorbent element.
  • both ends of the filament are spaced inward from the peripheral edge of the absorbent element, even if the liquid travels along the filament and diffuses to both ends, the diffusion can be stopped before the peripheral edge of the absorbent element. Therefore, the excessive supply of the liquid to the end portion of the absorbing element is suppressed, and leakage prevention is achieved.
  • the absorption amount of the present invention is measured by the following procedure.
  • the absorbent body is attached to a liquid permeable sheet or a liquid permeable sheet.
  • embossed recesses that extend along the front-rear direction and the middle part in the front-rear direction bulges to the center in the width direction.
  • the use surface at the center in the width direction can be raised from both sides, and the fit between the crotch and the crack can be improved.
  • the absorbent element has a lower layer absorber and an upper layer absorber provided on the top sheet side,
  • the upper-layer absorbent body is obtained by opening the tow and has an absorption capacity of a hard-to-absorb filament that is absorbed by 1.0 times or less of its own weight.
  • the filament aggregate has a filament along the top sheet. And both ends of the filament are spaced inward from the periphery of the lower layer absorber,
  • the lower layer absorber plays a role of holding (storing) the absorbed liquid, it is preferable to employ an absorber having an excellent water absorption amount as described in this section.
  • the absorbent element has a lower layer absorber and an upper layer absorber provided on the top sheet side,
  • the lower layer absorbent body is obtained by opening the tow and has an absorption capacity of a hard-to-absorb filament that is absorbed by 1.0 times or less of its own weight.
  • the filament aggregate has a filament along the top sheet. And both ends of the filament are spaced inward from the periphery of the upper absorbent body,
  • the use surface at the center in the width direction can be raised from both sides, and the fit between the crotch and the crack can be improved.
  • a method for producing an absorbent body comprising: cutting the filament assembly at predetermined intervals, and attaching the cut filament assembly to a predetermined position on the absorbent body or the absorbent sheet.
  • the filament aggregate obtained by opening the tow is a material that is difficult to handle in manufacturing because it is easy to disintegrate or lose its shape. For this reason, in the manufacture of conventional absorbers, the filament aggregates are handled in a continuous state, and the filament aggregates are also cut using cutting into individual absorbers.
  • the continuous filament aggregate is attached to the continuous liquid-permeable sheet or wrapped with the liquid-permeable sheet, so that the filament aggregate is scattered or loses its shape. It becomes difficult to do.
  • a sheet processing device such as a slip force utter can be used, and the assembly of filaments is desired in the absorbent body without requiring special equipment. It becomes possible to arrange in the position.
  • the absorbent element includes an absorbent body having an aggregate of filaments opened from tow and superabsorbent polymer particles,
  • the absorbent body has a crotch portion, a front portion of the crotch portion, and a rear portion of the crotch portion.
  • the main absorbent portion which is a portion other than both sides of the crotch portion, has superabsorbent polymer particles, and the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles on both sides of the crotch portion is less than that of the main absorbent portion.
  • the main absorbent portion which is a portion other than the both side portions of the crotch portion, has high-absorbent polymer particles.
  • the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles is less than that of the main absorption portion, and when the excretory fluid is absorbed, the expansion at both sides of the crotch portion is suppressed. As a result, both sides of the crotch can be flexibly fitted around the legs when excreted fluid is absorbed.
  • the present invention is characterized in that the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles is different between both side portions of the crotch portion and other portions. Therefore, if the superabsorbent polymer particles move freely, the effects of the present invention described above may be diminished. Therefore, it is preferable to adhere the superabsorbent polymer particles to the filament assembly as described in this section.
  • the absorbent body is treated with tissue paper (crepe paper) for the purpose of preventing the filament aggregate from warping or deformation, or enhancing the integrity of the filament aggregate and the superabsorbent polymer particles.
  • tissue paper crepe paper
  • the absorbent article according to any one of claims 14 to 16, comprising a holding sheet for holding the superabsorbent polymer particles.
  • a holding sheet as described in this section can be adopted in addition to the above-mentioned adhesion.
  • the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles can be more effectively suppressed by adhering the superabsorbent polymer to the holding sheet.
  • holding hole means a force that includes at least one of a hollow hole and a through hole, and does not include anything depending on the shape of the sheet itself, such as an interfiber gap in a nonwoven fabric (the same applies hereinafter). .
  • the holding sheet with holding holes only in the part that overlaps the main absorbent part, it is possible to efficiently move the superabsorbent polymer particles from the main absorbent part to both sides of the crotch part. It can be well controlled.
  • adhesion for adhering superabsorbent polymer particles that can efficiently suppress the migration of the superabsorbent polymer particles from the main absorbent portion to both sides of the crotch portion. Since there is no agent on both sides of the crotch part, the increase in rigidity on both sides of the crotch part can be suppressed, and while the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles is suppressed by adhesion, the fit at the time of wearing is not bad.
  • adhesion for adhering superabsorbent polymer particles that can efficiently suppress the migration of the superabsorbent polymer particles from the main absorbent portion to both sides of the crotch portion. Since there is no agent on both sides of the crotch part, the increase in rigidity on both sides of the crotch part can be suppressed, and while the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles is suppressed by adhesion, the fit at the time of wearing is not bad.
  • the liquid along the embossed grooves can improve the shape stability of the absorbent body, particularly the filament aggregate, and can improve the fit of the wearer to the skin. As a result, it is possible to absorb the liquid quickly into the absorbent body while flowing.
  • FIG. 1 shows an example of a pants-type disposable diaper as an absorbent article.
  • the pan-type disposable diaper 10 includes an outer surface (back surface) side exterior sheet 12 and an inner surface (front surface) side absorbent body 20, and the absorbent body 20 is fixed to the exterior sheet 12.
  • the absorbent main body 20 is a portion that receives and absorbs and holds liquids such as urine and loose stool (menstrual blood in the case of a sanitary napkin described later).
  • the exterior sheet 12 is a part for attaching to the wearer.
  • the exterior sheet 12 has, for example, an hourglass shape as shown in the figure, and both sides are constricted, and this is a part into which the wearer's leg is inserted.
  • the absorbent body 20 can take any shape, but is rectangular in the illustrated form.
  • the exterior sheet 12 is folded back and forth after the absorbent main body 20 is installed and fixed at a predetermined position, and both sides of the front body 12F and the back body 12B of the exterior sheet 12
  • the joining region 12A is joined by heat fusion or the like.
  • An intermediate width in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent main body 20 shown in the drawing (that is, the vertical direction in Fig. 2 and also in the longitudinal direction of the product) is shorter than the width connecting the constricted portions of the exterior sheet 12. ing. This width relationship may be reversed or the same width.
  • the exterior sheet 12 is preferably composed of two sheets of water-repellent nonwoven fabric, for example, and an elastic elastic member is interposed between these sheets, and a form that fits the wearer by the contraction force is desirable.
  • the elastic elastic member thread rubber or elastic foam band can be used, but it is desirable to use a large number of thread rubbers.
  • the rubber threads 12C, 12C,... are continuously provided in the width direction in the waist region W, provided only on both sides in the waist region U, and provided in the crotch region L. Absent.
  • the rubber thread 1 2C, 12C ... is provided in both the waist region W and the lower waist region U, so that even if the elastic force of the thread rubber 12C itself is weak, the wearer also in the lower waist region U as a whole In As a result, the product fits well to the wearer.
  • the absorbent main body 20 has a top sheet 30 having a strength such as a non-woven fabric that allows the liquid to pass therethrough as shown in FIG. 3 showing the state without embossing and FIG. 4 showing the state with the embossing formed. And an intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 and an absorbent element 50 constituting the main element of liquid absorption.
  • the absorbent element 50 includes an absorbent body 56 that absorbs and holds the received liquid, and a liquid-impermeable sheet (also referred to as a back sheet) 70 such as a plastic sheet is provided on the back side thereof.
  • the exterior sheet 12 is provided on the back side of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70.
  • barrier cuffs 60, 60 on both sides are also used to cover the back side.
  • the top sheet 30 has a property of transmitting liquid. Therefore, the material of the top sheet 30 is sufficient if it exhibits this liquid permeability, and examples thereof include a porous or non-porous nonwoven fabric and a porous plastic sheet.
  • the nonwoven fabric is not particularly limited as to what the raw fiber is. For example, polyolefin fibers such as polyethylene and polypropylene, synthetic fibers such as polyester and polyamide, recycled fibers such as rayon cupra, natural fibers such as cotton, and mixed fibers and composite fibers using two or more of these Etc. can be illustrated. Sarakuko and non-woven fabric may be manufactured by any processing.
  • Karoe method examples include known methods such as the spunlace method, the spunbond method, the thermal bond method, the melt blown method, the needle punch method, the air through method, and the point bond method.
  • the spun lace method is a preferable cache method when the flexibility and drapeability are required
  • the thermal bond method is preferable when the bulkiness and softness are required.
  • the top sheet 30 may be a single sheet or a laminated sheet obtained by laminating two or more sheets. Similarly, the top sheet 30 may be composed of one sheet or two or more sheets in the plane direction.
  • Examples of the intermediate sheet 40 include the same material as the top sheet 30, spun lace, pulp nonwoven fabric, mixed sheet of pulp and rayon, point bond, or crepe paper.
  • an air-through nonwoven fabric and a spunbond nonwoven fabric are preferable.
  • the intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 is interposed between the top sheet 30 and the covering sheet 58.
  • the intermediate sheet 40 in the form shown in the figure is arranged in the center shorter than the width of the absorber 56, but may be provided over the entire width.
  • the length of the intermediate sheet 40 in the longitudinal direction may be the same as the length of the absorbent body 56, or may be within a short or long range centered on the region for receiving the liquid.
  • a typical material for the intermediate sheet 40 is a nonwoven fabric excellent in liquid permeability.
  • the absorbent element 50 includes an absorbent body 56 that absorbs and retains the received liquid, and the absorbent body 56 may be a cotton-like pulp fiber, but in a preferred embodiment, the tow is opened.
  • An enveloping sheet that includes an aggregate of filaments 52, 52 ... (filament aggregate) and superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54 ... and wraps at least the back and side surfaces of the absorber 56 And 58. Further, a holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the rear surface side portion (lower portion) of the covering sheet 58.
  • the absorbent body 56 has an aggregate of filaments 52, 52.
  • superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54 are dispersed substantially throughout the thickness direction with respect to the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52. This state of being dispersed substantially throughout the thickness direction is conceptually shown as an enlarged view of the main part of FIG. [0093] If there is no or very little SAP particles in the upper, lower, and intermediate parts of the absorber 56, it cannot be said that "absorbed throughout the thickness direction".
  • “distributed in the entire thickness direction” means “distributed unevenly in the upper, lower, and / or middle portions of the filament aggregate in addition to the form“ uniformly ”distributed in the entire thickness direction. The force is still included in the upper, lower and middle parts.
  • a form in which some SAP particles remain on the surface of the filament 52, 52 ⁇ not entering the aggregate of filaments 52, 52 ⁇ Forms that pass through the body and are on the covering sheet 58 or on the holding sheet 80 are not excluded.
  • the aggregate of filaments 52, 52, ... is obtained by opening a tow (fiber bundle) composed of filaments (substantially continuous long fibers).
  • the filament material is not particularly limited as long as it can be heat-sealed.
  • polysaccharides or derivatives thereof cell mouth, cellulose ester, chitin, chitosan, etc.
  • synthetic polymers polyethylene
  • Polypropylene polyamide
  • polyester polylactaamide
  • polybutyrate polybutyrate
  • Cellulose esters and cellulose are particularly preferred.
  • cellulose cellulose derived from plants such as cotton, linter, and wood pulp, buttery cellulose, etc. can be used.
  • Regenerated cellulose which may be regenerated cellulose such as rayon, is spun. Also good.
  • cellulose esters examples include organic acid esters such as cellulose acetate, cellulose butyrate, and cellulose propionate; cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, It is possible to use mixed acid esters such as cellulose nitrate acetate; and cellulose ester derivatives such as poly force prolataton graft cellulose cellulose ester. These cellulose esters can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the viscosity average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 50 to 900, preferably about 200 to 800.
  • the average substitution degree of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1.5 to 3.0 (for example, 2 to 3).
  • the average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester is, for example, 10 to 1000, preferably 50 to 900.
  • the average substitution degree of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1 to 3, preferably 1 to 2.15, and more preferably about 1.1 to 2.0. Can do.
  • the average degree of substitution of the cellulose ester can be selected from the viewpoint of enhancing biodegradability.
  • an organic acid ester for example, an ester with an organic acid having about 2 to 4 carbon atoms
  • cellulose acetate is suitable.
  • the acetylation degree of cellulose acetate is often about 43 to 62%, but about 30 to 50% is particularly preferable because it is excellent in biodegradability.
  • a particularly preferred cellulose ester is cellulose diacetate.
  • the filament may contain various additives such as a heat stabilizer, a colorant, an oil agent, a yield improver, a whiteness improver, and the like.
  • the fineness of the filament is, for example, 1 to 16 dex, preferably 1 to: LOdex, and more preferably 1 to 5 dex.
  • the filament may be a non-crimped fiber, but is preferably a crimped fiber.
  • the crimped degree of the crimped fiber can be, for example, about 5 to 75, preferably 10 to 50, and more preferably about 15 to 50 per inch. Further, a crimped fiber that is uniformly crimped is often used. When crimped fibers are used, a bulky and light absorbent body can be produced, and a highly integrated tow can be easily produced by entanglement between the fibers.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the filament is not particularly limited, and may be any of, for example, a circle, an ellipse, an irregular shape (for example, a Y shape, an X shape, an I shape, an R shape) or a hollow shape.
  • the filament has a shape of a tow (fiber bundle) formed by bundling 3,000 to 1,000,000, preferably ⁇ 5,000 to 1,000,000 single fibers. Used in.
  • the fiber bundle is preferably formed by concentrating about 3,000 to 1,000,000 filaments.
  • a binder having an action of adhering or fusing the contact portion of the filament can be used mainly for the purpose of maintaining the shape.
  • Binders include ester plasticizers such as triacetin, triethylene glycol diacetate, triethylene glycol dipropionate, dibutyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, and citrate triethyl ester, as well as various grease adhesives, especially heat Plastic resin can be used. Triacetin can be particularly preferably used.
  • the thermoplastic resin used as the binder is a resin that exhibits an adhesive force when melted and solidified, and includes water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble resin and water-soluble resin. Water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble rosin and water-soluble rosin can be used in combination as necessary.
  • water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble resins include olefin-based homo- or copolymers such as polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, and ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, polybutyl acetate, and polymethacrylic acid.
  • Acrylic resin such as methyl, methyl methacrylate-acrylic acid ester copolymer, copolymer of (meth) acrylic monomer and styrenic monomer, polyvinyl chloride, butyl acetate butyl copolymer, polystyrene Styrene polymers such as copolymers of styrene monomers and (meth) acrylic monomers, polyesters that may be modified, polyamides such as nylon 11, nylon 12, nylon 610, nylon 612, rosin derivatives ( For example, rosin ester), hydrocarbon resin (for example, terpene resin) Dicyclopentadiene ⁇ , petroleum ⁇ ), such as hydrogen added hydrocarbon ⁇ can be used. These thermoplastic rosins can be used singly or in combination.
  • the water-soluble rosin has various water-soluble polymers such as polybulal alcohol, polypyrrole pyrrolidone, polybull ether, bulll monomer, carboxyl group, sulfonic acid group or a salt thereof.
  • Vinyl water-soluble resins such as copolymers with copolymerizable monomers, acrylic water-soluble resins, polyalkylene oxides, water-soluble polyesters, water-soluble polyamides, and the like can be used.
  • These water-soluble coagulants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • thermoplastic resin Various additives such as stabilizers such as antioxidants and ultraviolet absorbers, fillers, plasticizers, preservatives, and antifungal agents may be added to the thermoplastic resin.
  • tow can be produced by a known method, it will not be described in detail.
  • Cellulose diacetate tow bale that can be suitably used for the absorbent element 50 is commercially available from Cera-Izu Co., Ltd. Daicel Chemical Industries. Cellulose diacetate tow bale has a density of about 0.5 gZcm 3 and a total weight of 400-600 kg.
  • the tow is peeled off and opened in a wide band shape so as to have a desired size and bulk.
  • the opening width of the tow is arbitrary, for example, a width of 100 to 2000 mm, preferably a product suction
  • the width of the collector can be about 100 to 300 mm.
  • the density of the absorbent can be adjusted by adjusting the degree of tow opening.
  • a method for opening a tow for example, a method in which the tow is spread over a plurality of opening rolls and the tow is gradually expanded as the tow progresses, and the tow tension (elongation) is used.
  • a method of repeatedly opening and relaxing (shrinking) and a method of widening and opening using compressed air can be used.
  • Superabsorbent polymer particles mean to include “powder” in addition to “particles”.
  • a material for the superabsorbent 14 polymer particles a material that can be used without any limitation is preferred that has a water absorption of 60 gZg or more.
  • superabsorbent polymer particles examples include starch-based, cellulose-based and synthetic polymer-based materials such as starch acrylic acid (salt) graft copolymer, saponified starch-acrylo-tolyl copolymer, sodium carboxymethylcellulose. Cross-linked products and acrylic acid (salt) polymers can be used.
  • shape of the superabsorbent polymer particles it is possible to use a powder or other shape which is suitable for a normally used granular material.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles those having a water absorption rate of 40 seconds or less are preferably used. When the water absorption speed exceeds 40 seconds, so-called reversal of the liquid supplied into the absorbent body easily returns to the outside of the absorbent body.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles those having a gel strength of lOOOPa or more are preferably used. Thereby, even when it is a case where it is set as a bulky absorber by using tow
  • the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles can be appropriately determined according to the amount of absorption required for the use of the absorber. Therefore, although it cannot be generally stated, it can be 50 to 350 gZm 2 .
  • the polymer basis weight By setting the polymer basis weight to 50 g / m 2 or less, it is possible to prevent the light weight effect from being exerted by adopting a tuca-like filament aggregate depending on the polymer weight. If 350gZm 2 is exceeded, the effect is saturated Excessive superabsorbent polymer particles give the above-mentioned crisp discomfort
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles can adjust the application density or the application amount in the plane direction of the absorbent body 56.
  • the amount of liquid excretion can be spread more than other parts.
  • men can increase the front spray density (quantity) and women can increase the center spray density (quantity).
  • a portion where no polymer exists locally (for example, in a spot shape) in the planar direction of the absorber 56 may be provided.
  • a plurality of superabsorbent polymer particles having different particle size distributions are prepared, and can be sequentially sprayed and projected in the thickness direction.
  • high-absorbent polymer particle spraying means for example, by disposing high-absorbent polymer particle spraying means at intervals in the direction of multiple lines, spraying the one with the small particle size distribution first and then spraying the one with the large particle size distribution. It is possible to distribute a small particle size distribution on the lower side in the absorber 56 and a large particle size distribution on the upper side. This form is effective for allowing a particle having a small particle size distribution to penetrate deeply into a filament assembly.
  • the ratio between the superabsorbent polymer particles and the filament aggregate affects the absorption characteristics.
  • a weight ratio in a planar area of 5 cm ⁇ 5 cm in the region directly receiving the liquid in the absorber 56 it is desirable that the superabsorbent polymer particle Z filament weight is 1 to 14, particularly 3 to 9.
  • a tissue pen particularly a crepe paper, a nonwoven fabric, a polylaminated nonwoven fabric, a sheet having small holes, or the like can be used. However, it is desirable that the sheet does not allow the superabsorbent polymer particles to escape.
  • hydrophilic SMMS spunbond Z meltblown Z meltblown Z spunbond
  • non-woven fabrics instead of crepe paper
  • materials such as polypropylene and polyethylene Zpolypropylene can be used.
  • the basis weight is preferably 8 to 20 g / m 2 , particularly 10 to 15 g / m 2 .
  • this covering sheet 58 has a form that wraps the entire layer of the aggregates of filaments 52, 52 ... and superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54 ... As shown, it may cover only the back and side surfaces of the layer. Although not shown, only the upper surface and side surface of the absorbent body 56 are covered with a crepe paper nonwoven fabric and the lower surface is liquid-impermeable such as polyethylene. It may be in the form of covering with a sheet, covering the upper surface of the absorbent body 56 with a crepe paper nonwoven fabric, and covering the side surface and the lower surface with a liquid-impermeable sheet such as polyethylene (each of these materials is a component of the covering sheet) Become).
  • the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52 ... and the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54 ... may be sandwiched between two upper and lower sheets or arranged only on the lower surface. This is not the desired form because it is difficult to prevent the migration of the superabsorbent polymer particles.
  • the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 simply means a sheet disposed on the back surface side of the absorber 56.
  • the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is a sheet that interposes the absorber 56 with the top sheet 30.
  • the material of the liquid impermeable sheet is not particularly limited. Specifically, for example, polyolefin resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, laminated nonwoven fabric in which a nonwoven fabric is laminated on a polyethylene sheet or the like, and a nonwoven fabric that is substantially impervious to liquids by interposing a waterproof film (in this case Can be exemplified by a waterproof film and a non-woven fabric to form a liquid-impermeable sheet.
  • materials having liquid-impervious and moisture-permeable properties that have been favored and used in recent years from the viewpoint of preventing stuffiness can also be exemplified.
  • an inorganic filler is kneaded in an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, and the sheet is formed, and then stretched in a uniaxial or biaxial direction.
  • the microporous sheets obtained as described above can be displayed.
  • the liquid impervious sheet 70 is a force that can prevent the liquid from leaking laterally (not shown) by extending it to the use surface in a so-called framed form.
  • the second liquid-impermeable sheet 72 is interposed between the double barrier sheets 64 forming the Noriya cuff 60. According to this configuration, the second liquid-impermeable sheet 72 extends until the Norriya cuff 60 stands up. Therefore, the liquid spread along the top sheet 30 and the barrier one-force huss 60, 60 are spread. There is also an advantage that side leakage of soft stool can be prevented.
  • Barrier force hose 60, 60 provided on both sides of the product is provided to prevent urine and loose stool that move laterally along the top sheet 30 and prevent side leakage. It is an additional element.
  • the illustrated non-cuff cuff 60 is a doubled water-repellent nonwoven fabric sheet, and covers the folded portion from the back surface side of the absorbent body 56 to the lower side of the top sheet 30, and protrudes to the front surface side. Is formed.
  • the side of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is inserted between the double nonwoven fabric sheets, and the barrier force that protrudes to the surface side It extends halfway through Hus 60.
  • the shape of the barrier first force hose 60 itself can be appropriately designed.
  • the cuffs 60 are erected by the contraction force during use.
  • the middle part of rubber thread 62 in the middle is positioned on the center side of thread rubbers 62 and 62 at the front end and fixed to the front and rear ends of topsheet 30.
  • the side is erected diagonally toward the center, and the tip end is inclined obliquely outward from the middle part.
  • the top sheet 30 extends from the top sheet 30 to the absorbent body 56 along the longitudinal direction at least on both sides of the wearer's crotch. Groove-shaped embossing reaching Em, Em is formed!
  • groove-shaped embosses Ec and Ec may be formed along a direction (in the embodiment, the width direction) intersecting the orientation direction of the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52.
  • the first embossed Em, Em formed on the both sides of the wearer's crotch portion in the substantially longitudinal direction
  • the second embossed formed on the front and rear portions of the absorber 56, Embossing Ec, Ec, the first embossing Em, Em and the second embossing Ec, Ec are substantially connected to form a substantially annular embossing.
  • embossing With regard to embossing, “almost along the longitudinal direction” means that the embossing is formed in a straight line, including an arc or curved line that extends along the longitudinal direction. As shown, it may have an appropriately shaped portion at the longitudinal end. That is, if the length along the longitudinal direction is substantially 5 cm or more, the present invention is effective. [0127]
  • the direction intersecting with the orientation direction of the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52... is not limited to being orthogonal to the longitudinal direction, and the direction is limited as long as it is the “intersecting direction”. As shown in Fig. 2, it may be formed with arcuate or curved embossing.
  • the embossing is preferably formed in such a form that the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52,... Is heat-sealed using a force formed only by pressing, an ultrasonic wave, a heat roll, or the like.
  • embossing has a groove shape
  • high pressing parts and low pressing parts may be alternately formed, and the embossed groove bottom may have irregularities, but is rather desirable.
  • groove-shaped embosses Ec 1 and Ec 2 in the width direction may be formed at the center and / or outside of the emboss Ec.
  • V may be formed by adding other embosses to the center side and / or the outside of the groove-like emboss Em.
  • the embossed formation region can be selected by the wearer according to gender.
  • Paper diapers are different in size for infants and adults, so although they cannot be uniquely defined by the length, they extend over the range of 1Z4 or more with respect to the longitudinal direction of the aggregate of filaments 52, 52 ... It is desirable to form over a range of 1Z3 or more in the width direction.
  • the SA P in the embossed Em, Em area, the embossed Ec, Ec area, or the substantially embossed area surrounded by the first embossed Em, Em and the second embossed Ec, Ec. Particle weight can be higher than other areas.
  • the liquid absorbability (mainly liquid absorption amount) after urination in that region can be increased.
  • the depth of the groove-like emboss reaches the absorber 56 as in the above embodiment.
  • the “reaching” degree can be up to the top of the absorber 56, up to the center of the absorber 56, or down to the bottom of the absorber 56.
  • the depth of the groove-like embossing is up to 30 parts of the top sheet, the top sheet 30 and the middle. Up to the 40th part of the sheet, the top sheet 30, the intermediate sheet 40, and the upper part of the covering sheet 58 are acceptable, but in order to increase the fit and the liquid absorption speed as in the above embodiment, the absorber 56 is reached. I like things! /.
  • the embossed Em the area between Em, the area between the embossed Ec, Ec, there is! /! Is a substantially annular shape surrounded by the first embossed Em, Em and the second embossed Ec, Ec.
  • the density of the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52... Is increased from other parts, the fit and the liquid absorption rate can be increased.
  • FIG.8 and FIG.9 has shown the example of the tape type disposable diaper.
  • FIG. 9 is a view taken along the line 9-9 in FIG. 8, but the absorbent main body 20 is slightly exaggerated.
  • the tape-type disposable diaper 10A has fastening pieces attached to both ends of the back side of the diaper, has a hook element on the fastening surface of the fastening piece, and constitutes the back side of the diaper.
  • a diaper in which a backsheet is a non-woven laminate, and the hook element of the fastening piece can be engaged with an arbitrary portion of the surface of the backsheet when the diaper is mounted.
  • the absorbent main body 20 has an absorbent body 56 interposed between a top sheet 30 and a liquid-impermeable sheet 70.
  • the absorbent body 56 is entirely wrapped with a covering sheet 58 made of tissue paper, and has a rectangular shape in plan view.
  • a holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the covering sheet 58.
  • the intermediate sheet 40 is interposed between the top sheet 30 and the absorber 56.
  • the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, and a back sheet 12A made of an hourglass-shaped non-woven fabric is provided on the outer side thereof.
  • the top sheet 30 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, extends slightly outward from the side edge of the absorbent body 56, and is fixed to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 with a hot melt adhesive or the like.
  • a barrier force hose 60A protruding toward the use surface side is formed on both sides of the diaper.
  • This noir cuff 60A has a non-woven sheet 64 which also has a non-woven fabric force substantially continuous in the width direction, and an elastic expansion and contraction. It is composed of a member, for example, one or a plurality of leg rubber elastic elastic members for the leg elastic force. 130 is fasting with hook and loop fasteners It is a piece.
  • the inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 has a fixing start at a position separated from the side edge of the top sheet 30, and the fixing start edge also extends to the extending edge of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 outward in the width direction. Part is fixed with hot melt adhesive.
  • the outer surface of the liner sheet 64 is fixed to the back sheet 12A with a hot melt adhesive on the lower surface thereof. Further, an elastic expansion / contraction member for gasket cuff, for example, rubber thread 66 is provided.
  • the starting end of the inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 fixed to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 forms an upright end of the NORY cuff 60A.
  • the inside of the standing end is a free part that is not fixed to the product body, and this free part comes to stand by the contraction force of the rubber thread 62.
  • the fastening piece 130 by using a hook-and-loop fastener as the fastening piece 130, it can be mechanically fixed to the back sheet 12A. Therefore, the so-called target tape can be omitted, and the fastening position by the fastening piece 130 can be freely selected.
  • a base portion of a fastening base material such as plastic, polylaminated nonwoven fabric, or paper is joined to the back sheet 12A, for example, with an adhesive, and has a hook element 130A on the tip side.
  • the hook element 130A is bonded to the fastening substrate with an adhesive.
  • the hook element 130A has a large number of engaging pieces on the outer surface side thereof.
  • a temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is provided on the tip side from the hook element 130A. At the end of the assembly of the product, the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is adhered to the force barrier sheet 64 to prevent peeling of the front end side of the fastening piece 130. In use, it peels off against the adhesive force and brings the front end of the fastening piece 130 to the front body.
  • the fastening base material is exposed at the tip side from the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B, and is a tab portion.
  • a target printing sheet 74 as a design sheet is provided on the inner surface side of the knock sheet 12A on the opening side of the front body, and serves as a guide for fixing the hook element 130A of the fastening piece 130.
  • the target print with the design is made and made visible through the back sheet 12A from the outside.
  • the diaper When the diaper is worn, the diaper is attached to the body in the shape of a boat, and the contraction force of the rubber thread 62 acts on the leg. Stand up.
  • the space surrounded by the standing part forms a confined space for urine or soft stool.
  • the urine is absorbed into the absorbent body 56 through the top sheet 30 and the rising part of the Noriya cuff 60A becomes the barrier for the stool solids. Is prevented.
  • side leakage is prevented by a stop function by the flat contact part.
  • the NORY sheet 64 forming each standing cuff is not liquid-permeable but substantially liquid-permeable (or semi-liquid-permeable).
  • the top sheet (nonwoven fabric laminate) of the present invention may have a property of repelling liquid by silicon treatment or the like.
  • the noir sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A are air permeable, and the barrier sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A each have a hydrostatic pressure of lOOmmH.
  • a sheet of 2 o or more is preferable. As a result, air permeability is exhibited at the side portion in the width direction of the product, and the wearer's stuffiness can be prevented.
  • first embossed Em, Em formed in the longitudinal direction on both sides of the wearer's crotch, and the second embossed Ec formed on the front and rear portions of the absorber 56,
  • the first emboss Em, Em and the second emboss Ec, Ec are substantially connected to form a substantially annular emboss.
  • Other modified examples can be employed in the same manner as the above-described pants-type.
  • FIG. 10 shows an example of a pants-type disposable diaper.
  • This pants-type disposable diaper 10 includes an outer surface (back surface) side exterior sheet 12 and an inner surface (front surface) side absorbent main body 20, and the absorbent main body 20 is fixed to the outer sheet 12. .
  • the absorbent main body 20 is a part that receives and absorbs and holds liquids such as urine and loose stool (menstrual blood in the case of a sanitary napkin described later).
  • the exterior sheet 12 is a part for attaching to the wearer.
  • the exterior sheet 12 has a trunk periphery 12T that is determined as a front-rear direction range that also reaches the upper end of the leg opening LO, and a middle opening 12L that is determined as a front-rear direction range of a portion that forms the leg opening LO. .
  • the waistline portion 12T can be conceptually divided into a “trunk upper end” 12W and a “trunk bottom” 12U.
  • the length in the front-rear direction varies depending on the size of the product, and the force that can be determined as appropriate.
  • the waist upper end 12W can be 15-40 mm and the waist lower 12U can be 65-120 mm. .
  • both side edges of the intermediate portion 12L are bound along the circumference of the legs of the wearer, and this is a part where the wearer's legs are put.
  • the exterior sheet 12 has a substantially hourglass shape as a whole.
  • the width force of the outer sheet 12 at the crotch portion is shorter than the absorbent main body 20. The relationship of this width may be reversed or the same width.
  • the exterior sheet 12 is folded back and forth after the absorbent main body 20 is installed and fixed in place, and both sides of the front body 12F and the back body 12B of the exterior sheet 12
  • the joining region 12A is joined by heat fusion or the like.
  • a pants-type disposable diaper having the structure shown in FIG. 10 and having a waist opening WO and a pair of redder openings LO is obtained.
  • the exterior sheet 12 may be formed of a single-layer sheet, but is preferably formed of a two-layer sheet in which an outer layer and an inner layer are bonded together with an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive.
  • the outer layer and the inner layer can be used without any particular limitation, but it is preferable to use a water-repellent nonwoven fabric from the viewpoint of touch and waterproofness.
  • Each of the outer layer and the inner layer may be formed by laminating a plurality of materials.
  • the thicknesses of the outer layer and the inner layer can be determined as appropriate, but the thickness of the outer layer is preferably equal to or greater than the thickness of the inner layer.
  • the outer layer and the inner layer preferably each have a basis weight in the range of 5 to 30 g / m 2 . Further, the thickness of the outer layer 12S is preferably 5 mm or less, and the thickness of the inner layer is preferably lmm or less.
  • the elastic sheet 12C, 12D is fixed to the exterior sheet 12 with a hot melt adhesive or the like in an expanded state.
  • the elastic elastic members 12C and 12D can be used without particular limitation as long as they are long and narrow rubber materials such as threads, strings, and strips.
  • the waist elastic elastic member 12C extending along the width direction is spaced a predetermined distance in the front-rear direction between the outer layer and the inner layer in the waist lower portion 12U of the exterior sheet 12. Many, for example, about 15 to 40 are provided in parallel.
  • the waist elastic elastic member 12C is cut at the portion overlapping the absorbent main body 20 by embossing force needle piercing or the like, or there is a waist around the portion overlapping the absorbent main body 20
  • the contraction force can be eliminated or weakened.
  • a large number of points may be cut at a predetermined interval in the width direction, or only one point may be cut.
  • the elastic expansion / contraction member 12C is discontinuous in the portion (either part or all) that overlaps the absorbent main body 20, the contraction force acting on the absorbent main body 20 is eliminated or weakened.
  • the width of the cut or missing portion of the elastic elastic member 12C can be determined as appropriate. Also, unlike the illustrated embodiment, the waist elastic elastic member 12C can be made discontinuous only in one of the back side B and the ventral side F.
  • the thickness and arrangement interval of the waist elastic elastic member 12C can be determined as appropriate, but preferably the thickness is lOOOOdtex or less, particularly 700 to 400 dtex, and the arrangement interval is l to 20 mm, especially 1 to 10 mm. Is done.
  • the outer layer is folded back inside the exterior sheet 12 at the trunk opening WO, and the end of the trunk opening WO is between the folded portion and the exterior sheet 12.
  • the body end elastic elastic member 12D is fixed in an extended state with a space parallel to the edge.
  • the thickness, interval, and number of the trunk end elastic members 12D can be determined as appropriate.
  • the thickness is preferably 400 to 900 dtex, the interval is 3 to 6 mm, and the number is preferably about 4 to 10.
  • the absorbent main body 20 includes a liquid-permeable top sheet 30, a liquid-impermeable sheet (also referred to as a back sheet) 70, and an absorbent element 50 interposed therebetween. ing. On the back side of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70, the above-described exterior sheet 12 is provided. Furthermore, on both sides of the absorbent main body 20, there are provided noir cuffs 60, 60 which protrude toward the use surface side.
  • the top sheet 30 can be formed using a liquid-permeable material.
  • a porous or non-porous nonwoven fabric, a porous plastic sheet, or the like can be used.
  • Non-woven fabrics are not limited by raw material fibers, for example, polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, synthetic fibers such as polyesters and polyamides, regenerated fibers such as rayon cupra, natural fibers such as cotton, etc.
  • a mixed fiber or a composite fiber in which two or more of these are used can be used.
  • the nonwoven fabric is not limited by the production method, and is produced by a known method such as a spunlace method, a spunbond method, a thermal bond method, a melt blown method, a needle punch method, an air through method, a point bond method, etc. Things can be used.
  • the thermal bond method is the preferred cache method if the bulkiness and softness preferred by the span lace method are desired if flexibility and drapeability are desired.
  • the top sheet 30 may be a single sheet or a laminated sheet obtained by laminating two or more sheets. Similarly, the top sheet 30 may be composed of one sheet or two or more sheets in the plane direction.
  • the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is a sheet disposed on the back side of the absorber 56.
  • the material of the liquid-impermeable sheet is not particularly limited.
  • an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene
  • a non-woven fabric that is substantially impervious to liquid in this case, a waterproof film and a non-woven fabric constitute a liquid-impermeable sheet
  • materials having liquid-impervious and moisture-permeable properties that have been used in recent years because of their ability to prevent stuffiness can also be exemplified.
  • an inorganic filler is kneaded in an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, and the sheet is formed.
  • an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene
  • An example of the microporous sheet obtained by stretching is as follows.
  • Absorbing element 50 consists of lower layer absorber 56B and upper layer absorbent provided on the top sheet 30 side.
  • 56A of which the upper absorbent body 56A is obtained by opening the tow and is formed of an aggregate of hardly absorbable filaments 52 having an absorption amount of 1.0 times or less of its own weight.
  • the filament 52 of the upper layer absorbent body 56A extends along the top sheet 30 in the illustrated direction in the front-rear direction, and as shown in FIG. 11, both ends (tip and base ends) of the filament 52 are absorbed by the lower layer.
  • the body 56B is spaced inward from the leading and trailing edges (periphery of the absorbent element 50).
  • the distance y between the both ends of the filament 52 (the front edge and the rear edge of the upper layer absorbent body 56A) and the front edge and the rear edge of the lower layer absorbent body 56B varies depending on the target wearer, so it can be said in general. Although it is not, it is desirable that it is 10 to 300 mm, particularly 50 to 150 mm. If the separation distance y is too short, the effect of preventing leakage will be poor, and if it is too long, the diffusion distance by the upper absorber 56A will be short, and the diffusion performance may be poor.
  • the upper-layer absorbent body 56A is separated from both side edges of the lower-layer absorbent body 56B not only at both ends of the filament 52 but also at both side edges.
  • this separation distance X varies depending on the target wearer, it cannot be generally stated, but it is preferably 0 to 90 mm, particularly preferably 0 to 50 mm.
  • the length of the upper layer absorber 56A that is preferably 200 to 600 mm in length and 100 to 180 mm in width is preferably 100 to 500 mm in width and width 50 to 120 mm is preferable.
  • the assembly of the filaments 52 constituting the upper-layer absorber 56A is a bundle-like assembly, and is likely to be broken or out of shape. Therefore, in order to facilitate the handling in production, as shown in FIG. 12, the liquid permeable sheet 40 is attached to the side surface of the top sheet 30 of the upper absorbent body 56A using a hot melt adhesive or the like. As shown in Fig. 14, the entire periphery (front and back and both sides) of the upper absorbent body 56A is integrally wrapped with a liquid permeable sheet 40, or as shown in Fig. 14, the liquid permeable sheet is placed on the back surface of the upper absorbent body 56A. 41 is preferably pasted using a hot melt adhesive or the like. In the case of the former two, a part or all of the liquid-permeable sheet 40 will be described later. Intermediate sheet. In either case, a separate topsheet 3
  • An intermediate sheet can be provided between 0 and the upper absorber 56A.
  • the hardly absorbent filament aggregate constituting the upper layer absorbent body 56A can be produced by opening a tow (fiber bundle) composed of hardly absorbent filaments (substantially continuous long fibers). Filament 52 can extend along any direction, such as the longitudinal, width, or thickness direction of the article.
  • the material of the hardly absorbable filament 52 can be used without particular limitation if the absorbed amount is 1.0 times or less of its own weight.
  • polysaccharides or derivatives thereof cellulose, cellulose ester, chitin, Chitosan, etc.
  • synthetic polymers polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamide
  • Polyester polylactamamide, polybutyrate, etc.
  • Cellulose esters and cellulose are particularly preferred.
  • cellulose cellulose derived from plants such as cotton, linter and wood pulp, butterfly cellulose, etc. can be used. Regenerated cellulose such as rayon can be used as a spinning fiber. Also good.
  • Examples of the cellulose ester that can be suitably employed include organic acid esters such as cellulose acetate, cellulose butyrate, and cellulose propionate; cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, It is possible to use mixed acid esters such as cellulose nitrate acetate; and cellulose ester derivatives such as poly force prolataton graft cellulose cellulose ester. These cellulose esters can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the viscosity average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 50 to 900, preferably about 200 to 800.
  • the average substitution degree of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1.5 to 3.0 (for example, 2 to 3).
  • the average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester can be, for example, about 10 to 1000, preferably about 50 to 900, more preferably about 200 to 800, and the average degree of substitution of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1 to 3. It is preferably about 1 to 2.15, more preferably about 1.1 to 2.0.
  • the average degree of substitution of the cellulose ester can be selected from the viewpoint of enhancing biodegradability.
  • an organic acid ester for example, an ester with an organic acid having about 2 to 4 carbon atoms
  • particularly cellulose acetate is suitable.
  • the absorbed amount is about 0.1 to 0.3 times its own weight.
  • the acetylation degree of cellulose acetate is often about 43 to 62%, but about 30 to 50% is particularly preferable because it is excellent in biodegradability.
  • a particularly preferred cellulose ester is cellulose diacetate.
  • the hardly absorbent filament may contain various additives such as a heat stabilizer, a colorant, an oil, a yield improver, a whiteness improver, and the like.
  • the fineness of the hardly absorbable filament is, for example, 1 to 16 dtex, preferably 1 to: LOdtex, and more preferably 1 to 5 dtex.
  • the filament may be a non-crimped fiber, but is preferably a crimped fiber.
  • the crimped degree of the crimped fiber can be, for example, about 5 to 75, preferably 10 to 50, and more preferably about 15 to 50 per inch.
  • crimped fibers that are uniformly crimped are often used. When crimped fibers are used, a bulky and lightweight absorbent body can be produced, and a highly integrated tow can be easily produced by entanglement between the fibers.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the filament is not particularly limited, and may be any shape such as a circular shape, an oval shape, an irregular shape (for example, a Y shape, an X shape, an I shape, an R shape) or a hollow shape.
  • the flame noodles are in the form of a tow (fiber bundle) formed by bundling 3,000 to 1,000,000, preferably ⁇ 5,000 to 1,000,000 single fibers. Used in.
  • the fiber bundle is preferably formed by concentrating about 3,000-1,000,000 filaments.
  • Binders include ester plasticizers such as triacetin, triethylene glycol diacetate, triethylene glycol dipropionate, dibutyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, and citrate triethyl ester, as well as various grease adhesives, especially heat Plastic resin can be used.
  • thermoplastic resin used as the binder is a resin that exhibits an adhesive force upon melting and solidification, and includes a water-insoluble or hardly water-soluble resin and a water-soluble resin. Water insoluble The water-soluble or poorly water-soluble rosin and the water-soluble rosin can be used together as necessary.
  • water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble resins include olefin-based homo- or copolymers such as polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, and ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, poly (butyl acetate), and polymethacrylic acid.
  • olefin-based homo- or copolymers such as polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, and ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, poly (butyl acetate), and polymethacrylic acid.
  • Acrylic resin such as methyl, methyl methacrylate-acrylic acid ester copolymer, copolymer of (meth) acrylic monomer and styrenic monomer, polyvinyl chloride, butyl acetate butyl copolymer, polystyrene Styrene polymers such as copolymers of styrene monomers and (meth) acrylic monomers, polyesters that may be modified, polyamides such as nylon 11, nylon 12, nylon 610, nylon 612, rosin derivatives ( For example, rosin ester), hydrocarbon resin (for example, terpene resin) Dicyclopentadiene ⁇ , petroleum ⁇ ), such as hydrogen added hydrocarbon ⁇ can be used. These thermoplastic rosins can be used singly or in combination.
  • the water-soluble rosin has various water-soluble polymers such as polybutyl alcohol, polypyrrole pyrrolidone, polybutyl ether, bulle monomer, carboxyl group, sulfonic acid group or salts thereof.
  • Vinyl water-soluble resins such as copolymers with copolymerizable monomers, acrylic water-soluble resins, polyalkylene oxides, water-soluble polyesters, water-soluble polyamides, and the like can be used.
  • These water-soluble coagulants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • thermoplastic resin Various additives such as stabilizers such as antioxidants and ultraviolet absorbers, fillers, plasticizers, preservatives, and antifungal agents may be added to the thermoplastic resin.
  • the tow can be produced by a known method, it will not be described in detail.
  • Cellulose diacetate tow bale that can be suitably used for the absorbent element 50 is commercially available from Cera-Izu Co., Ltd. Daicel Chemical Industries. Cellulose diacetate tow bale has a density of about 0.5 gZcm 3 and a total weight of 400-600 kg.
  • the tow is peeled off and opened in a wide band shape so as to have a desired size and bulk.
  • the opening width of the tow is arbitrary, and may be, for example, a width of 100 to 2000 mm, preferably about 100 to 300 mm, which is the width of the product absorber. Further, the density of the absorbent can be adjusted by adjusting the degree of tow opening.
  • Examples of the method for opening the tow include a method in which the tow is passed over a plurality of opening rolls, and the tow is gradually widened as the tow progresses, and the tow is stretched (elongated). For example, a method of repeatedly opening and relaxing (shrinking) and a method of widening and opening using compressed air can be used.
  • the upper-layer absorber 56A preferably does not contain superabsorbent polymer particles, but can also be contained. Details of the superabsorbent polymer particles will be described later.
  • the lower layer absorbent body 56B is a general-purpose absorbent body obtained by mixing pulp fibers 55 and superabsorbent polymer particles 54 and stacking them in a cotton form.
  • the lower layer absorbent body 56B can be formed in a rectangular shape like the upper layer absorbent body. However, as shown in the example in the figure, both sides of the crotch part are cut out in an arc shape around the legs! You can also
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 include “powder” in addition to “particles".
  • the particle size of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 to 1000 / ⁇ ⁇ , particularly 150 to 400 ⁇ m.
  • the water absorption amount of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40 gZg or more.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 include starch, cellulose, and synthetic polymers, such as starch acrylic acid (salt) graft copolymer, starch acrylonitrile copolymer, carboxymethyl cellulose, and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose. Cross-linked products and acrylic acid (salt) polymers can be used.
  • As the shape of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 a normally used granular material is suitable. Other shapes can also be used.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 those having a water absorption speed of 0 second or less are preferably used. When the water absorption speed exceeds 40 seconds, so-called reversal that the liquid supplied into the absorber 56 returns to the outside of the absorber easily occurs.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 those having a gel strength of lOOOPa or more are preferably used. As a result, the stickiness after absorbing the liquid can be effectively suppressed.
  • the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 in the lower layer absorbent body 56B can be appropriately determined according to the amount of absorption required for the use of the absorbent body. Therefore, although it cannot be generally stated, it can be 50 to 350 gZm 2 . By reducing the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 to 50 gZm 2 or less, the weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is reduced. It is possible to prevent the fruit from becoming difficult to be exhibited. Above 350 gZm 2 , the excess of superabsorbent polymer particles 54, which just saturates the effect, gives a gritty feeling when touching the product.
  • the density or amount of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be adjusted in the plane direction of the lower layer absorbent body 56B. For example, a larger amount of superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be present at the excretion site than at other sites.
  • men can increase the density (amount) on the front side, and women can increase the density (amount) in the center. Further, it is also possible to provide a portion where the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 do not exist locally (for example, in a spot shape) in the planar direction of the lower layer absorber 56B.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are contained in the lower layer absorbent body 56B, it is preferably wrapped with a covering sheet 58. The same applies to the case where the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are contained in the upper layer absorbent body 56A.
  • This covering sheet 58 is also a component of the absorbent element 50.
  • a tissue peno particularly a crepe paper, a nonwoven fabric, a polylaminated nonwoven fabric, a sheet having small holes, and the like can be used. However, it is desirable that the sheet does not allow the superabsorbent polymer particles to escape.
  • hydrophilic SMMS spunbond Z meltblown Z meltblown Z spunbond
  • non-woven fabrics instead of crepe paper
  • materials such as polypropylene and polyethylene Zpolypropylene can be used.
  • the basis weight is preferably 8 to 20 g / m 2 , particularly 10 to 15 g / m 2 .
  • the covering sheet 58 may adopt a form in which only the lower layer absorbent body 56B is wrapped as shown in FIG. 12, and a form in which the upper layer absorbent body 56A and the lower layer absorbent body 56B are wrapped together as shown in FIG. it can. Further, it is desirable that the covering sheet 58 wraps the entire object as shown in FIG. 12, but it is also possible to wrap only the back and side surfaces of the object (not shown).
  • an intermediate sheet that has a higher liquid permeation speed than the top sheet 30 so that it directly contacts the back surface of the top sheet 30. 40
  • This intermediate sheet 40 is also a component of the absorption element 50. The intermediate sheet 40 quickly transfers the liquid to the upper absorber 56A. When the absorption performance is increased, the “returning” phenomenon of the absorbed liquid by force is prevented.
  • the intermediate sheet 40 the same material as the top sheet 30, spun lace, pulp non-woven fabric, mixed sheet of pulp and rayon, point bond or crepe paper can be used. Air-through nonwoven fabric and spunbond nonwoven fabric are particularly preferred.
  • the intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 is arranged in contact with the back surface of the top sheet 30.
  • An intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 may be omitted.
  • the intermediate sheet 40 is preferably narrower than the absorbent element 50 and arranged in the center as shown in the figure, but it may be provided over the entire width of the absorbent element 50.
  • the length in the front-rear direction of the intermediate sheet 40 may be the same as the length of the absorbent element 50, or may be within a short length range centered on the excretory part.
  • the width and length of the intermediate sheet 40 are preferably the same as the width and length of the upper absorbent body 56A.
  • the lower absorbent body 56B or A holding sheet 80 can be provided between the back surface of the absorbent body 56 and the back surface side portion (lower portion) of the covering sheet 58.
  • This holding sheet 80 is also a component of the absorbent element 50.
  • the holding sheet 80 is not an essential component and therefore may not be provided.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may move during the manufacturing process or through the flow path until use by the consumer. For example, when the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are mixed in the lower layer absorber 56B, the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may fall out from the lower layer absorber 56B. The unevenness of the superabsorbent polymer particles that have fallen out gives a sense of incongruity when touched by the hand when a consumer uses it. For this problem, if a holding sheet 80 having a holding capacity of the absorbent polymer is interposed on the back side of the part where the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are disposed, the stiffness that is not sufficient only by the covering sheet 58 is reinforced. Thus, when the consumer touches it when using it, it reduces or prevents discomfort.
  • the material of the holding sheet 80 is not particularly limited, and the holding performance of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 It is enough if you have it.
  • non-woven fabric, crimped pulp, low-absorbency cotton fiber for example, non-degreased cotton fiber, degreased cotton fiber, rayon fiber treated with a water repellent or hydrophobizing agent, etc.
  • Examples include polyethylene fiber, polyester fiber, acrylic fiber, polypropylene fiber, silk, cotton, hemp, nylon, polyurethane, and acetate fiber.
  • the holding sheet 80 When the holding sheet 80 is a non-woven fabric, the holding sheet 80 has a compression energy based on the KES test of 0.01 to: LO. OOgfcm / cm 2 , preferably 0.01 to: L OOgfcm / cm 2 And a compression resilience of 10 to 100%, preferably 70 to 100%.
  • the reason for providing the holding sheet 80 is, for example, to hold the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 that have fallen down (dropped out) from the absorber 56. Accordingly, since the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 that have come out come into contact with the user via the covering sheet 58 and the holding sheet 80, there is no possibility of being transmitted to the user as a sense of incongruity. In particular, a non-woven fabric having the above compression energy and compression resilience exhibits a sufficient holding function.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 that have escaped are held by the holding sheet 80 and do not move on the covering sheet 58, there is no possibility of uneven distribution of absorption capacity.
  • an adhesive hot melt adhesive or the like can be applied on the holding sheet 80 in advance.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may be prevented from moving on the holding sheet 80.
  • roughening or fluffing means for this purpose, non-net surface that is not the net surface at the time of manufacturing the nonwoven fabric, marble force check, processing by needle punch, brushing check, etc. can be mentioned. Can do.
  • the holding sheet 80 may be provided only below the absorber 56 as shown in Fig. 15 or the like, and although not shown, the holding sheet 80 passes through the side surface of the absorber 56 and is wound up to the upper surface of the absorber 56 so as to extend. It's okay. It is also possible to use a plurality of holding sheets 80 in a stacked manner.
  • the holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the back surface portion of the covering sheet 58.
  • the force holding sheet 80 as an example may be on the back side from the covering sheet 58 (the form is not shown). In short, if the holding sheet 80 is provided on the back side with respect to the absorber 56, , The rear surface force of the product will reduce or not cause a crisp discomfort when touching.
  • a fiber assembly having a larger amount of absorption than the hardly absorbent filament assembly for example, the amount of absorption is about 5 to 30 times. It is preferable to form the holding sheet 80 using a fiber assembly because the holding sheet 80 can supplement the water absorption performance of the absorbent body 56 and improve the initial absorption rate and diffusibility.
  • the lower absorbent body 56B of the absorbent element 50 is preferably a mixed product of pulp fibers 55 and superabsorbent polymer particles 54 as in the above example, but it is difficult to absorb the same as the upper absorbent body 56A.
  • Superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can also be included in the aggregate of filaments 52. In this case, it is desirable that the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are dispersed substantially throughout the thickness direction with respect to the aggregate of filaments 52. This substantially dispersed state in the entire thickness direction is conceptually shown in the enlarged view of the main part in FIG.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are not present in the upper part, lower part, and middle part of the filament aggregate, or if there are very few, it cannot be said that the filament aggregate is dispersed throughout the thickness direction. . Therefore, “distributed throughout the thickness direction” means that the filament aggregate is “evenly distributed” throughout the thickness direction, and is “distributed unevenly in the upper, lower and / or middle portions”. However, it is still included in the form of being dispersed in the upper, lower and middle parts. Further, a form in which some highly absorbent polymer particles 54 remain on the surface of the filament aggregate, or a form in which some highly absorbent polymer particles 54 fall off the filament aggregate force and are on the covering sheet 58. The form on the holding sheet 80 is not excluded.
  • the absorbing element 50 may have a structure having a single-layer absorber 56 that also has the above-mentioned hardly-absorbing filament assembly force.
  • the separation distance from the peripheral edge of the absorbent element 50 at both ends of the filament that is, the separation distance between the front edge and the rear edge of the absorbent body 56 and the front edge and the rear edge of the absorbent element 50 is 10 to 125 mm. Desirably, 50 to 125 mm is particularly desirable. If this distance is too short, the leakage prevention effect may be poor.
  • Others are basically the same as the above-described upper layer absorbent body 56A, and it is possible to adopt an appropriate configuration such as attaching a liquid permeable sheet such as the second sheet 40 or providing an embossed recess F described later. .
  • the absorbent element 50 may have a structure having three or more layers of absorbers.
  • one or a plurality of absorbent bodies located on the top sheet 30 side is formed of the above-mentioned hardly absorbent filament aggregate.
  • the upper absorber and the lower absorber are arranged upside down with respect to the embodiment shown in Fig. 12 and the like, that is, although not shown, the lower absorber is a hardly absorbing filament.
  • a form is also proposed in which both ends of the filament are separated from the periphery of the upper absorbent body to the inside due to the aggregate force. Except for upside down, it is basically the same as the previous embodiment.
  • the absorbent element 50 When a plurality of absorbers are stacked as the absorbent element 50, all of them may have the same material configuration, or one or a plurality of layers may have different material configurations with respect to other layers. it can. Moreover, it is preferable that the superabsorbent polymer particles have no power layer regardless of the number of layers.
  • Barrier force hose 60, 60 provided on both sides of the product is provided to prevent urine and loose stool moving laterally along the top sheet 30 and to prevent side leakage.
  • the illustrated non-cuff cuff 60 is a doubled water-repellent non-woven fabric sheet, and covers the folded portion from the back surface side of the absorbent body 56 to the lower side of the top sheet 30, and protrudes to the front surface side. Is formed.
  • the second liquid-impermeable sheet 72 is inserted between the double nonwoven fabric sheets, and extends to the middle of the noir cuff 60 projecting to the surface side.
  • the shape of the barrier cuff 60 itself can be designed appropriately.
  • an elastic elastic member for example, rubber thread 62 is stretched at the tip and middle of the protrusion of the barrier cuff 60.
  • the cuffs 60 are erected by the contraction force during use.
  • the intermediate rubber thread 62 is positioned closer to the center than the front rubber threads 62, 62 and is fixed to the front and rear end portions of the top sheet 30 as shown in FIG.
  • the cuff 60 has a configuration in which the base side of the cuff 60 is erected obliquely with a force toward the center, and the tip part of the cuff 60 is erected diagonally outward from the middle part.
  • recesses E and F by embossing may be formed in the surface side force thickness direction of the top sheet 30.
  • the embossed recess E is formed only on the top sheet 30; although not shown, the embossed recess is formed only on both the top sheet 30 and the intermediate sheet 40.
  • the embossed recess F can be formed so as to reach a part or almost the entire thickness of the absorber 56A (or 56B) from the surface side of the top sheet 30.
  • the intermediate sheet 40 has a basis weight of 8 to 60 gZm 2 , a thickness of 0.2 to 1.5 mm, and the top sheet 30 has a basis weight of 15
  • the range of ⁇ 80gZm 2 and the thickness of 0.2 ⁇ 3.5mm is preferable because sufficient embossing force can be obtained under the condition that the liquid permeability is not hindered.
  • a recess by embossing may be formed only in the intermediate sheet 40 without forming a recess in the top sheet 30. Further, a recess may be formed in the top sheet 30 and the intermediate sheet 40. The embossed recess may be formed only in the absorbent element 56, or the embossed recess may be formed only in the absorbent body 58 without forming the recess in the top sheet 30, the intermediate sheet 40, and the covering sheet 58.
  • a recess by embossing can be formed in the thickness direction of the back surface side force.
  • Such recesses are embossed so as to reach any member from the back side of the holding sheet 80, the covering sheet 58, the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 or the exterior sheet 12 to the top sheet 30.
  • such a recess on the back surface side is preferably formed together with the recess E on the front surface side, but only the recess on the back surface side can be formed without forming the recess E on the front surface side.
  • the shape of the recesses may be common to the front and back sides, or may be different from each other. In this case, the embossing force may be applied simultaneously on the front and back with the product sandwiched between the engraving roll and the engraving roll.
  • the recesses E and F by embossing have the effect of inducing and diffusing liquid in the extending direction. It also has the effect of increasing rigidity. Therefore, it is desirable to determine the shape of the recesses E and F by embossing in consideration of these effects.
  • the recess is substantially continuous in a groove shape (compound In addition to a case in which a plurality of recesses are arranged in a row at intervals and a single groove is formed), a plurality of recesses may be arranged in the form of dots at intervals.
  • planar pattern groove-shaped or dot-shaped concave portions are arranged in the longitudinal direction, the width direction, a lattice shape combining these, a zigzag shape that reciprocates in the width direction (staggered shape), or irregularly.
  • a lattice shape combining these, a zigzag shape that reciprocates in the width direction (staggered shape), or irregularly.
  • an appropriate form such as a pin shape, a Mt. Fuji shape, or a bellows shape can be employed.
  • the embossed recess is preferably formed in a planar pattern as shown in FIG. 11 so that the surface side force of the top sheet 30 reaches the upper absorber 56A as shown in FIG.
  • the embossed recesses F of this planar pattern have arc-shaped portions that extend along the front-rear direction at least on both sides of the crotch part, and have a middle part in the front-rear direction bulge toward the center in the width direction.
  • the use surface at the center in the width direction is raised from both sides, and the fit between the crotch and the crack can be improved.
  • the front and rear end portions of the inner arc-shaped portion are connected by a portion extending in the width direction, and the excretion site is surrounded by the annular embossed recess F. Further, a plurality of arc-shaped portions on both sides are formed at intervals in the width direction as shown in the figure. As a result, unnecessary diffusion of the liquid is suppressed by the embossed recess F, and the leakage prevention effect is excellent.
  • the constituent members of the absorbent main body 20 can be fixed to each other by a solid such as a hot melt adhesive, a bead, or spiral coating.
  • FIG.18 and FIG.19 has shown the example of the tape type disposable diaper.
  • FIG. 19 shows a slightly exaggerated view of the force-absorbing main body 20 shown in FIG.
  • the tape-type disposable diaper 10A has fastening pieces attached to both ends of the back side of the diaper, has a hook element on the fastening surface of the fastening piece, and constitutes the back side of the diaper.
  • a diaper in which a backsheet is a non-woven laminate, and the hook element of the fastening piece can be engaged with an arbitrary portion of the surface of the backsheet when the diaper is mounted.
  • the absorbent main body 20 has an absorbent body 56 interposed between a top sheet 30 and a liquid-impermeable sheet 70.
  • the absorbent body 56 is entirely wrapped by a covering sheet 58, and has a rectangular shape in plan view.
  • a holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorber 56 and the covering sheet 58! /.
  • an intermediate sheet 40 is interposed between the top sheet 30 and the absorber 56.
  • the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, and a back sheet 12A made of an hourglass-shaped non-woven fabric is provided on the outer side thereof.
  • the top sheet 30 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, extends slightly outward from the side edge of the absorbent body 56, and is fixed to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 with a hot melt adhesive or the like.
  • a barrier one-force hull 60A that protrudes toward the use surface side is formed.
  • This noir cuff 60A has a non-woven sheet 64 that also has a non-woven fabric force substantially continuous in the width direction, and an elastic expansion and contraction. It is composed of a member, for example, one or a plurality of leg rubber elastic elastic members for the leg elastic force. 130 is a fasting piece with a hook-and-loop fastener.
  • the inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 has a fixing start at a position separated from the side edge of the top sheet 30, and the fixing start edge also extends to the extending edge of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 outward in the width direction. Part is fixed with hot melt adhesive.
  • the outer surface of the liner sheet 64 is fixed to the back sheet 12A with a hot melt adhesive on the lower surface thereof. Further, an elastic expansion / contraction member for gasket cuff, for example, rubber thread 66 is provided.
  • the starting end of the inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 fixed to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 forms an upright end of the NORY cuff 60A.
  • the inside of the standing end is a free part that is not fixed to the product body, and this free part comes to stand by the contraction force of the rubber thread 62.
  • the fastening piece 130 by using a hook-and-loop fastener as the fastening piece 130, it can be mechanically fixed to the back sheet 12A. Therefore, the so-called target tape can be omitted, and the fastening position by the fastening piece 130 can be freely selected.
  • the fastening part 130 has a base of a fastening base material such as plastic, polylaminated nonwoven fabric, or paper, joined to the back sheet 12A, for example, with an adhesive, and has a hook on the tip side. It has element 130A.
  • the hook element 130A is bonded to the fastening substrate with an adhesive.
  • the hook element 130A has a large number of engaging pieces on the outer surface side thereof.
  • a temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is provided on the tip side from the hook element 130A. At the end of the assembly of the product, the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is adhered to the force barrier sheet 64 to prevent peeling of the front end side of the fastening piece 130. In use, it peels off against the adhesive force and brings the front end of the fastening piece 130 to the front body.
  • the fastening base material is exposed at the tip side from the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B, and is a tab portion.
  • a target printing sheet 74 as a design sheet is provided on the inner surface side of the knock sheet 12A, and serves as a guide for fixing the hook element 130A of the fastening piece 130.
  • the target print with the design is made and made visible through the back sheet 12A from the outside.
  • the diaper When the diaper is attached, the diaper is attached to the body in the shape of a boat, and the contraction force of the rubber thread 62 acts on the leg. To do.
  • the space surrounded by the standing part forms a confined space for urine or soft stool.
  • the urine is absorbed into the absorbent body 56 through the top sheet 30 and the rising part of the Noriya cuff 60A becomes the barrier for the stool solids. Is prevented.
  • side leakage is prevented by a stop function by the flat contact part.
  • the NORY sheet 64 forming each standing cuff is not liquid-permeable but substantially liquid-permeable (or semi-liquid-permeable).
  • the top sheet (nonwoven fabric laminate) of the present invention may have a property of repelling liquid by silicon treatment or the like.
  • the noir sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A are air permeable, and the barrier sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A each have a hydrostatic pressure of lOOmmH.
  • a sheet of 2 o or more is preferable. As a result, air permeability is exhibited at the side portion in the width direction of the product, and the wearer's stuffiness can be prevented.
  • FIG. 20 shows a manufacturing process example of the absorbent element 50 shown in FIG. 12, FIG.
  • the covering sheet 58 is also supplied to the line with upstream force, and when the holding sheet 80 is provided next, the holding sheet 80 is supplied.
  • an adhesive such as a hot-melt adhesive having adhesiveness can be applied in advance to fix the lower layer absorbent body 56B supplied later.
  • the lower absorbent body 56B force formed by mixing and stacking the pulp fibers 55 and the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 in the stacking drum device 91 intermittently the covering sheet 58 or holding Supplied on sheet 80. Thereafter, the lower layer absorbent body 56B is wrapped by the covering sheet 58 by passing through the sailor 92.
  • the intermediate sheet 40 is supplied and an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive is applied from the nozzle 95 to the upper surface of the intermediate sheet 40
  • the upper absorbent body 56A is formed on the upper surface of the intermediate sheet 40.
  • the hardly absorbable filament aggregate 52Z formed by opening the tow 52Y is supplied and pasted. Details of the opening process will be described later.
  • the intermediate sheet 40 wider than the upper absorbent body 56A is used, and the hardly absorbent filament aggregate 52Z is disposed on the intermediate sheet 40, and then both sides of the intermediate sheet are attached using a sailor.
  • the absorbent element shown in FIG. 13 can be manufactured by folding back and wrapping on the upper surface of the hardly absorbent filament aggregate 52Z.
  • the SAP supply device 90 uses the SAP absorbent device 90 to attach the hardly absorbent filament aggregate after the fiber is opened and prior to pasting to the lower absorbent body 56B.
  • 52Z can contain superabsorbent polymer particles. An example of the SAP supply device 90 will be described later.
  • the hardly absorbent filament aggregate 52Z having the intermediate sheet 40 attached to the lower surface is cut into a predetermined length by a cutting and sticking device 93 such as a slip cutter, and the cut hardly absorbed
  • the conductive filament aggregate is affixed intermittently on the lower layer absorber 56B. In other words, it is cut at a predetermined position on the lower absorber 56B that is transported at a predetermined interval.
  • the hardly absorbable filament aggregates are sequentially attached.
  • the intermediate sheet 40 in front of the cutting and sticking device 93, the intermediate sheet 40 is at the bottom and the hardly absorbent filament aggregate 52Z is at the top.
  • the intermediate sheet 40 is on the upper side and the hardly absorbent filament aggregate 52Z is on the lower side, resulting in the form shown in FIG.
  • the configuration is the same as that shown in FIG.
  • the lower layer absorber 56B to which the upper layer absorber 56A is affixed is then divided in the transport direction by the cutter device 94 to form individual absorption elements 50.
  • the constituent elements of the barrier force hose 60 and the top sheet 30 are supplied from above, and the liquid-impervious sheet 70 is also supplied in the downward direction.
  • the supply line of the NORY sheet 64 constituting the NORY cuff 60 the rubber thread 62 is stretched between the two non-woven fabrics and the second liquid impermeable sheet 72 is fixed in advance by a device (not shown). Is supplied to the main line together with the top sheet 30.
  • the components of the noir cuff 60 supplied to the main line, the top sheet 30 and the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 are folded into a shape shown in FIG.
  • the absorptive main body 20 having a rectangular shape whose longitudinal direction is along the conveying direction is cut by the cutter device 98.
  • the obtained absorbent main body 20 is turned 90 degrees by the turning device 100 so that the longitudinal direction of the absorbent main body 20 is orthogonal to the line.
  • the thread rubber 12C flows in advance (not shown) between two non-woven sheets, and a cutter (not shown) is used to form a leg-surrounding portion.
  • the absorbent main body 20 that has been turned around is installed between the cut-out portions, and is fixed with a hot-melt adhesive or the like. Combined. After that, it is folded up and down with the horizontal line as a boundary, and the joining regions 12A on both sides of the front body 12F and the back body 12B of the exterior sheet 12 are joined by heat fusion or the like. Thereafter, the product is divided in the line direction (separation means is not shown), and individual products are obtained. [0251] (In the case of tape-type disposable diapers)
  • FIG. 22 shows an example of a method for manufacturing the tape-type disposable diaper shown in FIGS.
  • the individual absorbent element 50 is obtained, it is the same as in the case of the pants type.
  • the top sheet 30 is supplied to the individual absorbent elements from above, and the liquid-impervious sheet 70 is also supplied to the downward force.
  • the noir sheet 64 constituting the noir cuff 60 is supplied.
  • supply line of the noir sheet 64 supply is performed in a state where the rubber thread 62 is fixed under tension between two nonwoven fabrics by a device (not shown).
  • the semi-finished product with the absorbent main body is cut by the cutter device 98 to obtain the product 10.
  • the opening process can be performed by a line having the form shown in FIG. 23, for example.
  • the toe 52Y is pulled out from the bail 52X and is gradually expanded through the widening device 120, and then passed to the thickening device 110 through the first yuf ° 126A, the second yuf ° 126B, and the third yuf ° 126C.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are sprayed and supplied by the superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90 on the filament aggregate 52Z. Later sent to Sarah 92.
  • the tow is pulled out from the bale 52X by pulling in with the 1st-up 126A (corresponding to the drive-up roll).
  • the toe 52Y pulled out from the bale 52X is subjected to a change in the angle by the turn part 122 and then a pair of free-up rolls 124 configured to be freely rotatable.
  • the first pull-up 126A is pulled in through the pop-up.
  • the transfer resistance of the free-up roll 124 (determined according to the two-up pressure and the roll's own weight) also functions as a brake that suppresses the pull-in speed of the toe 52Y.
  • the tension becomes stable. This is due to the fact that the rotation of the free rope 124 is generated only by the passage of the tow.
  • the free pressure and free weight of the free-roll 124 may be determined as appropriate. In normal cases, it is preferable that the double pressure is more than OMPa and 5 MPa or less. Book It is preferable to be more than Okg and not more than 10kg. Within this range, tension can be easily stabilized.
  • the tow 52Y pulled out from the bale 52X is between the bale 52X and the free-up roll 124, between the free-up roll 124 and the first-up 126A, and between the first-up 126A and the first.
  • the widening device 120 provided between the 2-p 126B and between the 2-p 126B and the 3-p 126C is widened stepwise to a desired width. At this time, it can also be expanded in the thickness direction.
  • the widening device 120 includes a rectangular tube passage 120A having a predetermined width X through which the tow passes, and a compressed air jet outlet 120B formed on a surface along the width direction on the inner surface of the passage 120A.
  • the tow 52 ⁇ to be introduced is widened to the full width of the passage by the force of compressed air.
  • the height of the passage is set to be equal to or greater than the thickness of the tow 52Y to be introduced, and when it is higher than the thickness of the tow 52Y, the tow 52Y is also expanded in the thickness direction.
  • the spout 120B is line-symmetric with respect to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A, and has a dogleg shape that is located downstream in the toe passage direction toward the center in the width direction of the passage 120A. (Or V-shaped) It is a slit.
  • the tow 52Y When the tow enters the passage 120A in such a state that the slit 120B force is also ejected, the tow 52Y receives the force of the compressed air in a well-balanced manner even if the approach position is shifted in the center force in the width direction. Thus, it escapes to the center in the width direction (in the direction of the arrow in FIG. 22), and the tow 52Y is naturally guided to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A. In other words, the introduction position of the toe 52Y can be centered using compressed air for widening.
  • the widening device 120 having such a centering function exhibits not only centering in widening but also a function of correcting the transfer position.
  • the shape of the slit is a square shape. It is not limited to the shape of the passage, and is formed in a curved shape, an arc shape, etc. as long as it satisfies the condition of being line-symmetrical with respect to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A and being located downstream in the toe passage direction toward the center in the width direction of the passage 120A You can also.
  • tension is applied between the 1st-up 126A and the 2nd-up 126B so as to apply tension to the toe 52Y.
  • the peripheral speed of each -up roll is set so as to be relaxed between As a result, tension is applied to the tow 52Y between the first-up 126A and the second-up 126B, so that the entanglement between the filaments is forcibly removed to some extent and the separation of the filaments is promoted.
  • the tow 52Y is widened by the widening device 120 along with the separation, so that the tow 52Y can be further uniformly widened.
  • the toe 52Y is widened by the widening device 120 while the tow 52Y is relaxed between the 2-up 126B and the 3-up 126C. It becomes.
  • one roller of the second 2-p 126B is formed with a number of grooves that are continuous in the circumferential direction with small intervals in the longitudinal direction.
  • This groove has the function of promoting tow unraveling by allowing the filament to enter a large number of grooves.
  • the holding angle of the toe 52Y (the rotation direction angle of the toe contact portion) in one of the grooved rollers of the 2-up 126B is increased, and the toe 52Y and the grooved roller are increased. It is also a preferable form to increase the contact area.
  • the angle between the tow 52Y on the upstream side of the 2-p 126B and the tow 52Y on the downstream side, that is, the direction change angle by the grooved roller is less than 180 degrees, especially acute angle (smaller than 90 degrees) It is preferable to constitute so that.
  • the first-up 126A, the second-up 126B, and the third-up 126C may have different combinations of roll diameters.
  • the force applied to the tow 5 2Y between the rolls and the contact resistance between the roll and the toe 52Y may cause unevenness in the toe width direction.
  • the thickening device 110 has a structure similar to that disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-500422 (WO 83/03267), and schematically shows an inlet 110A and an outlet 110B as shown in FIG.
  • a bench lily part 110b is formed between and the inlet side of the pressurized air 110a.
  • the bench lily part 110b has an air exhaust hole 110c. In plan view, it is almost rectangular and flat in the direction penetrating the page of FIG.
  • the SAP supply device 90 it is preferable to disperse the superabsorbent polymer particles substantially in the entire thickness direction with respect to the filament aggregate 52Z.
  • a superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90 not only a dropping force due to its own weight but also an accelerating force is desirable.
  • An example of this is shown in FIG. That is, a rotating drum 90b having a projection hole 90d in a casing 90a having an opening in the lower part is configured to rotate in the moving direction of the web (counterclockwise in FIG. 27), and a shatter drum 90c is provided therein. It is what was done.
  • the projection unit 90A having these elements is connected to a hopper that stores superabsorbent polymer particles, and the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 having a hopper force are configured to be supplied into the rotating drum 90b! RU
  • the position of the opening of the shatter drum 9 Oc is adjusted in advance with respect to the opening position of the casing 90a.
  • the fully opened state is shown.
  • the projection hole 90d of the rotating drum 90b is divided into four groups in the circumferential direction as shown in the drawing as a group divided in the circumferential direction. Therefore, in the process shown in the drawing, four sheets of disposable diapers are rotated. The superabsorbent polymer particles are sprayed and projected on the surface.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may be continuously dispersed and projected onto the aggregate of the filaments 52, but the absorbent element 50 is divided in the line direction by the cutter device 94, and the individual absorbent elements 50 and The blades of the cutter device 94 can be shortened due to the presence of superabsorbent polymer particles 54 It will wear out. Therefore, it is desirable to disperse and project only the zone Z intermittently, as shown in FIG. 27, instead of continuously dispersing and projecting the superabsorbent polymer particles 54.
  • the projection hole 90d of the rotary drum 90b is divided into four groups in the circumferential direction as shown in FIG.
  • the polymer particles 54 are intermittently scattered and projected only in the zone Z.
  • the zone Z and Z can be divided by the cutter device 94, and the blade wear of the cutter device 94 can be suppressed.
  • the amount of the superabsorbent polymer particles sprayed can be adjusted mainly by adjusting the opening size of the shatter drum 90c relative to the opening position of the casing 90a, and the size of the projection hole 90d. In addition, the position of the opening is preferably followed.
  • the dispersion pattern of the superabsorbent polymer particles can be adjusted by the arrangement of the divided projection holes 90d.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be substantially scattered on the aggregate of filaments by spraying and projecting the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 on the aggregate of filaments 52 together with pressurized air. It is also possible to disperse in the entire thickness direction. However, the superabsorbent polymer particles sprayed onto the aggregate of filaments 52 may be scattered by the pressure air and scattered outside the specified area.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 dispersed on the filament aggregate may be sucked from below the filament aggregate together with or instead of the SAP supply device 90.
  • SAP supply device 90 that applies the centrifugal component force described above
  • a general-purpose SAP supply device that simply drops the superabsorbent polymer particles by its own weight may be used.
  • FIG. 28 shows an example of a pants-type disposable diaper.
  • This pants-type disposable diaper 10 includes an outer surface (back surface) side exterior sheet 12 and an inner surface (front surface) side absorbent main body 20, and the absorbent main body 20 is fixed to the exterior sheet 12.
  • Absorbent body 20 is soft urine It is the part that receives and absorbs fluid such as feces (menstrual blood in the case of sanitary napkins described later).
  • the exterior sheet 12 is a part for attaching to the wearer.
  • the exterior sheet 12 has, for example, an hourglass shape as shown in the figure, and both sides are constricted, and this is a part into which the wearer's leg is inserted.
  • Absorbent body 20 can take any shape
  • the exterior sheet 12 is folded back and forth after the absorbent main body 20 is installed and fixed in place, and both sides of the front body 12F and the back body 12B of the exterior sheet 12
  • the joining region 12A is joined by heat fusion or the like.
  • a pants-type disposable diaper having a structure shown in FIG. 28 and having a waist opening WO and a pair of redder openings LO is obtained.
  • the intermediate width in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent main body 20 shown in the figure (that is, the vertical direction in Fig. 29, which is also the front-rear direction of the product) is shorter than the width connecting the constricted portions of the exterior sheet 12. It has been. This width relationship may be reversed or the same width.
  • the exterior sheet 12 is preferably composed of two sheets of water-repellent nonwoven fabric, for example, and an elastic elastic member is interposed between these sheets, and the outer sheet 12 is desirably fitted to the wearer by its contraction force.
  • the elastic elastic member thread rubber or elastic foam band can be used, but it is desirable to use a large number of thread rubbers.
  • the rubber threads 12C, 12C,... are continuously provided in the width direction in the waist region W, provided only on both sides in the waist region U, and provided in the crotch region L. Absent.
  • the rubber thread 1 2C, 12C ... is provided in both the waist region W and the lower waist region U, so that even if the elastic force of the thread rubber 12C itself is weak, the wearer also in the lower waist region U as a whole The product fits the wearer well.
  • the absorbent main body 20 includes a top sheet 30 having a force such as a non-woven fabric that allows liquid to pass therethrough, an intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40, and an absorbent element 50. Further, a liquid-impermeable sheet 70 having a force such as a plastic sheet is provided on the back side of the absorber 56. An exterior sheet 12 is provided on the back side of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70. In addition, it is equipped with barriers 60, 60 on both sides. [0281] (Top sheet)
  • the top sheet 30 has a property of transmitting liquid. Therefore, the material of the top sheet 30 is sufficient if it exhibits this liquid permeability, and examples thereof include a porous or non-porous nonwoven fabric and a porous plastic sheet.
  • the nonwoven fabric is not particularly limited as to what the raw fiber is. For example, polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, synthetic fibers such as polyesters and polyamides, recycled fibers such as rayon and cupra, natural fibers such as cotton, and mixed fibers in which two or more of these are used. It can be illustrated. Further, the non-woven fabric may be manufactured by any kind of cage.
  • processing method examples include known methods such as a spun lace method, a spun bond method, a thermal bond method, a melt blown method, a needle punch method, and the like.
  • spun lace method is a preferable processing method for obtaining flexibility and drape
  • thermal bond method is for obtaining bulkiness and softness.
  • the top sheet 30 may be composed of a single sheet or a laminated sheet obtained by laminating two or more sheets. Similarly, the top sheet 30 may be composed of one sheet or two or more sheets in the plane direction.
  • an intermediate sheet 40 called “second sheet” can be provided.
  • This intermediate sheet quickly transfers the liquid to the absorber to enhance the absorption performance by the absorber, preventing the “reversal” phenomenon of the absorbed liquid from the absorber by force and always drying the top sheet 30 It can be made into the state which carried out.
  • Examples of the intermediate sheet 40 include the same materials as the top sheet 30, spun lace, pulp non-woven fabric, a mixed sheet of pulp and rayon, point bond, or crepe paper.
  • an air-through nonwoven fabric and a spunbond nonwoven fabric are preferable.
  • the intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 is interposed between the top sheet 30 and the covering sheet 58. As shown in FIG. 32, a configuration without the intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 can also be used. Further, although not shown, it may be arranged between the covering sheet 58 and the absorber 56. [0286]
  • the intermediate sheet 40 in the form shown in the figure is arranged in the center shorter than the width of the absorber 56, but may be provided over the entire width.
  • the length of the intermediate sheet 40 in the longitudinal direction may be the same as the length of the absorbent body 56, or may be within a short or long range centered on the region for receiving the liquid.
  • a typical material for the intermediate sheet 40 is a nonwoven fabric excellent in liquid permeability.
  • the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is a sheet disposed on the back side of the absorber 56.
  • the material of the liquid-impermeable sheet is not particularly limited.
  • an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene
  • a laminated nonwoven fabric in which a nonwoven fabric is laminated on a polyethylene sheet, or a waterproof film is interposed for example, a non-woven fabric that is substantially impervious to liquid (in this case, a waterproof film and a non-woven fabric constitute a liquid-impermeable sheet) can be used.
  • a material having liquid-impervious and moisture-permeable properties which has been preferred in recent years from the viewpoint of preventing stuffiness, can also be used.
  • an inorganic filler is kneaded in an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, the sheet is formed, and then stretched in a uniaxial or biaxial direction.
  • an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene
  • the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 can be wound around both sides of the absorber 56 to extend to the use surface side (not shown).
  • side leakage is prevented by interposing the second liquid-impermeable sheet 72 between the double barrier sheets 64 forming the NORY cuff 60.
  • the second liquid impervious sheet 72 extends until the barrier cuff 60 is erected! /, So that the liquid diffused laterally through the top sheet 30 and the barrier one-piece hull 60, There are ⁇ lj points to prevent side leakage of loose stool between 60.
  • Barrier force bars 60, 60 provided on both sides of the product are provided to prevent urine and soft stool that move laterally along the top sheet 30 and prevent side leakage.
  • the substantial standing height of the pariya cuff does not decrease, the amount of damming is reduced, and the followability to the body surface is improved.
  • Norriya cuffs 60 and 60 since it is difficult for the decrease to occur.
  • Noriya cuffs are an optional element and can be omitted.
  • the illustrated noir cuff 60 is formed by duplicating a water-repellent nonwoven fabric sheet, and covers the folded portion from the back surface side of the absorbent body 56 to the lower side of the top sheet 30, and protrudes to the front surface side. Formed like!
  • the side cuff of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is inserted between the double nonwoven fabric sheets, and the noir cuff protruding from the surface side 60 It extends to the middle.
  • the force of the barrier first force hose 60 itself can be designed as appropriate.
  • an elastic elastic member for example, rubber thread 62 is stretched at the tip and middle of the protrusion of the barrier force hose 60. It is fixed underneath, and in the state of use, the Norriya cuff 60 stands up due to its contraction force.
  • the base part of the noir cuff 60 is arranged so that the middle thread rubber 62 is positioned closer to the center than the front thread rubbers 62, 62 and fixed to the front and rear ends of the top sheet 30.
  • the side rises obliquely toward the center side, and the tip portion rises obliquely outward from the intermediate portion.
  • the barrier one-piece hoop 60 shown in FIG. Although it is fixed in a stretched state along the front-rear direction, in the present invention, since the increase in rigidity of the crotch both sides 56S is suppressed even after absorption, the elasticity of the rubber thread 63 is sufficiently exerted, and the leg circumference In addition, good fit can be obtained.
  • the embossed recess E can be formed in both the top sheet 30 and the intermediate sheet 40, or the top sheet 30 A concave portion by embossing can be formed (not shown) so as to reach part or substantially the whole thickness direction of the absorber 56 from the surface side.
  • the intermediate sheet 40 has a basis weight of 8 to 40gZm 2 , a thickness of 0.2 to 1.5mm, and a top sheet 30.
  • the embossed recess may be formed only on the intermediate sheet 40 without forming a recess in the top sheet 30, and the recess may be formed in the top sheet 30 and the intermediate sheet 40.
  • a concave portion by embossing may be formed only in 56, or a concave portion by embossing may be formed only in the absorbent body 58 without forming concave portions in the top sheet 30, the intermediate sheet 40 and the covering sheet 58.
  • the recess E has an effect of inducing and diffusing the liquid in the extending direction. Therefore, when the recess E is substantially continuous in the shape of a groove (including the case where a plurality of recesses are arranged in a row at intervals to form a single groove), the liquid is allowed to reach the surface side layer before reaching the absorber. It spreads through the concave part E, and a wider part of the absorber can be used for absorption. Therefore, the absorbent capacity of the entire product is increased, and the absorbent article is less likely to leak from the side or return due to insufficient absorbent capacity.
  • the absorber 56 made of tow tends to have lower rigidity than the conventional pulp material, but it is preferable to form a concave portion by embossing in the absorber 56 because the rigidity can be increased.
  • the embossing force is integrated so as to reach the absorber 56 from the back surface side of the holding sheet 80, the covering sheet 58, the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 or the exterior sheet 12.
  • Such a recess on the back surface side is preferably formed together with the recess E on the front surface side, but it is also possible to form only the recess on the back surface side without forming the recess E on the front surface side.
  • the shape of the recesses may be common to the front and back sides, or the front and back sides may be different.
  • the concave portion formed by embossing has the effect of inducing and diffusing liquid in the extending direction. It also has the effect of increasing rigidity. Therefore, it is desirable that the shape of the embossed recess is determined in consideration of these effects.
  • the recesses are substantially continuous in the shape of a groove (including the case where a plurality of recesses are arranged in a row and form a single groove), and the plurality of recesses are in the form of dots at intervals. It may be arranged.
  • planar pattern groove-shaped or dot-shaped concave portions are arranged in the longitudinal direction, the width direction, a lattice shape combining these, a zigzag shape (zigzag shape) reciprocating in the width direction, or irregularly arranged.
  • zigzag shape zigzag shape reciprocating in the width direction
  • irregularly arranged can take form, etc. wear.
  • appropriate forms such as a pin shape, a Mt. Fuji shape, and a bellows shape can be adopted.
  • the absorbent element 50 is composed of an absorbent body 56 having an aggregate of filaments 52, 52, and a superabsorbent polymer single particle 54, 54, which are opened tow, and at least the back and side surfaces of the absorbent body 56. And a covering sheet 58 to be wrapped. Further, a holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the rear surface side portion (lower portion) of the covering sheet 58.
  • the absorber 56 has an aggregate of filaments 52, 52.
  • the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52 Is obtained by opening a tow that is a bundle of substantially continuous filaments.
  • tow fibers include polysaccharides or derivatives thereof (cellulose, cellulose ester, chitin, chitosan, etc.), synthetic polymers (polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamide, polyester, polylactamamide, polybutyrate, etc.). Force that can be produced In particular, cellulose ester and cellulose are preferred.
  • cellulose cellulose derived from plants such as cotton, linter and wood pulp, butterfly cellulose, etc. can be used.
  • Regenerated cellulose which may be regenerated cellulose such as rayon, is a spun fiber. Moyo.
  • cellulose esters examples include organic acid esters such as cellulose acetate, cellulose butyrate, and cellulose propionate; cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, It is possible to use mixed acid esters such as cellulose nitrate acetate; and cellulose ester derivatives such as poly force prolataton graft cellulose cellulose ester. These cellulose esters can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
  • the viscosity average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 50 to 900, preferably about 200 to 800.
  • the average substitution degree of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1.5 to 3.0 (for example, 2 to 3).
  • the average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester can be, for example, about 10 to 1000, preferably about 50 to 900, more preferably about 200 to 800, and the average degree of substitution of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1 to 3. , Preferably 1 to 2.15, more preferably about 1.1 to 2.0 be able to.
  • the average degree of substitution of the cellulose ester can be selected from the viewpoint of enhancing biodegradability.
  • an organic acid ester for example, an ester with an organic acid having about 2 to 4 carbon atoms
  • cellulose acetate is suitable.
  • the acetylation degree of cellulose acetate is often about 43 to 62%, but about 30 to 50% is particularly preferable because it is excellent in biodegradability.
  • a particularly preferred cellulose ester is cellulose diacetate.
  • the tow constituting fiber may contain various additives such as a heat stabilizer, a colorant, an oil, a yield improver, a whiteness improver and the like.
  • the fineness of the tow constituting fiber is, for example, 1 to 16 dex, preferably 1 to: LOdex, and more preferably 1 to 5 dex.
  • the tow constituent fiber may be a non-crimped fiber, but is preferably a crimped fiber.
  • the crimping degree of the crimped fibers can be, for example, about 5 to 75, preferably 10 to 50, and more preferably about 15 to 50 per inch. Further, a crimped fiber that is uniformly crimped is often used. When crimped fibers are used, a bulky and light absorbent body can be produced, and a highly integrated tow can be easily produced by entanglement between the fibers.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the toe-constituting fiber is not particularly limited, and may be any one of, for example, a circular shape, an oval shape, an irregular shape (for example, a Y shape, an X shape, an I shape, an R shape) or a hollow shape. May be.
  • the tow-constituting fiber is composed of, for example, 3,000 to 1,000,000 tow (fiber bundle) formed by bundling single fibers of about 5,000 to 1,000,000. Can be used in form.
  • the fiber bundle is preferably formed by bundling about 3,000 to 1,000,000 continuous fibers.
  • the tow is weak in entanglement between fibers! /, So a binder having an action of adhering or fusing the contact portion of the fiber can be used mainly for the purpose of maintaining the shape.
  • the noda include ester plasticizers such as triacetin, triethylene glycol diacetate, triethylene glycol dipropionate, dibutyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, and citrate triethyl ester, as well as various types of resin adhesives, particularly thermoplastic resins. Fats can be used.
  • Thermoplastic resin used as a binder exhibits adhesive strength by melting and solidifying. It is a rosin and includes water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble rosin and water-soluble rosin. Water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble rosin and water-soluble rosin can be used in combination as necessary.
  • water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble resins include polyethylene or polypropylene, ethylene propylene copolymer, ethylene olefin homopolymer or copolymer such as ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, poly (butyl acetate), poly (methacrylic acid).
  • Acrylic resin such as methyl, methyl methacrylate-acrylic acid ester copolymer, copolymer of (meth) acrylic monomer and styrenic monomer, polyvinyl chloride, butyl acetate butyl copolymer, polystyrene Styrene polymers such as copolymers of styrene monomers and (meth) acrylic monomers, polyesters that may be modified, polyamides such as nylon 11, nylon 12, nylon 610, nylon 612, rosin derivatives ( For example, rosin ester), hydrocarbon resin (for example, terpene resin) Dicyclopentadiene ⁇ , petroleum ⁇ ), such as hydrogen added hydrocarbon ⁇ can be used. These thermoplastic rosins can be used singly or in combination.
  • the water-soluble rosin has various water-soluble polymers such as polybulal alcohol, polypyrrole pyrrolidone, polybull ether, bulll monomer, and carboxyl group, sulfonic acid group or a salt thereof.
  • Vinyl water-soluble resins such as copolymers with copolymerizable monomers, acrylic water-soluble resins, polyalkylene oxides, water-soluble polyesters, water-soluble polyamides, and the like can be used.
  • These water-soluble coagulants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • thermoplastic resin Various additives such as stabilizers such as antioxidants and UV absorbers, fillers, plasticizers, preservatives, and antifungal agents may be added to the thermoplastic resin.
  • binder components that inhibit penetration of superabsorbent polymer particles should be avoided whenever possible. It is best not to use binder components that inhibit the entry of superabsorbent polymer particles.
  • the tow can be produced by a known method and will not be described in detail.
  • Cellulose diacetate tow bale that can be suitably used for the absorbent element 50 is commercially available from Cera-Izu Co., Ltd. Daicel Chemical Industries.
  • Cellulose diacetate tow bale has a density of about 0.5 gZcm 3 and a total weight of 400-600 kg.
  • the tow is peeled off and spread into a wide band so as to have a desired size and bulk.
  • the opening width of the tow is arbitrary, and may be, for example, a width of 100 to 2000 mm, preferably about 100 to 300 mm, which is the width of the product absorber.
  • the density of the absorbent can be adjusted by adjusting the degree of tow opening.
  • Examples of the method for opening the tow include a method in which the tow is spread over a plurality of opening rolls and the tow is gradually expanded as the tow progresses, and the tow tension (elongation) is used.
  • a method of repeatedly opening and relaxing (shrinking) and a method of widening and opening using compressed air can be used.
  • Absorber 56 has superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particle 54 is meant to include “powder” in addition to “particle”.
  • particle diameter of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 those used for this type of absorbent article can be used as they are, and those of 100 to 1000 / ⁇ ⁇ , particularly 150 to 400 / ⁇ ⁇ are desirable. If the particle size is too small, it is not preferable because it is easy to move in the absorber 56 and the scattering loss in the production line increases. Also, if the particle size is too large, the harsh texture becomes noticeable and the product value may be reduced.
  • superabsorbent polymer particles those having a force water absorption amount of 60 gZg or more that can be used without particular limitation are suitable.
  • Superabsorbent polymer particles include starch-based, cellulose-based and synthetic polymer-based particles such as starch acrylic acid (salt) daraf copolymer, starch-acrylonitrile copolymer ken-yi, and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose. Cross-linked products and acrylic acid (salt) polymers can be used.
  • shape of the superabsorbent polymer particles a force in which a commonly used granular material is suitable may be used in other shapes.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 those having a water absorption speed of 0 second or less are preferably used. When the water absorption speed exceeds 40 seconds, the liquid supplied into the absorbent body is likely to cause a so-called reversal that returns to the outside of the absorbent body.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 those having a gel strength of lOOOPa or more are preferably used. Thereby, even if it is a case where it is set as a bulky absorber by using tow
  • the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be appropriately determined according to the amount of absorption required for the use of the absorber. Therefore, although it cannot be said unconditionally, it can be 50 to 350 gZm 2 on the average of the absorbent element 50 as a whole.
  • the basis weight of the polymer 50gZm 2 By making the basis weight of the polymer 50gZm 2 or more, it is possible to prevent the thinning and light weight effect that is obtained by adopting the aggregate of filaments that are also tuka by the absorption capacity of the polymer. it can. 3 Above 50 gZm 2 , the excess of superabsorbent polymer particles that saturate the effect will give a crisp feel.
  • the size of the absorber 56 is preferably a plane projection area force of OOcm 2 or more and a thickness of 1 to 10 mm, particularly 1 to 5 mm.
  • the size of the absorber is within this range, it is extremely advantageous for improving the resilience without increasing the weight, thickness and cost.
  • the weight of the absorber is 25 g or less, particularly 10 to 20 g.
  • Absorber weight force S Within this range, the advantage of not using a special member becomes particularly significant.
  • the compression resilience RC of the absorber 56 is preferably 40 to 60%, particularly 50 to 60%. Thereby, sufficient restoring property can be exhibited with the absorber itself.
  • the compression energy WC of the absorber 56 is 4.0 to: LO. Ogf 'cmZcm 2 because it can be compacted to the same level or higher when packaging.
  • These compression characteristics can be adjusted by adjusting the fiber density of the aggregate of filaments by opening, etc., selecting the fiber material, selecting the type of binder such as a plasticizer, or adjusting the degree of processing, or a combination of these. Etc. can be adjusted.
  • the compression energy is the amount of energy consumed when pressing the center of a test piece (holding sheet) cut to a length of 200mm and a width of 50mm up to 50g.
  • This compression energy can be measured by a handy compression tester (KES-G5, manufactured by Kato Tech).
  • the measurement conditions with this tester are: SENS: 2, force gauge type: lkg, SPEED RANGE: STD, DEF sensitivity: 20, pressurization area: 2cm 2 Included Interval: 0. 1 (standard), STROKE SET: 5. 0, the upper limit load: a 50gfZcm 2.
  • compression resilience is a parameter that represents the recoverability when a fiber is compressed. Therefore, if the recoverability is good, the compression resilience increases.
  • This compression Les Jiriensu can by handy compression tester (KE s-G5, manufactured by Kato Tech Co., Ltd.), is measured. The measurement conditions for this tester are the same as for the compression energy.
  • tissue paper particularly crepe paper, non-woven fabric, non-woven fabric of polylamy, a sheet with small holes, etc.
  • a sheet with small holes, etc. tissue paper, particularly crepe paper, non-woven fabric, non-woven fabric of polylamy, a sheet with small holes, etc.
  • the sheet does not allow the superabsorbent polymer particles to be extracted.
  • non-woven fabric instead of crepe paper, hydrophilic MSMS (spunbond Z meltblown Z meltblown Z spunbond) non-woven fabric is particularly suitable, and polypropylene, polyethylene zpolypropylene, etc. can be used as the material.
  • the basis weight is preferably 8 to 20 g / m 2 , particularly 10 to 15 g / m 2 .
  • this covering sheet 58 has a force in a form of wrapping the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52 ⁇ and the entire layer of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54 ⁇
  • this covering sheet 58 has a force in a form of wrapping the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52 ⁇ and the entire layer of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54 ⁇
  • the layer may be covered.
  • the upper and side surfaces of the absorbent body 56 are covered with a crepe paper nonwoven fabric
  • the lower surface is covered with a liquid-impermeable sheet such as polyethylene
  • the upper surface of the absorbent body 56 is covered with a crepe paper nonwoven fabric.
  • the side surface and the lower surface may be covered with a liquid-impermeable sheet such as polyethylene (each of these materials is a constituent element of the enveloping sheet).
  • the aggregates of the filaments 52, 52... And the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54... May be sandwiched between two upper and lower sheets or disposed
  • the main absorbent portion 56C which is a portion other than the both side portions 56S, 56S of the crotch portion, has the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54, and the crotch portion is compared with the main absorbent portion 56C.
  • Both sides 56S and 56S are considered to be parts with a low basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles!
  • the crotch part, the front part and the rear part of the crotch part can be, for example, the middle, front side, and rear side when the absorbent body 56 is divided into three in the front-rear direction.
  • Crotch both sides 56S, one side May be a portion having a width of 5 to 40% of the width of the absorber 56, for example.
  • the dispersion density of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is different between the main absorbent portion 56C and the both side portions 56S, 56S of the crotch portion.
  • both side portions 56S and 56S of the crotch portion are also referred to as low density portions.
  • the positions, dimensions, and shapes of the low-density portions 56S, 56S may be appropriately determined within the scope of the present invention.
  • the position in the front-rear direction is preferably a position straddling the center line in the front-rear direction of the article. It is preferable that the length m is 50 to 300 mm and the width n is 10 to 100 mm.
  • the shape of the low-density portions 56S, 56S is preferably a portion surrounded by a line extending from the front-rear direction center side to the width-direction center side rather than the front-rear direction ends, for example, as shown in FIG. Such a portion surrounded by a substantially arc-shaped curve along the circumference of the leg, or a substantially trapezoidal portion as shown in FIG.
  • the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 in the low density portion 56S can be determined as appropriate.
  • the basis weight of the aggregate of the filaments 52 is set to 30 to 300 gZm 2 and the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is determined.
  • the average of the entire absorbent element 50 is 50 to 350 gZm 2 , it is preferably 100 g / m 2 or less.
  • the low density portion 56S has substantially no structure, for example, by not arranging the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 at the time of manufacture.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may be non-fixed, but in that case, depending on the manufacture, transportation, and use of the product, the superabsorbency of other parts with respect to both sides 56S, 56S of the crotch The polymer single particle 54 may move and the effect may be diminished. Therefore, it is preferable that a part or all of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 be bonded and fixed to the assembly of filaments 52 and the covering sheet 58.
  • FIG. 45 assumes the case where the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are bonded to the aggregate of filaments 52 via the adhesive HM.
  • An adhesive for fixing the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 A hot melt adhesive can be suitably used as the HM.
  • the coating amount for which curtain coating is preferred is 2 to 15 g / m 2 , and the preferred coating region is preferably slightly wider than the main absorbent portion.
  • the distribution of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 in the thickness direction of the absorber 56 is not particularly limited, and may be provided not on the filament 52 assembly but on the back surface side of the filament 52 assembly. Force As shown in FIG. 30, it is desirable that the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are dispersed substantially throughout the thickness direction of the absorbent body 56. This state of being dispersed substantially throughout the thickness direction is conceptually shown as an enlarged view of the main part of FIG.
  • “distributed in the entire thickness direction” means “uniformly distributed” in the upper, lower, and / or middle portions of the aggregate of the filaments 52 in addition to the form “uniformly” distributed in the entire thickness direction. However, it is still included in the form of being dispersed in the upper, lower and middle parts.
  • a holding sheet 80 for holding the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is interposed on the back surface side or the skin surface side of the absorber 56.
  • the holding sheet 80 passes through the side surface of the absorber 56 and is rolled up to the upper surface of the absorber 56 as shown in Fig. 33. You can extend it. Not shown !, but the holding sheet 80 is covered with the covering sheet 58 on the surface side and the absorbent body 56 on the skin side. You may arrange
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are unevenly distributed between the holding sheet 80 and the aggregate of the filaments 52, and thus the superabsorbent polymer particles are highly absorbable.
  • a structure in which the polymer particles 54 are fixed to at least one of the holding sheet 80 and the filament aggregate by the adhesive HM can be given.
  • the material of the holding sheet 80 is not particularly limited as long as it has an ability to hold absorbent polymer particles.
  • non-woven fabric, crimped pulp, low-absorbency cotton fiber for example, non-degreased cotton fiber, degreased cotton fiber, rayon fiber treated with water repellent or water repellant, etc.
  • low-absorbency cotton fiber for example, non-degreased cotton fiber, degreased cotton fiber, rayon fiber treated with water repellent or water repellant, etc.
  • polyethylene fiber polyester fiber, acrylic fiber, polypropylene fiber, silk, cotton, hemp, nylon, polyurethane, acetate fiber, etc.
  • a resin film or paper can also be used.
  • the holding sheet 80 When the holding sheet 80 is a non-woven fabric, the holding sheet 80 has a compression energy based on the KES test of 0.01 to: LO. 00 gfcm / cm 2 , preferably 0.01 to: L OOgfcm / cm 2 And a compression resilience of 10 to 100%, preferably 70 to 100%.
  • a hot-melt adhesive or the like is applied on the holding sheet 80 in advance, and the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are placed on the holding sheet. Adhesion to 80 is preferred.
  • the holding ability can be improved by making the upper surface (the surface facing the use surface side) of the holding sheet 80 rough or fluffed.
  • Examples of the roughening or fluffing method for this purpose include marble force and brushing cache.
  • a large number of holding holes 81 are formed in the holding sheet 80 in the form of dots.
  • the holding holes 81 may be regularly arranged or irregularly arranged.
  • the holding hole 81 may be a hollow hole that does not penetrate the sheet 80 or may be a through hole. With such holding holes 81, superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are held. By being trapped in the hole 81, the movement is suppressed.
  • the size and number of the holding holes 81 can be appropriately determined.
  • the opening area of the holding holes 81 is preferably 3 to 25 mm 2 and the number per unit area is preferably 5000 to 50000 Zm 2 . Is preferred.
  • the main absorbing portion 56C is applied to both sides of the crotch portion 56S, 56S by arranging the holding sheet with the holding holes formed entirely on the portion that overlaps the main absorbing portion 56C.
  • the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be efficiently suppressed. The same holds true if the holding hole is formed only in the portion of the holding sheet 80 that overlaps the main absorbent portion 56C.
  • the adhesive HM for fixing the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is preferably applied only to the main absorbent portion 52C. While suppressing the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 by adhesion, it is difficult to impair the fit in the crotch region. In this case, as long as the adhesive HM is applied only to the main absorbent portion 52C, it may be applied to substantially the entire main absorbent portion 52C or to a part thereof.
  • the constituent members of the absorbent main body 20 are fixed to each other by a solid such as a hot melt adhesive, a bead, a spiral, or a summit coating.
  • Fig. 36 shows Fig. 35
  • the tape-type disposable diaper 10A has fastening pieces attached to both end portions on the back side of the diaper, has a hook element on a fastening surface of the fastening piece, and constitutes the back surface of the diaper.
  • a diaper in which a backsheet is a non-woven laminate, and the hook element of the fastening piece can be engaged with an arbitrary portion of the surface of the backsheet when the diaper is mounted.
  • the absorbent main body 20 has an absorbent body 56 interposed between a top sheet 30 and a liquid-impermeable sheet 70.
  • the absorbent body 56 is entirely wrapped with a covering sheet 58 made of tissue paper, and has a rectangular shape in plan view.
  • a holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the covering sheet 58.
  • an intermediate sheet 40 is interposed between the top sheet 30 and the absorber 56.
  • the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, and a back sheet 12A made of an hourglass-shaped non-woven fabric is provided on the outer side thereof.
  • the top sheet 30 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, extends slightly outward from the side edge of the absorbent body 56, and is fixed to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 with a hot melt adhesive or the like.
  • barrier one-force hulls 60A projecting to the use surface side are formed on both sides of the diaper. It is composed of a member, for example, one or a plurality of leg rubber elastic elastic members for the leg elastic force. 130 is a fasting piece with a hook-and-loop fastener.
  • the inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 has a fixing start at a position separated from the side edge of the top sheet 30, and this fixing start edge also extends to the extending edge of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 outward in the width direction. Part is fixed with hot melt adhesive.
  • the outer surface of the liner sheet 64 is fixed to the back sheet 12A with a hot melt adhesive on the lower surface thereof. Further, an elastic expansion / contraction member for gasket cuff, for example, rubber thread 66 is provided.
  • the starting end of the inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 attached to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 forms the upright end of the NORY cuff 60A.
  • the inside of the standing end is the product body It is a free part that is not fixed to the thread, and this free part comes to stand by the contraction force of the rubber thread 62.
  • the fastening piece 130 by using a hook-and-loop fastener as the fastening piece 130, it can be mechanically fixed to the back sheet 12A. Therefore, the so-called target tape can be omitted, and the fastening position by the fastening piece 130 can be freely selected.
  • the base of a fasting base material such as plastic, polylaminated nonwoven fabric, or paper is joined to the backsheet 12A by, for example, an adhesive, and the hooking piece 130 has a hook element 130A on the tip side.
  • the hook element 130A is bonded to the fastening substrate with an adhesive.
  • the hook element 130A has a large number of engaging pieces on the outer surface side thereof.
  • a temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is provided on the tip side from the hook element 130A. At the end of the assembly of the product, the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is adhered to the force barrier sheet 64 to prevent peeling of the front end side of the fastening piece 130. In use, it peels off against the adhesive force and brings the front end of the fastening piece 130 to the front body.
  • the fastening base material is exposed at the tip side from the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B, and is a tab portion.
  • a target printing sheet 74 as a design sheet is provided on the inner surface side of the knock sheet 12A, which serves as a guide for fixing the hook element 130A of the fastening piece 130.
  • the target print with the design is made and made visible through the back sheet 12A from the outside.
  • the diaper When the diaper is worn, the diaper is attached to the body in the shape of a boat, and the contraction force of the rubber thread 62 acts on the leg. To do.
  • the space surrounded by the standing part forms a confined space for urine or soft stool.
  • the urine is absorbed into the absorbent body 56 through the top sheet 30 and the rising part of the Noriya cuff 60A becomes the barrier for the stool solids. Is prevented.
  • side leakage is prevented by a stop function by the flat contact part.
  • the NORY sheet 64 forming each standing cuff is not liquid-permeable but substantially liquid-permeable (or semi-liquid-permeable).
  • the top sheet of the present invention may be made to repel liquid by silicon treatment or the like.
  • the noir sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A are air permeable, and the barrier sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A each have a hydrostatic pressure of lOOmmH.
  • a sheet of 2 o or more is preferable. As a result, air permeability is exhibited at the side portion in the width direction of the product, and the wearer's stuffiness can be prevented.
  • FIG. 37 and FIG. 38 shows an example of manufacturing equipment for the pants-type disposable diaper shown in FIG. 28, FIG. 29 and FIG.
  • the covering sheet 58 is supplied to the line from the upstream side, and then the holding sheet 80 is supplied.
  • FIG. 38 shows an adhesive applicator 104 for this purpose.
  • an assembly of filaments 52 2Z formed by opening the tow (details of the opening process will be described later) is also supplied with an upward force.
  • Absorbent polymer particles 54 are sprayed and supplied.
  • the wrapping sheet 58 is wrapped by passing the sailor 92, and the absorbent element 50 is obtained.
  • it is divided in the line direction by the cutter device 94 to form individual absorbent elements 50.
  • the intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 since the intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 has a structure shorter than the entire length of the absorbent element 50 in the embodiment, it is supplied intermittently from above.
  • the components of the NORY cuff 60 and the top sheet 30 force are supplied from above and the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is supplied from below.
  • the supply line of the NORY sheet 64 constituting the NORY cuff 60 the rubber thread 62 is stretched between the two non-woven fabrics and the second liquid impermeable sheet 72 is fixed in advance by a device (not shown). In this state, it is supplied to the main line together with the top sheet 30.
  • the components of the noir cuff 60 supplied to the main line, the top sheet 30 and the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 are arranged in the shape shown in FIG. Folded by LA 96.
  • a rectangular absorbent main body 20 having a longitudinal direction along the line is obtained by cutting with the cutter device 98.
  • the obtained absorbent main body 20 is turned 90 degrees by the turning device 100 so that the longitudinal direction of the absorbent main body 20 is orthogonal to the line.
  • the thread rubber 12C flows in advance between two non-woven sheets (not shown in FIG. 37), and the leg periphery is formed.
  • it is cut into an oval shape by a cutter (not shown), and when the combination station 102 is reached, the absorbent main body 20 that has been turned around is installed between the cut-out portions, and hot melt adhesive, etc. And fixed to the outer sheet 12. Thereafter, it is folded up and down with the horizontal line in FIG. 37 as a boundary, and the joining regions 12A on both sides of the front body 12F and the back body 12B of the exterior sheet 12 are joined by heat sealing or the like. Thereafter, the product is divided in the line direction (the dividing means are not shown) to obtain individual products.
  • the fiber opening step can be performed, for example, by a line having the form shown in FIG.
  • the toe 52Y is pulled out from the bail 52X and is gradually expanded through the widening device 120, and then passed to the thickening device 110 through the first yuf ° 126A, the second yuf ° 126B, and the third yuf ° 126C.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are sprayed and supplied by the superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90 on the filament aggregate 52Z. Later sent to Sarah 92.
  • the tow is pulled out from the bale 52X by pulling in with the 1st-up 126A (corresponding to the drive-up roll).
  • the toe 52Y pulled out from the bail 52X is changed in angle by the turn part 122, and then is rotated through a free-up roll 124 having a pair of free-up roll forces configured to be freely rotatable.
  • 1st-p 126A is designed to be pulled in.
  • the force applied by the transfer resistance of the free-up roll 124 (determined according to the Ep pressure and the roll's own weight) also functions as a brake that suppresses the pull-in speed of the toe 52Y, and the tension after the free-up roll 124 is stable. To come. This is due to the fact that the rotation of the free-rolls 1 24 occurs only when the tow passes! /.
  • the free-up roll 124's -up pressure and its own weight may be determined as appropriate, but in normal cases, it is preferable that the 2-up pressure is over OMPa and 5 MPa or less. It is preferable that the amount be more than Okg and less than 10kg. Within this range, tension can be easily stabilized.
  • the tow 52Y drawn from the bale 52X is placed between the bale 52X and the free-up roll 124, between the free-up roll 124 and the first-up 126A, and between the first-up 126A and the first.
  • the widening device 120 provided between the 2-p 126B and between the 2-p 126B and the 3-p 126C is widened stepwise to a desired width. At this time, it can also be expanded in the thickness direction.
  • FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 show the widening device 120, and a rectangular tube passage 120A having a predetermined width X through which the tow passes, and compressed air formed on a surface along the width direction on the inner surface of the passage 120A.
  • the tow 52Y introduced into the passage 120A is widened to the full width of the passage by the force of compressed air.
  • the height of the passage is equal to or greater than the thickness of the tow 52Y to be introduced, and when it is higher than the thickness of the tow 52Y, the tow 52Y is also expanded in the thickness direction.
  • the spout 120B is line-symmetric with respect to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A, and has a dogleg shape that is located downstream in the toe passage direction toward the center in the width direction of the passage 120A. (Or V-shaped) It is a slit.
  • the tow 52Y When the tow enters the passage 120A in such a state that the slit 120B force is also ejected, the tow 52Y receives the force of the compressed air in a well-balanced manner even if the approach position is shifted in the center force in the width direction. Thus, it escapes to the center in the width direction (in the direction of the arrow in FIG. 40) and the toe 52Y is naturally guided to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A. In other words, the introduction position of the toe 52Y can be centered using compressed air for widening.
  • the widening device 120 having such a centering function is not only capable of centering in widening, but also has a function of correcting the transfer position. Also demonstrates.
  • the shape of the slit is not limited to the square shape, and is symmetrical with respect to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A and toward the center in the width direction of the passage 120A. As long as the conditions located downstream in the toe passing direction are satisfied, it may be formed in a curved shape, an arc shape or the like.
  • tension is applied between the 1st-up 126A and the 2nd-up 126B so as to apply tension to the toe 52Y.
  • the peripheral speed of each -up roll is set so as to be relaxed between As a result, tension is applied to the tow 52Y between the first-up 126A and the second-up 126B, so that the entanglement between the filaments is forcibly removed to some extent and the separation of the filaments is promoted.
  • the tow 52Y is widened by the widening device 120 along with the separation, so that the tow 52Y can be further uniformly widened.
  • the toe 52Y is widened by the widening device 120 while the tow 52Y is relaxed between the 2-up 126B and the 3-up 126C. It becomes.
  • one roller of the second 2-p 126B is formed with a large number of continuous grooves in the circumferential direction at small intervals in the longitudinal direction.
  • This groove has the function of promoting tow unraveling by allowing the filament to enter a large number of grooves.
  • the holding angle of the toe 52Y (the rotation direction angle of the toe contact portion) in one of the grooved rollers of the 2-up 126B is increased, and the toe 52Y and the grooved roller are increased. It is also a preferable form to increase the contact area.
  • the angle between the tow 52Y on the upstream side of the 2-p 126B and the tow 52Y on the downstream side, that is, the direction change angle by the grooved roller is less than 180 degrees, especially acute angle (smaller than 90 degrees) It is preferable to constitute so that.
  • first-up 126A, the second-up 126B, and the third-up 126C may have different combinations of roll diameters.
  • the force applied to the tow 5 2Y between the rolls and the contact resistance between the roll and the toe 52Y may cause unevenness in the toe width direction.
  • the thickening device 110 is disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-500422 (WO 83/03267).
  • a bench lily part 110b is formed between the inlet 110A and the outlet 110B, a compressed air inlet 110a is provided on the inlet side, and a bench lily is formed.
  • a part 110b has an air exhaust hole 110c. In plan view, it is almost rectangular and flat in the direction penetrating the page of FIG.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90 it is preferable to disperse the superabsorbent polymer particles in the entire thickness direction with respect to the filament aggregate.
  • a superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90 it is desirable to provide not only a drop force due to the weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles themselves but also an acceleration force.
  • FIG. An example of this is shown in FIG.
  • a rotating drum 90b having a projection hole 90d in a casing 90a having an opening in the lower part is configured to rotate in the moving direction of the web (counterclockwise in FIG. 43), and a shirter drum 90c is placed inside the rotating drum 90b. It is provided.
  • the projection unit 90A including these elements is connected to the hopper 90B (see FIG. 38), and the superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90 is configured.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 from the hopper 90B are configured to be supplied into the rotating drum 90b.
  • the opening position of the shatter drum 9 Oc is adjusted in advance with respect to the opening position of the casing 90a.
  • the projection hole 90d of the rotating drum 90b is divided into four groups in the circumferential direction as shown in the drawing as a group divided in the circumferential direction. Therefore, in the process shown in the drawing, four sheets of disposable diapers are rotated.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles are sprayed and projected on the surface.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may be continuously sprinkled onto the aggregate of filaments 52, but as shown in Fig. 37, the absorbent element 50 is divided in the line direction by the cutter device 94. However, when the individual absorbent elements 50 are used, the presence of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 The blade of the starter device 94 is worn out in a short time. Therefore, it is desirable that the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 be intermittently dispersed and projected only in the zone Z, as shown in FIG.
  • the projection hole 90d of the rotating drum 90b is formed as a group divided in the circumferential direction, and as shown in the figure, divided into four groups in the circumferential direction.
  • the polymer particles 54 are intermittently scattered and projected only in the zone Z.
  • the zone Z and Z can be divided by the cutter device 94, and the blade wear of the cutter device 94 can be suppressed.
  • the force with which the dispersion density of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is different between the main absorbent portion 56C and the both side portions 56S, 56S of the crotch portion. It can be manufactured by adjusting the spraying amount according to the part or adopting a spraying pattern that does not spray on both sides of the crotch.
  • the amount of the superabsorbent polymer particles can be adjusted mainly by adjusting the size of the diameter of the projection hole 90d and adjusting the position of the opening of the shatter drum 90c with respect to the position of the opening of the casing 90a. It can be adjusted by the arrangement of holes 90d.
  • superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be dispersed and projected onto the aggregate of filaments 52 together with pressurized air, so that the superabsorbent polymer particles are substantially formed on the aggregate of filaments. It is also possible to disperse in the entire thickness direction. However, it is not recommended because the superabsorbent polymer particles sprayed on the aggregate of filaments 52 are scattered by the pressure air and scattered outside the specified area.
  • the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 sprayed on the filament aggregate are sucked from below the filament aggregate. May be.
  • the rotating roll shown in Fig. 37 is replaced with a vacuum roll 106, and the superabsorbent polymer particles are sprayed by applying the centrifugal centrifugal force as described above.
  • Superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can also be sprayed onto the aggregate 52Z of filaments 52 by means of a superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means in which polymer particles are dropped by their own weight. In this case, suction by vacuum roll 106 Since the superabsorbent polymer particles enter the aggregate of the filaments 52 due to attractive force, the superabsorbent polymer particles are dispersed in the lower part of the absorber 56 in the product stage.
  • the amount of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 to be applied is adjusted according to the region, or a spray pattern that does not spray on both sides of the crotch part is adopted. This is the same as the aforementioned distribution means 90.
  • FIG. 44 shows an example of a manufacturing method of the tape-type disposable diaper shown in FIG. 35 and FIG.
  • the supply of the intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 is the same as in the case of the pants type.
  • the top sheet 30 is subsequently supplied from the upper side
  • the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is supplied from the lower side
  • the NORY sheet 64 constituting the NORY cuff 60 is supplied.
  • the supply line of the noir sheet 64 the supply force in a state in which the rubber thread 62 is fixed under stretch between two nonwoven fabrics is previously provided by a device (not shown).
  • the semi-finished product with the absorbent main body is cut by the cutter device 98 and the product 10 is obtained.
  • Fig. 47 shows that the absorbent article 200 according to the present invention has a high absorption capacity uniformly on both sides of the crotch portion of the absorbent body and the absorbent article 200 according to the present invention in which the basis weight of the super absorbent polymer particles is smaller than that of the primary absorbent section.
  • Comparative Example 201 in which functional polymer particles were sprayed, 150 g of human urine was absorbed, and the standing force of floss 60 and the roundness of the product were compared. It can be seen that the absorbent core 200 of the absorbent article 200 according to the present invention rises high and the product is rounded to fit the body.
  • the present invention provides a force S that can be applied to absorbent articles such as disposable diapers, sanitary napkins, incontinence pads, and diaper covers, and optimally absorbent diapers or diaper covers or paper diapers. It is a pad.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a pants-type disposable diaper.
  • FIG. 2 is a developed plan view of a pants-type disposable diaper.
  • Pants-type messenger! Forming an embossed diaper! 4 is a sectional view taken along the line 4.
  • FIG. 4 A cross-sectional view of the pant-type using the diaper embossed.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of another first example of emboss formation.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of another second example of emboss formation.
  • FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view of another third example of emboss formation.
  • FIG. 8 is a developed plan view of a tape-type disposable diaper.
  • FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 9 9 in FIG.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a pants-type disposable diaper.
  • FIG. 11 is a developed plan view of a pants-type disposable diaper.
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 3-3 in FIG.
  • FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view of another example.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of another example.
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of another example.
  • FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of another example.
  • FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of another example.
  • FIG. 18 is a developed plan view of a tape-type disposable diaper.
  • FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 9 9 in FIG.
  • ⁇ 21 It is a schematic diagram showing an example of manufacturing equipment for a pants-type disposable diaper.
  • ⁇ 22 It is a schematic diagram showing an example of manufacturing equipment for a tape-type disposable paper diaper.
  • FIG. 23 A schematic diagram of the opening facility.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic view of a widening device.
  • FIG. 25 is a sectional view taken along the line XV—XV in FIG. 24.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic view of a thickening device.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of an example of an SAP supply device.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view of a pants-type messenger!
  • FIG. 29 is a developed plan view of a pants-type disposable diaper.
  • 30 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 3—3 in FIG.
  • FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 3-3 of another example.
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of another example taken along line 3—3.
  • FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view corresponding to the line 3—3 of the modification.
  • FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view of another example taken along line 3-3.
  • FIG. 35 is a developed plan view of a tape-type disposable diaper.
  • FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line 99 in FIG. 35.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram showing an example of manufacturing equipment for a pants-type disposable diaper.
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of the main part.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a widening device.
  • FIG. 40 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line ⁇ in FIG. 39.
  • FIG. 41 is a schematic diagram of a fiber opening device.
  • ⁇ 42 It is a schematic diagram of an example of a superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means.
  • FIG. 44 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a manufacturing facility for a tape-type disposable paper diaper.
  • FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram showing a planar arrangement of SAP and adhesive in the absorbent body.
  • FIG. 46 is a diagram showing an example of a holding sheet.
  • FIG. 47 is a diagram showing experimental results.
  • 10 Pants-type disposable diapers, 10A... Tape-type disposable diapers, 12 ⁇ Exterior sheet, 12 ⁇ ⁇ Knock sheet, 20 ⁇ 50 ... Absorbing element, 52 ⁇ Filament, 52 ⁇ ⁇ Veil, 52 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Tow, 52 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Aggregation of filaments, 54 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Highly absorbent polymer particles, 56 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Absorber, 56 ⁇ ⁇ night Impervious sheet, 72 ... Second liquid impervious sheet, 80 ... Retaining sheet, ⁇ ... Heat fusion part, 90 ... Super absorbent polymer particle spraying means, 90 ⁇ ... Projection part, 90a ... Case, 90b ... Rotating drum , 90c ...

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Fluid Mechanics (AREA)
  • Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)
  • Orthopedics, Nursing, And Contraception (AREA)

Abstract

[PROBLEMS] To improve the shape stability of a filament assembly and increase the fitting properties to the skin of a wearer. [MEANS FOR SOLVING PROBLEMS] In an area where an absorber (56) having an assembly of filaments is placed, a groovy emboss (Em) is formed along approximately a lengthwise direction on at least both sides of a crotch of a wearer. The emboss (Em) extends from a top sheet (30) and reaches the absorber (56).

Description

明 細 書  Specification
吸収性物品  Absorbent articles
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、トップシートから前記吸収性本体に達する溝状のエンボスが形成された 吸収性物品、特にトウを開繊してなるフィラメント集合体により形成されている吸収体 を含む吸収性物品、好適には紙おむつに関するものである。また、本発明は、吸収 性物品及び吸収体の製造方法に関するものである。  [0001] The present invention relates to an absorbent article in which a groove-like emboss reaching from the top sheet to the absorbent main body is formed, particularly an absorbent formed by a filament aggregate formed by opening a tow. Articles, preferably paper diapers. The present invention also relates to an absorbent article and a method for producing an absorbent body.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 幼児や大人のテープ式やパンツ型の使い捨ておむつ、生理用ナプキンなどの吸 収性物品は、使用面側のトップシートと、背面側の液の透過を防止するバックシートと 、これらのシート間に介在され、トップシートを透過した排泄された液を受け入れ保持 する吸収体とを基本要素として 、る。  [0002] Absorbent articles such as infant and adult tape-type and pants-type disposable diapers and sanitary napkins include a top sheet on the use surface side, a back sheet that prevents permeation of liquid on the back side, and these The basic element is an absorbent body that is interposed between sheets and receives and holds excreted liquid that has permeated through the top sheet.
[0003] この基本要素に対し、ノ ックシートの裏面側にたとえば不織布など力もなる外装シ ートを設け、ノ ックシートとしてプラスチックシートを使用した場合における肌触りを改 良する形態、製品の両側にいわゆるノ リヤーカフスを形成する形態など、ウェスト周り や腹周りのフィット性を改良するために弾性伸縮性を付与する形態などが、適宜付カロ される。  [0003] For this basic element, a form that improves the touch when a plastic sheet is used as a knock sheet, for example, by providing an exterior sheet such as non-woven fabric on the back side of the knock sheet, and so-called knocks on both sides of the product. Forms that provide elastic stretch to improve fit around the waist and abdomen, such as forms that form rear cuffs, are appropriately added.
[0004] 使用面側のトップシートを透過した液を受け入れ保持する吸収体としては、従来は 、 ノルプ短繊維の積繊体が一般的に使用されている。また、液に吸収量を高めるた めに高吸収性ポリマー粒子(以下「SAP」とも 、う。)を使用することも知られて!/、る。  [0004] As the absorbent body that receives and holds the liquid that has passed through the top sheet on the use surface side, conventionally, a laminated fiber of norp short fibers has been generally used. It is also known to use superabsorbent polymer particles (hereinafter also referred to as “SAP”) to increase the amount of absorption in the liquid!
[0005] SAPはパルプ短繊維の積繊体上に散布する場合のほ力、パルプ短繊維の SAPを 分散保持させ積繊体させる場合 (特許文献 1)がある。  [0005] There is a case where SAP is dispersed when dispersed on a staple fiber of short pulp fibers, and SAP of pulp short fibers is dispersed and held (Patent Document 1).
[0006] 一方、近年では、特表 2002— 524399号 (W099Z27879 :特許文献 2)及び特 表 2004— 500165号(米国特許第 6, 646, 180号:特許文献 3)に示されるように、 セルロースアセテートのトウを吸収体として使用することが提案されて 、る。この吸収 要素では、トウを構成するフィラメントは前後方向に沿って、吸収要素の前後端部ま で延在している。 [0007] 特表 2004— 500165号は、 SAPを主体としフィラメント集合体を添カ卩した吸収体を 開示する。この吸収体は、上層と下層との間に設けた、 SAPを約 50〜95重量%含 み、スターチなどの非水溶性の親水性ポリマー及び繊維を約 5〜50重量%含み吸 収層からなるラミネート構造のものであり、これを横断面 C型に折り畳み、中央にチヤ ンネルを形成したものである。 [0006] On the other hand, in recent years, as shown in JP-T 2002-524399 (W099Z27879: Patent Document 2) and JP-T 2004-500165 (US Pat. No. 6,646,180: Patent Document 3), cellulose It has been proposed to use acetate tow as an absorber. In this absorbent element, the filament constituting the tow extends in the front-rear direction to the front and rear ends of the absorbent element. [0007] Special Table 2004-500165 discloses an absorbent body mainly composed of SAP and filament assembly. This absorber is provided between the upper layer and the lower layer, contains about 50 to 95% by weight of SAP, and contains about 5 to 50% by weight of water-insoluble hydrophilic polymer such as starch and fibers. This is a laminate structure that is folded into a C-shaped cross section and a channel is formed in the center.
特許文献 1:特開 2004— 65300号公報  Patent Document 1: Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2004-65300
特許文献 2:特表 2000— 524399号 (W099/27879)公報  Patent Document 2: Special Table 2000- 524399 (W099 / 27879) Publication
特許文献 3 :特表 2004— 500165号 (米国特許第 6, 646, 180号)公報  Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-500165 (US Pat. No. 6,646,180)
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0008] トウは密度が比較的に高ぐそのままでは吸収性能や柔らかさが不十分なため、開 繊を要する。 [0008] Tow has a relatively high density as it is, and its absorption performance and softness are insufficient.
[0009] し力しながら、トウを開繊してなるフィラメント集合体は、汎用の綿状パルプと異なり、 フィラメント相互の結びつきが弱いため、使用時に加わる外力によって形状が崩れ、 初期の吸収性能が発揮されなくなるおそれがあった。  [0009] Unlike general-purpose cotton-like pulp, the filament aggregate formed by opening the tow while squeezing is weakly linked to each other. Therefore, the shape collapses due to external force applied during use, and the initial absorption performance is reduced. There was a possibility that it could not be demonstrated.
[0010] 特に、装着時や装着後において、外力が加わると、フィラメント相互が離れる傾向が あり、吸収体の幅方向に関し粗密が生じ、着用者の肌へのフィット性が悪くなる傾向 が知見された。着用者の肌へのフィット性の低下は、排泄された液が吸収体に速や かに浸透しないままトップシートに留まる傾向をもたらし、トップシートに留まる液は、ト ップシートを拡散し、肌の濡れやカブレの原因となる。  [0010] In particular, when an external force is applied during or after wearing, the filaments tend to be separated from each other, the density in the width direction of the absorbent body is increased, and the wearability of the wearer tends to be poor. It was. The decrease in the fit of the wearer to the skin tends to cause the excreted liquid to stay on the top sheet without quickly penetrating the absorber, and the liquid remaining on the top sheet diffuses the top sheet and It may cause wetting and fogging.
[0011] また、フィラメント集合体を吸収要素 (製品)の長手方向に配向させる場合、吸収し た液力フィラメントの配向方向に過度に流れる(走る)傾向がみられ、フィラメントの配 向方向と交差する方向には拡散し難いものとなり、全体としての吸収能力の高めるの に制限がみられる。  [0011] Also, when the filament aggregate is oriented in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent element (product), it tends to flow excessively (run) in the orientation direction of the absorbed hydraulic filament, and crosses the orientation direction of the filament. In this direction, it is difficult to diffuse, and there is a limit to increasing the overall absorption capacity.
[0012] さらに、セルロースアセテートのトウのように、それ自体吸水性が殆ど無い難吸収フ イラメントが束状に集合したフィラメント集合体を用いた吸収要素では、フィラメントの 連続方向に沿って液が拡散し易ぐフィラメントの両端が吸収要素の周縁まで延在し ていると、当該端部に多量の液が素早く供給されることに起因して漏れが発生するこ とがあった。 [0012] Further, in an absorbent element using a filament assembly in which hardly absorbable filaments that hardly absorb water themselves, such as cellulose acetate tow, gathered in a bundle, the liquid diffuses along the continuous direction of the filament. If both ends of the easy filament extend to the periphery of the absorbent element, leakage will occur due to the rapid supply of a large amount of liquid to that end. There was.
[0013] さらに、従来は吸収体の全体にわたり一様に高吸収性ポリマー粒子を含有してい たため、股間部において高吸収性ポリマー粒子が排泄液を吸収すると、股間部が幅 方向において一様に膨張し、装着感を悪化させるという問題点があった。特に、吸収 性物品では、脚回りからのいわゆる横漏れを防止するために、トップシートの両側に、 使用面側に起立するノ リヤーカフスを備えたものが多いが、このような吸収性物品に おいて股間部の両側部が膨張すると、ノ リヤーカフスの実質的な起立高さが減少し、 単なる堰き止め量の低下だけでなぐ身体表面に対する追従性能も低下する。  [0013] Further, conventionally, since the high-absorbent polymer particles are uniformly contained throughout the entire absorbent body, when the high-absorbent polymer particles absorb excretion fluid in the crotch part, the crotch part is uniformly in the width direction. There was a problem of swelling and worsening the wearing feeling. In particular, in order to prevent so-called side leakage from around the legs, many absorbent articles are provided with a noir cuff standing on the use surface side on both sides of the top sheet. If both sides of the crotch part are inflated, the substantial standing height of the Noriya cuff is reduced, and the follow-up performance to the body surface is also reduced by merely reducing the amount of damming.
[0014] そこで、本発明の第 1の課題は、フィラメント集合体の形状安定性を向上させ、着用 者の肌へのフィット性を高めることにある。また、第 2の課題は、エンボスの溝に沿って 液を流しながら速やかに吸収体内に液を吸収させるようにすることにある。さらに、第 3の課題は、吸収要素の縁部に対する液の過供給に起因する漏れを防止することに ある。さらに、第 4の課題は、股間部が幅方向において一様に膨張し、装着感を悪ィ匕 させる問題点を解決することにある。他の課題は、以下の説明によって明らかになる であろう。  [0014] Therefore, the first problem of the present invention is to improve the shape stability of the filament aggregate and improve the fit of the wearer to the skin. The second problem is to quickly absorb the liquid into the absorbent body while flowing the liquid along the groove of the emboss. Furthermore, the third problem is to prevent leakage due to excessive supply of liquid to the edge of the absorbing element. Furthermore, the fourth problem is to solve the problem that the crotch portion expands uniformly in the width direction and deteriorates the wearing feeling. Other issues will become clear from the following explanation.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0015] 上記課題を解決した本発明は次記のとおりである。 The present invention that has solved the above problems is as follows.
[0016] <請求項 1記載の発明 > <Invention of Claim 1>
透液性のトップシート、トウを開繊してなるフィラメント集合体により形成された吸収 体を含む吸収性本体、液不透過性シートをこの順に有する吸収性物品にお 、て、 [0017] 前記吸収性本体が位置する領域内において、少なくとも着用者の股下部の両側に ほぼ長手方向に沿って、前記トップシートから前記吸収体に達する溝状のエンボスが 形成されて!ヽることを特徴とする吸収性物品。  In an absorbent article having a liquid-permeable top sheet, an absorbent main body including an absorbent body formed by a filament aggregate formed by opening a tow, and a liquid-impermeable sheet in this order, [0017] In the region where the absorbent main body is located, groove-shaped embosses that reach the absorber from the top sheet are formed substantially along the longitudinal direction on both sides of the wearer's crotch. Absorbent article.
[0018] (作用効果) [0018] (Function and effect)
吸収性本体が位置する領域内において、少なくとも着用者の股下部の両側にほぼ 長手方向に沿って、トップシートから吸収体に達する溝状のエンボスが形成されて ヽ るので、着用した際に、エンボス部を境にしてエンボス間領域が着用者の股間部にフ イットするようになり、排泄された液がトップシート上を拡散し前後または横漏れの要因 を減少させ、吸収体内に速やかに浸透するようになる。 In the region where the absorbent main body is located, groove-shaped embosses that reach the absorber from the top sheet are formed along the longitudinal direction at least on both sides of the wearer's crotch. The area between the embosses starts to fit in the crotch area of the wearer at the embossed part, and the excreted liquid spreads on the top sheet, causing front and back or side leakage , And quickly penetrates into the absorbent body.
[0019] また、エンボスが吸収体に達する形態で形成されているので、吸収体内に浸透した 液がエンボスに沿って拡散するようになり、結果として吸収体全体としての吸収速度 が向上する。  [0019] Further, since the emboss is formed in a form that reaches the absorber, the liquid that has penetrated into the absorber diffuses along the emboss, and as a result, the absorption rate of the entire absorber is improved.
[0020] <請求項 2記載の発明 >  [0020] <Invention of Claim 2>
前記エンボスは、前記フィラメント集合体の配向方向に対し交差する方向に沿って 形成されて!ヽる請求項 1記載の吸収性物品。  2. The absorbent article according to claim 1, wherein the emboss is formed along a direction intersecting with an orientation direction of the filament aggregate.
[0021] (作用効果)  [0021] (Function and effect)
液の拡散速度はフィラメント集合体の配向方向の方がこれと交差する方向に対して 速い。しかるに、エンボスが、フィラメント集合体の配向方向に対し交差する方向に沿 つて形成されていると、その交差する方向のエンボスが堰のように機能し、フィラメント 集合体に対し交差する方向へ拡散を促し、吸収体全体としての拡散速度が高まる。  The diffusion rate of the liquid is faster in the orientation direction of the filament aggregate than in the direction intersecting this. However, when the emboss is formed along the direction intersecting the orientation direction of the filament aggregate, the emboss in the intersecting direction functions like a weir and diffuses in the direction intersecting the filament aggregate. And increase the diffusion rate of the absorber as a whole.
[0022] また、フィラメント集合体の配向方向に対し交差する方向に沿うエンボスは、フィラメ ント相互の結びつきが弱いフィラメント集合体のバラケを防止するようになり、特に熱 融着を利用したエンボスによると、フィラメント集合体の接着性が高ぐバラケを防止 する効果が高ぐもって使用時に加わる外力によって形状が崩れることが少なぐ所 要の吸収能力を発揮するようになる。  Further, the embossing along the direction intersecting the orientation direction of the filament aggregate prevents the filament aggregate from being weakly linked to each other, and in particular, according to the embossing utilizing heat fusion. In addition, the effect of preventing looseness due to high adhesion of the filament assembly is high, and the required absorption capacity is less likely to be deformed by external force applied during use.
[0023] <請求項 3記載の発明 >  <Invention of Claim 3>
前記エンボスは、少なくとも着用者の股下部の両側にほぼ長手方向に形成された 第 1の部分と、吸収性本体の前後部分に形成された第 2の部分とを有し、前記第 1の 部分と前記第 2の部分とが実質的に繋がり、実質的に環状のエンボスが形成されて V、る請求項 1または 2記載の吸収性物品。  The emboss includes at least a first portion formed substantially longitudinally on both sides of the wearer's crotch, and a second portion formed on the front and back portions of the absorbent main body, and the first portion The absorbent article according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the second portion and the second portion are substantially connected to each other, and a substantially annular emboss is formed.
[0024] (作用効果)  [0024] (Function and effect)
前記第 1の部分と前記第 2の部分とが実質的に繋がり、実質的に環状のエンボスが 形成されていると、請求項 1及び請求項 2の作用効果が相乗的に発揮され、特に環 状エンボス領域内での吸収速度が高まり、吸収性能に優れたものとなる。  When the first part and the second part are substantially connected to each other and a substantially annular emboss is formed, the effects of claims 1 and 2 are exhibited synergistically, The absorption speed in the embossed region increases and the absorption performance is excellent.
[0025] また、液の吸収量を高めるために、フィラメント集合体内に高吸収性ポリマー粒子を 保持させるのが好ましい。高吸収性ポリマー粒子は、綿状パルプの場合と異なり、フ イラメント集合体への付与時に又はその後の工程、あるいは消費者が使用するまでの 過程で、フィラメント集合体内を移動し、フィラメント集合体内で偏在化したり、フィラメ ント集合体力も抜け落ちたりすることがある。これらの事態が発生すると、吸収性能が 阻害されたり、フィラメント集合体力 抜け落ちた高吸収性ポリマー粒子群の凹凸が、 使用者にジャリジャリした違和感を与えたりするため、好ましくない。しかるに、環状ェ ンボスを形成することで、フィラメント集合体内における高吸収性ポリマー粒子の移動 を抑制することができ、高吸収性ポリマー粒子の偏在を防止し、尿の拡散性及び吸 収速度を向上させ、またゲルブロッキングを防止することができる利点がある。 [0025] Further, in order to increase the absorption amount of the liquid, it is preferable to hold the superabsorbent polymer particles in the filament aggregate. Unlike the case of cotton-like pulp, superabsorbent polymer particles When applied to an iramentum assembly, during the subsequent process, or until it is used by a consumer, the filament assembly may move and become unevenly distributed within the filament assembly, or the filament assembly force may be lost. If such a situation occurs, the absorption performance is hindered, and the unevenness of the superabsorbent polymer particles that have lost the filament aggregate strength gives the user a sly discomfort, which is not preferable. However, by forming a circular emboss, the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles in the filament aggregate can be suppressed, the uneven distribution of the superabsorbent polymer particles is prevented, and the urine diffusibility and the absorption speed are improved. And gel blocking can be prevented.
[0026] <請求項 4記載の発明 >  <Invention of Claim 4>
使用面側のトップシートを透過した液を吸収する吸収要素を備え、  It has an absorption element that absorbs liquid that has passed through the top sheet on the use surface side,
[0027] 前記吸収要素は、トウを開繊して得られ且つ吸収量が自重の 1. 0倍以下の難吸収 フィラメント集合体を有しており、 [0027] The absorbent element has a difficult-to-absorb filament assembly obtained by opening the tow and having an absorption amount of 1.0 times or less of its own weight,
[0028] 前記フィラメント集合体は、フィラメントがトップシートに沿って延在しており、かつフィ ラメントの両端が吸収要素の周縁から内側に離間している、 [0028] In the filament assembly, the filament extends along the top sheet, and both ends of the filament are spaced inward from the peripheral edge of the absorbent element.
[0029] ことを特徴とする吸収性物品。 [0029] An absorbent article characterized by the above.
[0030] (作用効果) [0030] (Function and effect)
本発明では、フィラメントの両端が吸収要素の周縁から内側に離間しているため、 液がフィラメントを伝ってその両端まで拡散したとしても、吸収要素の周縁の手前で拡 散を止めることができる。よって、吸収要素の端部に対する液の過供給が抑制される ようになり、漏れ防止が図られるようになる。  In the present invention, since both ends of the filament are spaced inward from the peripheral edge of the absorbent element, even if the liquid travels along the filament and diffuses to both ends, the diffusion can be stopped before the peripheral edge of the absorbent element. Therefore, the excessive supply of the liquid to the end portion of the absorbing element is suppressed, and leakage prevention is achieved.
[0031] なお、本発明の吸収量とは次の手順で測定されるものである。 [0031] The absorption amount of the present invention is measured by the following procedure.
(1) サンプル繊維を 5. Og秤量し、人工尿 1L中に 5分間浸漬する。  (1) Weigh 5. Og of sample fiber and immerse in 1L of artificial urine for 5 minutes.
(2) 次に、サンプルを人工尿中から取り出して 1分間吊り下げる。  (2) Next, remove the sample from the artificial urine and suspend it for 1 minute.
(3) 次に、遠心分離機を用いて 2250rpmで 6分間液分を分離する。  (3) Next, use a centrifuge to separate the liquid for 6 minutes at 2250 rpm.
(4) 次に、サンプルの重量を測定し、繊維重量(5. Og)を差し引いた値を吸収量と する。  (4) Next, weigh the sample and take the value obtained by subtracting the fiber weight (5. Og) as the absorption.
[0032] <請求項 5記載の発明 >  <Invention of Claim 5>
前記吸収体が、フィラメント集合体を液透過性シートに貼り付けるか又は液透過性 シートで包んだものである、請求項 4記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent body is attached to a liquid permeable sheet or a liquid permeable sheet. The absorbent article according to claim 4, wherein the absorbent article is wrapped with a sheet.
[0033] (作用効果) [0033] (Function and effect)
このような構造を採用すると、後述する本発明の製造方法を用いて容易に製造する ことができる。  If such a structure is adopted, it can be easily manufactured using the manufacturing method of the present invention described later.
[0034] <請求項 6記載の発明 > [0034] <Invention of Claim 6>
少なくとも股間部の両側に、前後方向に沿って延在するとともに前後方向中間部が 幅方向中央側に膨出する形状のエンボス凹部が形成されており、このエンボス凹部 は前記トップシートの使用面側から前記吸収体に達するように形成されて 、る、請求 項 4または 5記載の吸収性物品。  At least on both sides of the crotch part, there are formed embossed recesses that extend along the front-rear direction and the middle part in the front-rear direction bulges to the center in the width direction. The absorbent article according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the absorbent article is formed so as to reach the absorber.
[0035] (作用効果) [0035] (Function and effect)
この場合、幅方向中央の使用面を両脇よりも隆起させ、股間ゃ臀裂に対するフイツ ト性を高めることができる。  In this case, the use surface at the center in the width direction can be raised from both sides, and the fit between the crotch and the crack can be improved.
[0036] <請求項 7記載の発明 > <Invention of Claim 7>
使用面側のトップシートを透過した液を吸収する吸収要素を備え、  It has an absorption element that absorbs liquid that has passed through the top sheet on the use surface side,
[0037] 前記吸収要素は、下層吸収体と、そのトップシート側に設けられた上層吸収体とを 有しており、 [0037] The absorbent element has a lower layer absorber and an upper layer absorber provided on the top sheet side,
[0038] 前記上層吸収体は、トウを開繊して得られ且つ吸収量が自重の 1. 0倍以下の難吸 収フィラメント集合体力もなり、このフィラメント集合体は、フィラメントがトップシートに 沿って延在しており、かつフィラメントの両端が前記下層吸収体の周縁から内側に離 間している、  [0038] The upper-layer absorbent body is obtained by opening the tow and has an absorption capacity of a hard-to-absorb filament that is absorbed by 1.0 times or less of its own weight. The filament aggregate has a filament along the top sheet. And both ends of the filament are spaced inward from the periphery of the lower layer absorber,
[0039] ことを特徴とする吸収性物品。  [0039] An absorbent article characterized by the above.
[0040] (作用効果)  [0040] (Function and effect)
この場合、上層吸収体に供給された液分が上層吸収体内を通りフィラメントの両端 に達したとしても、そこで液の拡散が止まり、吸収要素の周縁までは拡散しない。そし て、上層吸収体内に拡散した液分は下層吸収体に移行して保持されるようになる。よ つて、吸収要素の端部に対する液の過供給が抑制されるようになり、漏れ防止が図ら れるようになる。  In this case, even if the liquid component supplied to the upper absorbent body passes through the upper absorbent body and reaches both ends of the filament, the diffusion of the liquid stops there and does not diffuse to the periphery of the absorbent element. Then, the liquid component diffused in the upper absorbent body moves to the lower absorbent body and is retained. Therefore, the excessive supply of liquid to the end of the absorbing element is suppressed, and leakage can be prevented.
[0041] <請求項 8記載の発明 > 前記上層吸収体が、フィラメント集合体を液透過性シートに貼り付けるか又は液透 過性シートで包んだものである、請求項 7記載の吸収性物品。 [0041] <Invention of Claim 8> 8. The absorbent article according to claim 7, wherein the upper layer absorbent body is one in which a filament aggregate is attached to a liquid permeable sheet or wrapped with a liquid permeable sheet.
[0042] (作用効果) [0042] (Function and effect)
このような構造を採用すると、後述する本発明の製造方法を用いて容易に製造する ことができる。  If such a structure is adopted, it can be easily manufactured using the manufacturing method of the present invention described later.
[0043] <請求項 9記載の発明 > [0043] <Invention of Claim 9>
前記下層吸収体が、パルプ繊維及び高吸収性ポリマー粒子を混合し積繊してなる ものである、請求項 7または 8記載の吸収性物品。  9. The absorbent article according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the lower layer absorbent is obtained by mixing and stacking pulp fibers and superabsorbent polymer particles.
[0044] (作用効果) [0044] (Function and effect)
下層吸収体は、吸収した液を保持 (貯蔵)する役割を担うため、本項記載のように吸 水量に優れる吸収体を採用するのが好ま 、。  Since the lower layer absorber plays a role of holding (storing) the absorbed liquid, it is preferable to employ an absorber having an excellent water absorption amount as described in this section.
[0045] <請求項 10記載の発明 > <Invention of Claim 10>
前記下層吸収体が、フィラメント集合体及び高吸収性ポリマー粒子を混合し積繊し てなるものである、請求項 7または 8記載の吸収性物品。  9. The absorbent article according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the lower layer absorbent is obtained by mixing and collecting filament aggregates and superabsorbent polymer particles.
[0046] <請求項 11記載の発明 > <Invention of Claim 11>
使用面側のトップシートを透過した液を吸収する吸収要素を備え、  It has an absorption element that absorbs liquid that has passed through the top sheet on the use surface side,
[0047] 前記吸収要素は、下層吸収体と、そのトップシート側に設けられた上層吸収体とを 有しており、 [0047] The absorbent element has a lower layer absorber and an upper layer absorber provided on the top sheet side,
[0048] 前記下層吸収体は、トウを開繊して得られ且つ吸収量が自重の 1. 0倍以下の難吸 収フィラメント集合体力もなり、このフィラメント集合体は、フィラメントがトップシートに 沿って延在しており、かつフィラメントの両端が前記上層吸収体の周縁から内側に離 間している、  [0048] The lower layer absorbent body is obtained by opening the tow and has an absorption capacity of a hard-to-absorb filament that is absorbed by 1.0 times or less of its own weight. The filament aggregate has a filament along the top sheet. And both ends of the filament are spaced inward from the periphery of the upper absorbent body,
[0049] ことを特徴とする吸収性物品。  [0049] An absorbent article characterized by the above.
[0050] <請求項 12記載の発明 >  [0050] <Invention of Claim 12>
少なくとも股間部の両側に、前後方向に沿って延在するとともに前後方向中間部が 幅方向中央側に膨出する形状のエンボス凹部が形成されており、このエンボス凹部 は前記トップシートの使用面側から前記上層吸収体に達するように形成されている、 請求項 7〜: L 1のいずれか 1項に記載の吸収性物品。 [0051] (作用効果) At least on both sides of the crotch part, there are formed embossed recesses that extend along the front-rear direction and the middle part in the front-rear direction bulges to the center in the width direction. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 7 to L1, wherein the absorbent article is formed so as to reach the upper-layer absorber. [0051] (Function and effect)
この場合、幅方向中央の使用面を両脇よりも隆起させ、股間ゃ臀裂に対するフイツ ト性を高めることができる。  In this case, the use surface at the center in the width direction can be raised from both sides, and the fit between the crotch and the crack can be improved.
[0052] <請求項 13記載の発明 >  [0052] <Invention of Claim 13>
トウを開繊して得られ且つ吸収量が自重の 1. 0倍以下の難吸収フィラメント集合体 を、液透過性シートに貼り付けるか又は液透過性シートで包んだ後、フィラメントの連 続方向に所定の間隔で切断し、切断したフィラメント集合体を、吸収体または吸収シ ート上の所定位置に貼り付ける、ことを特徴とする吸収体の製造方法。  Filament continuous direction after sticking or wrapping with a liquid-permeable sheet a difficult-to-absorb filament assembly that is obtained by opening the tow and has an absorption amount of 1.0 times or less of its own weight. A method for producing an absorbent body, comprising: cutting the filament assembly at predetermined intervals, and attaching the cut filament assembly to a predetermined position on the absorbent body or the absorbent sheet.
[0053] (作用効果)  [0053] (Function and effect)
トウを開繊して得られるフィラメント集合体は、散けたり、型崩れを起こしたりし易いた め、製造上の取り扱いが困難な素材である。このため、従来の吸収体の製造におい ては、フィラメント集合体を連続状のままで取り扱い、個々の吸収体への切断を利用 して、フィラメント集合体の切断も行っていた。  The filament aggregate obtained by opening the tow is a material that is difficult to handle in manufacturing because it is easy to disintegrate or lose its shape. For this reason, in the manufacture of conventional absorbers, the filament aggregates are handled in a continuous state, and the filament aggregates are also cut using cutting into individual absorbers.
[0054] しかし、このような製造方法では、フィラメントの両端が吸収要素の周縁まで延在し ている吸収体し力製造することができず、前述したような漏れの問題を回避することが できない。このため、フィラメントの集合体を吸収体内の所望の位置に配置できる製 造技術の開発が望まれた。  [0054] However, in such a manufacturing method, it is impossible to manufacture the absorbent body in which both ends of the filament extend to the peripheral edge of the absorbent element, and it is impossible to avoid the leakage problem as described above. . For this reason, it was desired to develop a manufacturing technique that can arrange the aggregate of filaments at a desired position in the absorbent body.
[0055] 本項記載の発明は、このような問題点に鑑みてなされたものである。本発明では、 切断に先立って、連続状のフィラメント集合体を、連続状の液透過性シートに貼り付 けるか又は液透過性シートで包むため、フィラメント集合体が散けたり、型崩れを起こ したりし難くなる。またシートと一体化されたフィラメント集合体に対しては、スリップ力 ッターのようなシート向けの加工装置を用いることができ、特別な設備を要せずにフィ ラメントの集合体を吸収体内の所望の位置に配置できるようになる。  The invention described in this section has been made in view of such problems. In the present invention, prior to cutting, the continuous filament aggregate is attached to the continuous liquid-permeable sheet or wrapped with the liquid-permeable sheet, so that the filament aggregate is scattered or loses its shape. It becomes difficult to do. For filament assemblies integrated with a sheet, a sheet processing device such as a slip force utter can be used, and the assembly of filaments is desired in the absorbent body without requiring special equipment. It becomes possible to arrange in the position.
[0056] <請求項 14記載の発明 >  [0056] <Invention of Claim 14>
使用面側のトップシートを透過した液を受け入れ保持する吸収要素を備え、  It has an absorption element that receives and holds liquid that has passed through the top sheet on the use surface side,
[0057] 前記吸収要素は、トウを開繊したフィラメントの集合体及び高吸収性ポリマー粒子を 有する吸収体を含み、  [0057] The absorbent element includes an absorbent body having an aggregate of filaments opened from tow and superabsorbent polymer particles,
前記吸収体は、股間部と、股間部の前側部分および股間部の後側部分を有してお り、股間部の両側部以外の部分である主吸収部分に高吸収性ポリマー粒子を有する とともに、股間部の両側部における高吸収性ポリマー粒子の目付けが前記主吸収部 分よりも少ない、 The absorbent body has a crotch portion, a front portion of the crotch portion, and a rear portion of the crotch portion. In addition, the main absorbent portion, which is a portion other than both sides of the crotch portion, has superabsorbent polymer particles, and the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles on both sides of the crotch portion is less than that of the main absorbent portion.
ことを特徴とする吸収性物品。  An absorbent article characterized by the above.
[0058] (作用効果)  [0058] (Function and effect)
本発明の吸収体では、股間部の両側部以外の部分である主吸収部分に高吸収性 ポリマー粒子を有しており、この主吸収部分で吸収量を確保しつつ、股間部の両側 部における高吸収性ポリマー粒子の目付けを主吸収部分よりも少なく構成し、排泄 液の吸収時にぉ 、て股間部の両側部における膨張を抑制するものである。これによ り、排泄液の吸収時にぉ 、て股間部の両側部が柔軟に脚回りにフィットするようにな る。  In the absorbent body of the present invention, the main absorbent portion, which is a portion other than the both side portions of the crotch portion, has high-absorbent polymer particles. The basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles is less than that of the main absorption portion, and when the excretory fluid is absorbed, the expansion at both sides of the crotch portion is suppressed. As a result, both sides of the crotch can be flexibly fitted around the legs when excreted fluid is absorbed.
[0059] <請求項 15記載の発明 >  [0059] <Invention of Claim 15>
前記高吸収性ポリマー粒子が接着剤により前記フィラメントの集合体に接着されて いる、請求項 14記載の吸収性物品。  15. The absorbent article according to claim 14, wherein the superabsorbent polymer particles are adhered to the filament assembly with an adhesive.
[0060] (作用効果) [0060] (Function and effect)
前述のとおり、本発明は、股間部の両側部とそれ以外の部位との間で高吸収性ポリ マー粒子の目付けが異なることを特徴とするものである。したがって、高吸収性ポリマ 一粒子が自由に移動してしまうと、前述の本発明の効果が薄れるおそれがある。よつ て本項記載のように高吸収性ポリマー粒子をフィラメント集合体に接着するのは好ま しい。  As described above, the present invention is characterized in that the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles is different between both side portions of the crotch portion and other portions. Therefore, if the superabsorbent polymer particles move freely, the effects of the present invention described above may be diminished. Therefore, it is preferable to adhere the superabsorbent polymer particles to the filament assembly as described in this section.
[0061] <請求項 16記載の発明 >  [0061] <Invention of Claim 16>
前記吸収要素は前記吸収体を包む包被シートを備えており、前記高吸収性ポリマ 一粒子が接着剤により前記包被シートに接着されて 、る、請求項 14または 15記載の 吸収性物品。  The absorbent article according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the absorbent element includes a covering sheet that wraps the absorbent body, and the superabsorbent polymer particles are bonded to the covering sheet with an adhesive.
[0062] (作用効果) [0062] (Function and effect)
多くの吸収性物品では、フィラメント集合体のヮレ、変形を防止する、あるいはフイラ メント集合体と高吸収性ポリマー粒子との一体性を高める等の目的で、吸収体をティ ッシュペーパー(クレープ紙)等の包被シートで包むのが好ましぐこの場合、本項記 載のように高吸収性ポリマー粒子を包被シートに接着し、移動を抑制するのが好まし い。 In many absorbent articles, the absorbent body is treated with tissue paper (crepe paper) for the purpose of preventing the filament aggregate from warping or deformation, or enhancing the integrity of the filament aggregate and the superabsorbent polymer particles. In this case, it is preferable to wrap it with a covering sheet such as It is preferable to adhere the superabsorbent polymer particles to the encapsulating sheet as described above to suppress movement.
[0063] <請求項 17記載の発明 >  <Invention of Claim 17>
前記高吸収性ポリマー粒子を保持する保持シートを備えている、請求項 14〜16の いずれか 1項に記載の吸収性物品。  The absorbent article according to any one of claims 14 to 16, comprising a holding sheet for holding the superabsorbent polymer particles.
[0064] (作用効果) [0064] (Function and effect)
高吸収性ポリマーの移動を抑制するための手段としては、前述の接着の他、本項 記載のような保持シートを採用することもできる。  As a means for suppressing the movement of the superabsorbent polymer, a holding sheet as described in this section can be adopted in addition to the above-mentioned adhesion.
[0065] <請求項 18記載の発明 > [0065] <Invention of Claim 18>
前記高吸収性ポリマー粒子が接着剤により前記保持シートに接着されている、請求 項 17記載の吸収性物品。  The absorbent article according to claim 17, wherein the superabsorbent polymer particles are adhered to the holding sheet with an adhesive.
[0066] (作用効果) [0066] (Function and effect)
保持シートを用いる場合、高吸収性ポリマーを保持シートに接着することで、より効 果的に高吸収性ポリマー粒子の移動を抑制できる。  When the holding sheet is used, the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles can be more effectively suppressed by adhering the superabsorbent polymer to the holding sheet.
[0067] <請求項 19記載の発明 > <Invention of Claim 19>
前記高吸収性ポリマー粒子の保持孔を有する保持シートを備えて 、る、請求項 14 〜18のいずれか 1項に記載の吸収性物品。  The absorbent article according to any one of claims 14 to 18, further comprising a holding sheet having holding holes for the superabsorbent polymer particles.
[0068] (作用効果) [0068] (Function and effect)
このような保持孔を有する保持シートを備えて!/、ると、高吸収性ポリマー粒子が保 持孔内に捕捉されることにより、移動が抑制される。なお、用語「保持孔」とは、窪み 孔および貫通孔の少なくとも一方を含むものである力 不織布の繊維間空隙のような シート自体の形状によらな 、ものは含まな 、意味である(以下同じ)。  With a holding sheet with such holding holes! / Then, the superabsorbent polymer particles are trapped in the holding holes, and the movement is suppressed. The term “holding hole” means a force that includes at least one of a hollow hole and a through hole, and does not include anything depending on the shape of the sheet itself, such as an interfiber gap in a nonwoven fabric (the same applies hereinafter). .
[0069] <請求項 20記載の発明 > [0069] <Invention of Claim 20>
前記保持シートを前記主吸収部分と重なる部位にのみ備えている、請求項 19記載 の吸収性物品。  The absorbent article according to claim 19, wherein the holding sheet is provided only in a portion overlapping the main absorbent portion.
[0070] (作用効果) [0070] (Function and effect)
本項記載のように、保持孔を有する保持シートを主吸収部分と重なる部位のみ配 置することで、主吸収部分から股間部両側への高吸収性ポリマー粒子の移動を効率 良く抑制できる。 As described in this section, by arranging the holding sheet with holding holes only in the part that overlaps the main absorbent part, it is possible to efficiently move the superabsorbent polymer particles from the main absorbent part to both sides of the crotch part. It can be well controlled.
[0071] <請求項 21記載の発明 >  <Invention of Claim 21>
前記吸収体の裏面側に、前記高吸収性ポリマー粒子の保持孔を前記主吸収部分 と重なる部位にのみ有する保持シートを備えている、請求項 14〜18のいずれか 1項 に記載の吸収性物品。  The absorptivity according to any one of claims 14 to 18, further comprising a holding sheet having a holding hole for the superabsorbent polymer particles only on a portion overlapping the main absorbent portion on a back surface side of the absorber. Goods.
[0072] (作用効果) [0072] (Function and effect)
本項記載のように、保持孔は保持シートにおける主吸収部分と重なる部位のみ設 けることでも、主吸収部分力 股間部両側への高吸収性ポリマー粒子の移動を効率 良く抑制できる。  As described in this section, it is possible to efficiently suppress the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles to both sides of the crotch part of the main absorbent partial force by providing only the part of the holding sheet that overlaps the main absorbent part.
[0073] <請求項 22記載の発明 > <Invention of Claim 22>
前記高吸収性ポリマーを接着するための接着剤が前記主吸収部分にのみ配され ている、請求項 15、 16または 18記載の吸収性物品。  The absorbent article according to claim 15, 16 or 18, wherein an adhesive for adhering the superabsorbent polymer is disposed only on the main absorbent portion.
[0074] (作用効果) [0074] (Function and effect)
本項記載のように接着剤が配されていると、主吸収部分から股間部両側への高吸 収性ポリマー粒子の移動を効率良く抑制できるだけでなぐ高吸収性ポリマー粒子を 接着するための接着剤が股間部両側に無いことにより、股間部両側における剛性増 加を抑制でき、高吸収性ポリマー粒子の移動を接着により抑制しつつも、装着時に おけるフィット性が悪ィ匕しな 、ため特に好ま 、。  When an adhesive is arranged as described in this section, adhesion for adhering superabsorbent polymer particles that can efficiently suppress the migration of the superabsorbent polymer particles from the main absorbent portion to both sides of the crotch portion. Since there is no agent on both sides of the crotch part, the increase in rigidity on both sides of the crotch part can be suppressed, and while the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles is suppressed by adhesion, the fit at the time of wearing is not bad. Favored ,.
発明の効果  The invention's effect
[0075] 以上のとおり、本発明によれば、吸収体、特にフィラメント集合体の形状安定性を向 上させ、着用者の肌へのフィット性を高めることができる、エンボスの溝に沿って液を 流しながら速やかに吸収体内に液を吸収するようにすることができる等の利点がもた らされる。  [0075] As described above, according to the present invention, the liquid along the embossed grooves can improve the shape stability of the absorbent body, particularly the filament aggregate, and can improve the fit of the wearer to the skin. As a result, it is possible to absorb the liquid quickly into the absorbent body while flowing.
[0076] また、本発明によれば、吸収要素の縁部に対する液の過供給が抑制され、漏れ防 止が図られる等の利点力あたらされる。  [0076] Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to suppress the excessive supply of the liquid to the edge portion of the absorption element, and to provide an advantage such as prevention of leakage.
[0077] さらに、本発明によれば、吸収体の股間部が幅方向において一様に膨張すること 力 Sなぐ装着感が悪ィ匕し難くなる等の利点がもたらされる。 [0077] Furthermore, according to the present invention, there is an advantage that the crotch portion of the absorbent body expands uniformly in the width direction, and the force S is less likely to be worn.
発明を実施するための最良の形態 [0078] 以下、第 1〜第 3の実施形態に分けて説明するが、本発明の範囲内においていず れかの実施形態の一部の構成を他の実施形態に適用できることはいうまでもない。 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION [0078] The following description is divided into first to third embodiments, but it goes without saying that a part of the configuration of any of the embodiments can be applied to other embodiments within the scope of the present invention. Absent.
[0079] <第 1の実施形態:請求項 1〜4記載の発明に関する > [0079] <First embodiment: related to inventions according to claims 1 to 4>
(パンツ型使 、捨ておむつの例)  (Pants-type use, example of a disposable diaper)
図 1には、吸収性物品としてパンツ型使い捨ておむつの例が示されている。このパ ンッ型使い捨ておむつ 10は、外面 (裏面)側の外装シート 12と内面 (表面)側の吸収 性本体 20とを備え、外装シート 12に吸収性本体 20が固定されている。吸収性本体 2 0は、尿や軟便などの液 (後述する生理用ナプキンでは経血)を受け止めて吸収保持 する部分である。外装シート 12は着用者に装着するための部分である。  FIG. 1 shows an example of a pants-type disposable diaper as an absorbent article. The pan-type disposable diaper 10 includes an outer surface (back surface) side exterior sheet 12 and an inner surface (front surface) side absorbent body 20, and the absorbent body 20 is fixed to the exterior sheet 12. The absorbent main body 20 is a portion that receives and absorbs and holds liquids such as urine and loose stool (menstrual blood in the case of a sanitary napkin described later). The exterior sheet 12 is a part for attaching to the wearer.
[0080] 外装シート 12はたとえば図示のように砂時計形状となり、両側が括れており、ここが 着用者の脚を入れる部位となる。吸収性本体 20は任意の形状を採ることができるが 、図示の形態では長方形である。  [0080] The exterior sheet 12 has, for example, an hourglass shape as shown in the figure, and both sides are constricted, and this is a part into which the wearer's leg is inserted. The absorbent body 20 can take any shape, but is rectangular in the illustrated form.
[0081] 外装シート 12は、図 2に示すように、吸収性本体 20が所定位置に設置され固定さ れた後、前後に折り畳まれ、外装シート 12の前身頃 12F及び後身頃 12Bの両側部 の接合領域 12Aが熱融着などにより接合される。これによつて、図 1に示す構造の、 ウェスト開口部 WOと一対のレッダ開口部 LOを有するパンツ型使い捨ておむつが得 られる。  [0081] As shown in FIG. 2, the exterior sheet 12 is folded back and forth after the absorbent main body 20 is installed and fixed at a predetermined position, and both sides of the front body 12F and the back body 12B of the exterior sheet 12 The joining region 12A is joined by heat fusion or the like. Thus, a pants-type disposable diaper having the structure shown in FIG. 1 and having a waist opening WO and a pair of redder openings LO can be obtained.
[0082] 図示の吸収性本体 20の長手方向(すなわち図 2の上下方向。製品の前後方向でも ある。)の中間の幅は、外装シート 12の括れた部分を繋ぐ幅より短い形態が示されて いる。この幅の関係は逆でもよいし、同一の幅でもよい。  [0082] An intermediate width in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent main body 20 shown in the drawing (that is, the vertical direction in Fig. 2 and also in the longitudinal direction of the product) is shorter than the width connecting the constricted portions of the exterior sheet 12. ing. This width relationship may be reversed or the same width.
[0083] 外装シート 12は望ましくは 2枚のたとえば撥水性不織布のシートからなり、これらの シート間に弾性伸縮部材を介在させて、その収縮力により着用者にフィットさせる形 態が望ましい。前記弾性伸縮部材としては、糸ゴムや弾性発泡体の帯状物などを使 用できるが、多数の糸ゴムを使用するのが望ましい。図示の形態では、糸ゴム 12C, 12C…が、ウェスト領域 Wにおいては幅方向に連続して設けられ、腰下領域 Uにお いては両側部分のみに設けられ、股下領域 Lにおいては設けられていない。糸ゴム 1 2C, 12C…が、ウェスト領域 W及び腰下領域 Uの両者に設けられていることで、糸ゴ ム 12C自体の収縮力が弱いとしても、全体としては腰下領域 Uにおいても着用者に 当たるので、製品が着用者に好適にフィットする。 [0083] The exterior sheet 12 is preferably composed of two sheets of water-repellent nonwoven fabric, for example, and an elastic elastic member is interposed between these sheets, and a form that fits the wearer by the contraction force is desirable. As the elastic elastic member, thread rubber or elastic foam band can be used, but it is desirable to use a large number of thread rubbers. In the illustrated form, the rubber threads 12C, 12C,... Are continuously provided in the width direction in the waist region W, provided only on both sides in the waist region U, and provided in the crotch region L. Absent. The rubber thread 1 2C, 12C ... is provided in both the waist region W and the lower waist region U, so that even if the elastic force of the thread rubber 12C itself is weak, the wearer also in the lower waist region U as a whole In As a result, the product fits well to the wearer.
[0084] (吸収性本体)  [0084] (absorbent body)
実施の形態の吸収性本体 20は、エンボス付与をしていない状態で示す図 3、及び エンボスを形成した状態を示す図 4に示されるように、液を透過させるたとえば不織布 など力もなるトップシート 30と、中間シート(セカンドシート) 40と、液吸収の主たる要 素を構成する吸収要素 50とを備えている。また、吸収要素 50は、受け入れた液を吸 収 '保持する吸収体 56を含み、その裏面側にはプラスチックシートなど力 なる液不 透過性シート (バックシートとも呼ばれる) 70が設けられている。この液不透過性シー ト 70の裏面側には、前記の外装シート 12が設けられている。さらに、両側にバリヤ一 カフス 60、 60を備えている。  The absorbent main body 20 according to the embodiment has a top sheet 30 having a strength such as a non-woven fabric that allows the liquid to pass therethrough as shown in FIG. 3 showing the state without embossing and FIG. 4 showing the state with the embossing formed. And an intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 and an absorbent element 50 constituting the main element of liquid absorption. The absorbent element 50 includes an absorbent body 56 that absorbs and holds the received liquid, and a liquid-impermeable sheet (also referred to as a back sheet) 70 such as a plastic sheet is provided on the back side thereof. The exterior sheet 12 is provided on the back side of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70. In addition, there are barrier cuffs 60, 60 on both sides.
[0085] (トップシート)  [0085] (Top sheet)
トップシート 30は、液を透過する性質を有する。したがって、トップシート 30の素材 は、この液透過性を発現するものであれば足り、例えば、有孔又は無孔の不織布や、 多孔性プラスチックシートなどを例示することができる。また、このうち不織布は、その 原料繊維が何であるかは、特に限定されない。例えば、ポリエチレンやポリプロピレン 等のォレフィン系、ポリエステル系、ポリアミド系等の合成繊維、レーヨンゃキュプラ等 の再生繊維、綿等の天然繊維などや、これらから二種以上が使用された混合繊維、 複合繊維などを例示することができる。さら〖こ、不織布は、どのような加工によって製 造されたものであってもよい。カロェ方法としては、公知の方法、例えば、スパンレース 法、スパンボンド法、サーマルボンド法、メルトブローン法、ニードルパンチ法、エアス ルー法、ポイントボンド法等を例示することができる。例えば、柔軟性、ドレープ性を 求めるのであれば、スパンレース法が、嵩高性、ソフト性を求めるのであれば、サーマ ルボンド法力 好ましいカ卩ェ方法となる。  The top sheet 30 has a property of transmitting liquid. Therefore, the material of the top sheet 30 is sufficient if it exhibits this liquid permeability, and examples thereof include a porous or non-porous nonwoven fabric and a porous plastic sheet. Of these, the nonwoven fabric is not particularly limited as to what the raw fiber is. For example, polyolefin fibers such as polyethylene and polypropylene, synthetic fibers such as polyester and polyamide, recycled fibers such as rayon cupra, natural fibers such as cotton, and mixed fibers and composite fibers using two or more of these Etc. can be illustrated. Sarakuko and non-woven fabric may be manufactured by any processing. Examples of the Karoe method include known methods such as the spunlace method, the spunbond method, the thermal bond method, the melt blown method, the needle punch method, the air through method, and the point bond method. For example, the spun lace method is a preferable cache method when the flexibility and drapeability are required, and the thermal bond method is preferable when the bulkiness and softness are required.
[0086] また、トップシート 30は、 1枚のシートからなるものであっても、 2枚以上のシートを貼 り合せて得た積層シートからなるものであってもよい。同様に、トップシート 30は、平 面方向に関して、 1枚のシートからなるものであっても、 2枚以上のシートからなるもの であってもよい。  [0086] The top sheet 30 may be a single sheet or a laminated sheet obtained by laminating two or more sheets. Similarly, the top sheet 30 may be composed of one sheet or two or more sheets in the plane direction.
[0087] (中間シート) トップシート 30を透過した液を速やかに吸収体へ移行させるために、トップシート 3 0より液の透過速度が速 、、通常「セカンドシート」と呼ばれる中間シート 40を必要に より設けることができる。この中間シートは、液を速やかに吸収体へ移行させて吸収体 による吸収性能を高めるば力りでなぐ吸収した液の吸収体からの「逆戻り」現象を防 止し、トップシート 30上を常に乾燥した状態とすることができる。 [0087] (Intermediate sheet) In order to quickly transfer the liquid that has permeated through the top sheet 30 to the absorbent body, the permeation speed of the liquid is faster than that of the top sheet 30, and an intermediate sheet 40 that is usually called a “second sheet” can be provided if necessary. This intermediate sheet prevents the “reversal” phenomenon of the absorbed liquid from the absorber by force by transferring the liquid quickly to the absorber and improving the absorption performance by the absorber, and always on the top sheet 30 It can be in a dry state.
[0088] 中間シート 40としては、トップシート 30と同様の素材や、スパンレース、パルプ不織 布、パルプとレーヨンとの混合シート、ポイントボンド又はクレープ紙を例示できる。特 にエアスルー不織布及びスパンボンド不織布が好ましい。 [0088] Examples of the intermediate sheet 40 include the same material as the top sheet 30, spun lace, pulp nonwoven fabric, mixed sheet of pulp and rayon, point bond, or crepe paper. In particular, an air-through nonwoven fabric and a spunbond nonwoven fabric are preferable.
[0089] 中間シート(セカンドシート) 40は、トップシート 30と包被シート 58との間に介在され ている。  [0089] The intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 is interposed between the top sheet 30 and the covering sheet 58.
[0090] 図示の形態の中間シート 40は、吸収体 56の幅より短く中央に配置されているが、 全幅にわたって設けてもよい。中間シート 40の長手方向長さは、吸収体 56の長さと 同一でもよ 、し、液を受け入れる領域を中心にした短 、長さ範囲内であってもよ 、。 中間シート 40の代表的な素材は液の透過性に優れる不織布である。  The intermediate sheet 40 in the form shown in the figure is arranged in the center shorter than the width of the absorber 56, but may be provided over the entire width. The length of the intermediate sheet 40 in the longitudinal direction may be the same as the length of the absorbent body 56, or may be within a short or long range centered on the region for receiving the liquid. A typical material for the intermediate sheet 40 is a nonwoven fabric excellent in liquid permeability.
[0091] (吸収要素)  [0091] (Absorbing element)
吸収要素 50は、受け入れた液を吸収'保持する吸収体 56を含み、この吸収体 56と しては綿状パルプ繊維カゝらなるものでもよいが、好適な実施形態においては、トウを 開繊したフィラメント 52, 52· · ·の集合体 (フィラメント集合体)及び高吸収性ポリマー 粒子 54, 54· ··を有するものが採用され、この吸収体 56の少なくとも裏面及び側面を 包む包被シート 58とを有する。さらに、吸収体 56と包被シート 58の裏面側部位(下 側の部分)との間に保持シート 80が設けられている。  The absorbent element 50 includes an absorbent body 56 that absorbs and retains the received liquid, and the absorbent body 56 may be a cotton-like pulp fiber, but in a preferred embodiment, the tow is opened. An enveloping sheet that includes an aggregate of filaments 52, 52 ... (filament aggregate) and superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54 ... and wraps at least the back and side surfaces of the absorber 56 And 58. Further, a holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the rear surface side portion (lower portion) of the covering sheet 58.
[0092] (吸収体)  [0092] (Absorber)
前述のように、吸収体 56は、トウを開繊したフィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体を有する 。好適には、図 3に示すように、吸収体 56中に高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54, 54· ··を含 ませる。そして、少なくとも液受け入れ領域において、フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体 に対して高吸収性ポリマー粒子 (SAP粒子)が実質的に厚み方向全体に分散されて V、るものが望まし 、。この実質的に厚み方向全体に分散されて 、る状態を図 3の要 部拡大図として概念的に示した。 [0093] 吸収体 56の上部、下部、及び中間部に SAP粒子が無い、あるいはあってもごく僅 かである場合には、「厚み方向全体に分散されている」とは言えない。したがって、「 厚み方向全体に分散されている」とは、フィラメントの集合体に対し、厚み方向全体に 「均一に」分散されている形態のほか、上部、下部及び又は中間部に「偏在している」 力 依然として上部、下部及び中間部の各部分に分散している形態も含まれる。また 、一部の SAP粒子がフィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体中に侵入しないでその表面に残 存している形態や、一部の SAP粒子がフィラメントフィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体を通 り抜けて包被シート 58上にある形態や、保持シート 80上にある形態も排除されるもの ではない。 As described above, the absorbent body 56 has an aggregate of filaments 52, 52. Preferably, as shown in FIG. 3, superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54. It is desirable that the superabsorbent polymer particles (SAP particles) are dispersed substantially throughout the thickness direction with respect to the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52. This state of being dispersed substantially throughout the thickness direction is conceptually shown as an enlarged view of the main part of FIG. [0093] If there is no or very little SAP particles in the upper, lower, and intermediate parts of the absorber 56, it cannot be said that "absorbed throughout the thickness direction". Therefore, “distributed in the entire thickness direction” means “distributed unevenly in the upper, lower, and / or middle portions of the filament aggregate in addition to the form“ uniformly ”distributed in the entire thickness direction. The force is still included in the upper, lower and middle parts. In addition, a form in which some SAP particles remain on the surface of the filament 52, 52 ··· not entering the aggregate of filaments 52, 52 ··· Forms that pass through the body and are on the covering sheet 58 or on the holding sheet 80 are not excluded.
[0094] フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体は、フィラメント(実質的に連続する長繊維)で構成さ れたトウ (繊維束)を開繊したものである。フィラメントの材質としては、熱融着可能なも のであれば特に限定なく用いることができ、例えば、多糖類又はその誘導体 (セル口 ース、セルロースエステル、キチン、キトサンなど)、合成高分子(ポリエチレン、ポリプ ロピレン、ポリアミド、ポリエステル、ボリラクタアミド、ポリビュルアセテートなど)などを 用いることができる力 特に、セルロースエステルおよびセルロースが好ましい。  [0094] The aggregate of filaments 52, 52, ... is obtained by opening a tow (fiber bundle) composed of filaments (substantially continuous long fibers). The filament material is not particularly limited as long as it can be heat-sealed. For example, polysaccharides or derivatives thereof (cell mouth, cellulose ester, chitin, chitosan, etc.), synthetic polymers (polyethylene) , Polypropylene, polyamide, polyester, polylactaamide, polybutyrate, etc.) Cellulose esters and cellulose are particularly preferred.
[0095] セルロースとしては、綿、リンター、木材パルプなど植物体由来のセルロースやバタ テリアセルロースなどが使用でき、レーヨンなどの再生セルロースであってもよぐ再 生セルロースは紡糸されたものであってもよい。  [0095] As cellulose, cellulose derived from plants such as cotton, linter, and wood pulp, buttery cellulose, etc. can be used. Regenerated cellulose, which may be regenerated cellulose such as rayon, is spun. Also good.
[0096] 好適に採用できるセルロースエステルとしては、例えば、セルロースアセテート、セ ルロースブチレート、セルロースプロピオネートなどの有機酸エステル;セルロースァ セテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートフタ レート、硝酸酢酸セルロースなどの混酸エステル;およびポリ力プロラタトングラフトイ匕 セルロースエステルなどのセルロースエステル誘導体などを用いることができる。これ らのセルロースエステルは単独で又は二種類以上混合して使用できる。セルロース エステルの粘度平均重合度は、例えば、 50〜900、好ましくは 200〜800程度であ る。セルロースエステルの平均置換度は、例えば、 1. 5〜3. 0 (例えば、 2〜3)程度 である。  [0096] Examples of cellulose esters that can be suitably used include organic acid esters such as cellulose acetate, cellulose butyrate, and cellulose propionate; cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, It is possible to use mixed acid esters such as cellulose nitrate acetate; and cellulose ester derivatives such as poly force prolataton graft cellulose cellulose ester. These cellulose esters can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. The viscosity average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 50 to 900, preferably about 200 to 800. The average substitution degree of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1.5 to 3.0 (for example, 2 to 3).
[0097] セルロースエステルの平均重合度は、例えば 10〜1000、好ましくは 50〜900、さ らに好ましくは 200〜800程度とすることができ、セルロースエステルの平均置換度 は、例えば 1〜3程度、好ましくは 1〜2. 15、さらに好ましくは 1. 1〜2. 0程度とする ことができる。セルロースエステルの平均置換度は、生分解性を高める等の観点から 選択することができる。 [0097] The average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester is, for example, 10 to 1000, preferably 50 to 900. The average substitution degree of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1 to 3, preferably 1 to 2.15, and more preferably about 1.1 to 2.0. Can do. The average degree of substitution of the cellulose ester can be selected from the viewpoint of enhancing biodegradability.
[0098] セルロースエステルとしては、有機酸エステル (例えば、炭素数 2〜4程度の有機酸 とのエステル)、特にセルロースアセテートが好適である。セルロースアセテートの酢 化度は、 43〜62%程度である場合が多いが、特に 30〜50%程度であると生分解 性にも優れるため好ましい。特に好ましいセルロースエステルは、セルロースジァセ テートである。  [0098] As the cellulose ester, an organic acid ester (for example, an ester with an organic acid having about 2 to 4 carbon atoms), particularly cellulose acetate is suitable. The acetylation degree of cellulose acetate is often about 43 to 62%, but about 30 to 50% is particularly preferable because it is excellent in biodegradability. A particularly preferred cellulose ester is cellulose diacetate.
[0099] フィラメントは、種々の添加剤、例えば、熱安定化剤、着色剤、油剤、歩留り向上剤 、白色度改善剤等を含有していても良い。  [0099] The filament may contain various additives such as a heat stabilizer, a colorant, an oil agent, a yield improver, a whiteness improver, and the like.
[0100] フィラメントの繊度は、例えば、 l〜16dex、好ましくは 1〜: LOdex、さらに好ましくは l〜5dexが望ましい。フィラメントは、非捲縮繊維であってもよいが、捲縮繊維である のが好ましい。捲縮繊維の捲縮度は、例えば、 1インチ当たり 5〜75個、好ましくは 1 0〜50個、さらに好ましくは 15〜50個程度とすることができる。また、均一に捲縮した 捲縮繊維を用いる場合が多い。捲縮繊維を用いると、嵩高で軽量な吸収体を製造で きるとともに、繊維間の絡み合いにより一体性の高いトウを容易に製造できる。フィラメ ントの断面形状は、特に限定されず、例えば、円形、楕円形、異形 (例えば、 Y字状、 X字状、 I字状、 R字状など)や中空状などのいずれであってもよい。フィラメントは、例 えば、 3, 000〜1, 000, 000本、好まし <は 5, 000〜1, 000, 000本程度の単繊 維を束ねることにより形成されたトウ (繊維束)の形で使用される。繊維束は、 3, 000 〜1, 000, 000本程度のフィラメントを集束して構成するのが好ましい。  [0100] The fineness of the filament is, for example, 1 to 16 dex, preferably 1 to: LOdex, and more preferably 1 to 5 dex. The filament may be a non-crimped fiber, but is preferably a crimped fiber. The crimped degree of the crimped fiber can be, for example, about 5 to 75, preferably 10 to 50, and more preferably about 15 to 50 per inch. Further, a crimped fiber that is uniformly crimped is often used. When crimped fibers are used, a bulky and light absorbent body can be produced, and a highly integrated tow can be easily produced by entanglement between the fibers. The cross-sectional shape of the filament is not particularly limited, and may be any of, for example, a circle, an ellipse, an irregular shape (for example, a Y shape, an X shape, an I shape, an R shape) or a hollow shape. Good. For example, the filament has a shape of a tow (fiber bundle) formed by bundling 3,000 to 1,000,000, preferably <5,000 to 1,000,000 single fibers. Used in. The fiber bundle is preferably formed by concentrating about 3,000 to 1,000,000 filaments.
[0101] トウは、フィラメント間の絡み合いが弱いため、主に形状を維持する目的で、フィラメ ントの接触部分を接着または融着する作用を有するバインダーを用いることができる 。バインダーとしては、トリァセチン、トリエチレングリコールジアセテート、トリエチレン グリコールジプロピオネート、ジブチルフタレート、ジメトキシェチルフタレート、クェン 酸トリェチルエステルなどのエステル系可塑剤の他、各種の榭脂接着剤、特に熱可 塑性榭脂を用いることができる。特に好適にトリァセチンを使用できる。 [0102] バインダーとして使用する熱可塑性榭脂には、溶融'固化により接着力が発現する 榭脂であり、水不溶性または水難溶性榭脂、および水溶性榭脂が含まれる。水不溶 性または水難溶性榭脂と水溶性榭脂とは、必要に応じて併用することもできる。 [0101] Since the tow has weak entanglement between filaments, a binder having an action of adhering or fusing the contact portion of the filament can be used mainly for the purpose of maintaining the shape. Binders include ester plasticizers such as triacetin, triethylene glycol diacetate, triethylene glycol dipropionate, dibutyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, and citrate triethyl ester, as well as various grease adhesives, especially heat Plastic resin can be used. Triacetin can be particularly preferably used. [0102] The thermoplastic resin used as the binder is a resin that exhibits an adhesive force when melted and solidified, and includes water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble resin and water-soluble resin. Water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble rosin and water-soluble rosin can be used in combination as necessary.
[0103] 水不溶性または水難溶性榭脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ェ チレン プロピレン共重合体、エチレン 酢酸ビュル共重合体などのォレフィン系の 単独又は共重合体、ポリ酢酸ビュル、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸メチルーァ クリル酸エステル共重合体、(メタ)アクリル系モノマーとスチレン系モノマーとの共重 合体などのアクリル榭脂、ポリ塩化ビニル、酢酸ビュル一塩ィ匕ビュル共重合体、ポリ スチレン、スチレン系モノマーと(メタ)アクリル系モノマーとの共重合体などのスチレ ン系重合体、変性されていてもよいポリエステル、ナイロン 11、ナイロン 12、ナイロン 610、ナイロン 612などのポリアミド、ロジン誘導体(例えば、ロジンエステルなど)、炭 化水素榭脂 (例えば、テルペン榭脂、ジシクロペンタジェン榭脂、石油榭脂など)、水 素添加炭化水素榭脂などを用いることができる。これらの熱可塑性榭脂は一種又は 二種以上使用できる。  [0103] Examples of water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble resins include olefin-based homo- or copolymers such as polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, and ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, polybutyl acetate, and polymethacrylic acid. Acrylic resin such as methyl, methyl methacrylate-acrylic acid ester copolymer, copolymer of (meth) acrylic monomer and styrenic monomer, polyvinyl chloride, butyl acetate butyl copolymer, polystyrene Styrene polymers such as copolymers of styrene monomers and (meth) acrylic monomers, polyesters that may be modified, polyamides such as nylon 11, nylon 12, nylon 610, nylon 612, rosin derivatives ( For example, rosin ester), hydrocarbon resin (for example, terpene resin) Dicyclopentadiene 榭脂, petroleum 榭脂), such as hydrogen added hydrocarbon 榭脂 can be used. These thermoplastic rosins can be used singly or in combination.
[0104] 水溶性榭脂としては、種々の水溶性高分子、例えば、ポリビュルアルコール、ポリビ -ルピロリドン、ポリビュルエーテル、ビュル単量体と、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸 基又はそれらの塩を有する共重合性単量体との共重合体などのビニル系水溶性榭 脂、アクリル系水溶性榭脂、ポリアルキレンオキサイド、水溶性ポリエステル、水溶性 ポリアミドなどを用いることができる。これらの水溶性榭脂は、単独で使用できるととも に二種以上組合せて使用してもよい。  [0104] The water-soluble rosin has various water-soluble polymers such as polybulal alcohol, polypyrrole pyrrolidone, polybull ether, bulll monomer, carboxyl group, sulfonic acid group or a salt thereof. Vinyl water-soluble resins such as copolymers with copolymerizable monomers, acrylic water-soluble resins, polyalkylene oxides, water-soluble polyesters, water-soluble polyamides, and the like can be used. These water-soluble coagulants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
[0105] 熱可塑性榭脂には、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤などの安定化剤、充填剤、可塑剤 、防腐剤、防黴剤などの種々の添加剤を添加してもよい。  [0105] Various additives such as stabilizers such as antioxidants and ultraviolet absorbers, fillers, plasticizers, preservatives, and antifungal agents may be added to the thermoplastic resin.
[0106] トウは公知の方法により製造できるので詳説はしない。吸収要素 50に好適に使用 できるセルロースジアセテートのトウのベールは、セラ-一ズ社ゃダイセル化学工業 などにより市販されている。セルロースジアセテートのトウのベールは、密度は約 0. 5 gZcm3であり、総重量は 400〜600kgである。 [0106] Since tow can be produced by a known method, it will not be described in detail. Cellulose diacetate tow bale that can be suitably used for the absorbent element 50 is commercially available from Cera-Izu Co., Ltd. Daicel Chemical Industries. Cellulose diacetate tow bale has a density of about 0.5 gZcm 3 and a total weight of 400-600 kg.
[0107] このベールから、トウを引き剥がし、所望のサイズ、嵩となるように広い帯状に開繊 する。トウの開繊幅は任意であり、例えば、幅 100〜2000mm、好ましくは製品の吸 収体の幅の 100〜300mm程度とすることができる。また、トウの開繊度合いを調整 することにより、吸収体の密度を調整することができる。 [0107] From this bale, the tow is peeled off and opened in a wide band shape so as to have a desired size and bulk. The opening width of the tow is arbitrary, for example, a width of 100 to 2000 mm, preferably a product suction The width of the collector can be about 100 to 300 mm. Further, the density of the absorbent can be adjusted by adjusting the degree of tow opening.
[0108] トウの開繊方法としては、例えば、トウを複数の開繊ロールに掛け渡し、トウの進行 に伴って次第にトウの幅を拡大して開繊する方法、トウの緊張 (伸長)と弛緩 (収縮)と を繰返して開繊する方法、圧縮エアーを用いて拡幅 ·開繊する方法などを用いること ができる。  [0108] As a method for opening a tow, for example, a method in which the tow is spread over a plurality of opening rolls and the tow is gradually expanded as the tow progresses, and the tow tension (elongation) is used. For example, a method of repeatedly opening and relaxing (shrinking) and a method of widening and opening using compressed air can be used.
[0109] (高吸収性ポリマー粒子)  [0109] (Superabsorbent polymer particles)
高吸収性ポリマー粒子とは、「粒子」以外に「粉体」も含む意味である。高吸収性ポ リマー粒子の粒径は、この種の吸収性物品に使用されるものをそのまま使用でき、 1 00〜: ίΟΟΟ /ζ πι、特に150〜400 111のものカ^望まし1ヽ0高吸収' 14ポリマー粒子の 材料としては、特に限定無く用いることができる力 吸水量が 60gZg以上のものが好 適である。高吸収性ポリマー粒子としては、でんぷん系、セルロース系や合成ポリマ 一系などのものがあり、でんぷん アクリル酸 (塩)グラフト共重合体、でんぷんーァク リロ-トリル共重合体のケン化物、ナトリウムカルボキシメチルセルロースの架橋物や アクリル酸 (塩)重合体などのものを用いることができる。高吸収性ポリマー粒子の形 状としては、通常用いられる粉粒体状のものが好適である力 他の形状のものも用い ることがでさる。 Superabsorbent polymer particles mean to include “powder” in addition to “particles”. Particle size of the superabsorbent Po Rimmer particles, those used in the absorbent articles of this kind it is possible to use, 1 00~: ίΟΟΟ / ζ πι , especially 150 to 400 111 Ca those ^ desirability 1ヽ0 As a material for the superabsorbent 14 polymer particles, a material that can be used without any limitation is preferred that has a water absorption of 60 gZg or more. Examples of superabsorbent polymer particles include starch-based, cellulose-based and synthetic polymer-based materials such as starch acrylic acid (salt) graft copolymer, saponified starch-acrylo-tolyl copolymer, sodium carboxymethylcellulose. Cross-linked products and acrylic acid (salt) polymers can be used. As the shape of the superabsorbent polymer particles, it is possible to use a powder or other shape which is suitable for a normally used granular material.
[0110] 高吸収性ポリマー粒子としては、吸水速度が 40秒以下のものが好適に用いられる 。吸水速度が 40秒を超えると、吸収体内に供給された液が吸収体外に戻り出てしま う所謂逆戻りを発生し易くなる。  [0110] As the superabsorbent polymer particles, those having a water absorption rate of 40 seconds or less are preferably used. When the water absorption speed exceeds 40 seconds, so-called reversal of the liquid supplied into the absorbent body easily returns to the outside of the absorbent body.
[0111] また、高吸収性ポリマー粒子としては、ゲル強度が lOOOPa以上のものが好適に用 いられる。これにより、トウを用いることにより嵩高な吸収体とした場合であっても、液 吸収後のベとつき感を効果的に抑制できる。  [0111] As the superabsorbent polymer particles, those having a gel strength of lOOOPa or more are preferably used. Thereby, even when it is a case where it is set as a bulky absorber by using tow | toe, the stickiness after liquid absorption can be suppressed effectively.
[0112] 高吸収性ポリマー粒子の目付け量は、当該吸収体の用途で要求される吸収量に 応じて適宜定めることができる。したがって一概には言えないが、 50〜350gZm2と することができる。ポリマーの目付け量を 50g/m2以下とすることにより、ポリマーの重 量によって、トゥカ なるフィラメントの集合体を採用することにより軽量ィ匕効果が発揮 されに《なるのを防止できる。 350gZm2を超えると、効果が飽和するば力りでなぐ 高吸収性ポリマー粒子の過剰により前述のジャリジャリした違和感を与えるようになる [0112] The basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles can be appropriately determined according to the amount of absorption required for the use of the absorber. Therefore, although it cannot be generally stated, it can be 50 to 350 gZm 2 . By setting the polymer basis weight to 50 g / m 2 or less, it is possible to prevent the light weight effect from being exerted by adopting a tuca-like filament aggregate depending on the polymer weight. If 350gZm 2 is exceeded, the effect is saturated Excessive superabsorbent polymer particles give the above-mentioned crisp discomfort
[0113] 必要であれば、高吸収性ポリマー粒子は、吸収体 56の平面方向で散布密度ある いは散布量を調整できる。たとえば、液の排泄部位を他の部位より散布量を多くする ことができる。男女差を考慮する場合、男用は前側の散布密度 (量)を高め、女用は 中央部の散布密度(量)を高めることができる。また、吸収体 56の平面方向において 局所的(例えばスポット状)にポリマーが存在しない部分を設けることもできる。 [0113] If necessary, the superabsorbent polymer particles can adjust the application density or the application amount in the plane direction of the absorbent body 56. For example, the amount of liquid excretion can be spread more than other parts. When considering gender differences, men can increase the front spray density (quantity) and women can increase the center spray density (quantity). In addition, a portion where no polymer exists locally (for example, in a spot shape) in the planar direction of the absorber 56 may be provided.
[0114] 必要により、高吸収性ポリマー粒子として、粒径分布が異なる複数用意し、厚み方 向に順次散布 *投射できる。たとえば、高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段を複数ライン 方向に間隔をおいて配置し、先に粒径分布が小さいものを散布 '投射した後に、粒 径分布が大きいものを散布 '投射することで、吸収体 56内の下側に粒径分布が小さ いものを、上側に粒径分布が大きいものを分布させることができる。この形態は、粒径 分布が小さいものは、フィラメントの集合体内に奥深く侵入させるために有効である。  [0114] If necessary, a plurality of superabsorbent polymer particles having different particle size distributions are prepared, and can be sequentially sprayed and projected in the thickness direction. For example, by disposing high-absorbent polymer particle spraying means at intervals in the direction of multiple lines, spraying the one with the small particle size distribution first and then spraying the one with the large particle size distribution. It is possible to distribute a small particle size distribution on the lower side in the absorber 56 and a large particle size distribution on the upper side. This form is effective for allowing a particle having a small particle size distribution to penetrate deeply into a filament assembly.
[0115] 高吸収性ポリマー粒子とフィラメント集合体との割合は吸収特性を左右する。吸収 体 56における液を直接受ける領域での 5cm X 5cmの平面面積内における重量比と しては、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 Zフィラメント重量が、 1〜14、特に 3〜9であることが 望ましい。  [0115] The ratio between the superabsorbent polymer particles and the filament aggregate affects the absorption characteristics. As a weight ratio in a planar area of 5 cm × 5 cm in the region directly receiving the liquid in the absorber 56, it is desirable that the superabsorbent polymer particle Z filament weight is 1 to 14, particularly 3 to 9.
[0116] (包被シート)  [0116] (Enveloping sheet)
包被シート 58としては、ティッシュぺーノ 、特にクレープ紙、不織布、ポリラミ不織布 、小孔が開いたシート等を用いることができる。ただし、高吸収性ポリマー粒子が抜け 出ないシートであるのが望ましい。クレープ紙に換えて不織布を使用する場合、親水 性の SMMS (スパンボンド Zメルトブローン Zメルトブローン Zスパンボンド)不織布 が特に好適であり、その材質はポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン Zポリプロピレンなどを使 用できる。目付けは、 8〜20g/m2、特に 10〜15g/m2のものが望ましい。 As the covering sheet 58, a tissue pen, particularly a crepe paper, a nonwoven fabric, a polylaminated nonwoven fabric, a sheet having small holes, or the like can be used. However, it is desirable that the sheet does not allow the superabsorbent polymer particles to escape. When using non-woven fabrics instead of crepe paper, hydrophilic SMMS (spunbond Z meltblown Z meltblown Z spunbond) non-woven fabrics are particularly suitable, and materials such as polypropylene and polyethylene Zpolypropylene can be used. The basis weight is preferably 8 to 20 g / m 2 , particularly 10 to 15 g / m 2 .
[0117] この包被シート 58は、図 3のように、フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体及び高吸収性ポ リマー粒子 54, 54…の層全体を包む形態のほか、たとえば図 4に示すように、その層 の裏面及び側面のみを包被するものでもよい。また図示しないが、吸収体 56の上面 及び側面のみをクレープ紙ゃ不織布で覆 、、下面をポリエチレンなどの液不透過性 シートで覆う形態、吸収体 56の上面をクレープ紙ゃ不織布で覆い、側面及び下面を ポリエチレンなどの液不透過性シートで覆う形態などでもよ 、(これらの各素材が包被 シートの構成要素となる)。必要ならば、フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体及び高吸収性 ポリマー粒子 54, 54· ··の層を、上下 2層のシートで挟む形態や下面のみに配置する 形態でもよ 、が、高吸収性ポリマー粒子の移動を防止でき難 、ので望ま 、形態で はない。 [0117] As shown in Fig. 3, this covering sheet 58 has a form that wraps the entire layer of the aggregates of filaments 52, 52 ... and superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54 ... As shown, it may cover only the back and side surfaces of the layer. Although not shown, only the upper surface and side surface of the absorbent body 56 are covered with a crepe paper nonwoven fabric and the lower surface is liquid-impermeable such as polyethylene. It may be in the form of covering with a sheet, covering the upper surface of the absorbent body 56 with a crepe paper nonwoven fabric, and covering the side surface and the lower surface with a liquid-impermeable sheet such as polyethylene (each of these materials is a component of the covering sheet) Become). If necessary, the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52 ... and the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54 ... may be sandwiched between two upper and lower sheets or arranged only on the lower surface. This is not the desired form because it is difficult to prevent the migration of the superabsorbent polymer particles.
[0118] (液不透過性シート)  [0118] (Liquid impervious sheet)
液不透過性シート 70は、単に吸収体 56の裏面側に配されるシートを意味し、本実 施の形態においては、トップシート 30との間に吸収体 56を介在させるシートとなって いる。したがって、本液不透過性シートは、その素材が、特に限定されるものではな い。具体的には、例えば、ポリエチレンやポリプロピレン等のォレフィン系榭脂や、ポ リエチレンシート等に不織布を積層したラミネート不織布、防水フィルムを介在させて 実質的に不透液性を確保した不織布 (この場合は、防水フィルムと不織布とで液不 透過性シートが構成される。)などを例示することができる。もちろん、このほかにも、 近年、ムレ防止の観点から好まれて使用されて ヽる不透液性かつ透湿性を有する素 材も例示することができる。この不透液性かつ透湿性を有する素材のシートとしては、 例えば、ポリエチレンやポリプロピレン等のォレフィン系榭脂中に無機充填剤を混練 して、シートを成形した後、一軸又は二軸方向に延伸して得られた微多孔性シートを ί列示することができる。  The liquid-impermeable sheet 70 simply means a sheet disposed on the back surface side of the absorber 56. In the present embodiment, the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is a sheet that interposes the absorber 56 with the top sheet 30. . Therefore, the material of the liquid impermeable sheet is not particularly limited. Specifically, for example, polyolefin resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, laminated nonwoven fabric in which a nonwoven fabric is laminated on a polyethylene sheet or the like, and a nonwoven fabric that is substantially impervious to liquids by interposing a waterproof film (in this case Can be exemplified by a waterproof film and a non-woven fabric to form a liquid-impermeable sheet. Of course, in addition to this, materials having liquid-impervious and moisture-permeable properties that have been favored and used in recent years from the viewpoint of preventing stuffiness can also be exemplified. As the sheet of the material having liquid impermeability and moisture permeability, for example, an inorganic filler is kneaded in an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, and the sheet is formed, and then stretched in a uniaxial or biaxial direction. The microporous sheets obtained as described above can be displayed.
[0119] 液不透過性シート 70は、いわゆる額卷きする形態で使用面に延在させる(図示せ ず)ことで、液の横漏れを防止できる力 実施の形態においては、横漏れについては 、 ノリヤーカフス 60を形成する二重のバリヤ一シート 64間に第 2液不透過性シート 7 2を介在させることにより防止している。この形態によれば、ノ リヤーカフス 60の起立 まで第 2液不透過性シート 72が延在して 、るので、トップシート 30を伝わって横に拡 散した液やバリヤ一力フス 60、 60間の軟便の横漏れを防止できる利点もある。  [0119] The liquid impervious sheet 70 is a force that can prevent the liquid from leaking laterally (not shown) by extending it to the use surface in a so-called framed form. The second liquid-impermeable sheet 72 is interposed between the double barrier sheets 64 forming the Noriya cuff 60. According to this configuration, the second liquid-impermeable sheet 72 extends until the Norriya cuff 60 stands up. Therefore, the liquid spread along the top sheet 30 and the barrier one-force huss 60, 60 are spread. There is also an advantage that side leakage of soft stool can be prevented.
[0120] (バリヤ一力フス)  [0120] (Barrier first effort)
製品の両側に設けられたバリヤ一力フス 60、 60は、トップシート 30上を伝わって横 方向に移動する尿や軟便を阻止し、横漏れを防止するために設けられているが、付 加的な要素である。 Barrier force hose 60, 60 provided on both sides of the product is provided to prevent urine and loose stool that move laterally along the top sheet 30 and prevent side leakage. It is an additional element.
[0121] 図示のノ リヤーカフス 60は、撥水性不織布シートを二重にしたものであり、吸収体 56の裏面側からトップシート 30の下方への折り込み部分を覆って、表面側に突出す るように形成されて 、る。トップシート 30上を伝わって横方向に移動する尿を阻止す るために、特に、二重の不織布シート間に液不透過性シート 70の側部が挿入され、 表面側に突出するバリヤ一力フス 60の途中まで延在している。  [0121] The illustrated non-cuff cuff 60 is a doubled water-repellent nonwoven fabric sheet, and covers the folded portion from the back surface side of the absorbent body 56 to the lower side of the top sheet 30, and protrudes to the front surface side. Is formed. In order to prevent urine from moving laterally on the top sheet 30, in particular, the side of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is inserted between the double nonwoven fabric sheets, and the barrier force that protrudes to the surface side It extends halfway through Hus 60.
[0122] また、バリヤ一力フス 60自体の形状は適宜に設計可能である力 図示の例では、バ リヤーカフス 60の突出部の先端部及び中間部に弾性伸縮部材、たとえば糸ゴム 62 が伸張下で固定され、使用状態においてその収縮力により、ノ リヤーカフス 60が起 立するようになっている。中間部の糸ゴム 62が先端部の糸ゴム 62、 62よりも中央側 に位置してトップシート 30の前後端部に固定される関係で、図 3のように、バリヤ一力 フス 60の基部側は中央側に向力つて斜めに起立し、中間部より先端部は外側に斜 めに起立する形態となる。  [0122] Further, the shape of the barrier first force hose 60 itself can be appropriately designed. The cuffs 60 are erected by the contraction force during use. The middle part of rubber thread 62 in the middle is positioned on the center side of thread rubbers 62 and 62 at the front end and fixed to the front and rear ends of topsheet 30. The side is erected diagonally toward the center, and the tip end is inclined obliquely outward from the middle part.
[0123] (エンボス)  [0123] (Emboss)
本発明では、図 2及び図 4に示すように、吸収体 56が位置する領域内において、少 なくとも着用者の股下部の両側にほぼ長手方向に沿って、トップシート 30から吸収体 56に達する溝状のエンボス Em、 Emが形成されて!、る。  In the present invention, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, in the region where the absorbent body 56 is located, the top sheet 30 extends from the top sheet 30 to the absorbent body 56 along the longitudinal direction at least on both sides of the wearer's crotch. Groove-shaped embossing reaching Em, Em is formed!
[0124] また、さらにフィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体の配向方向に対し交差する方向(実施の 形態では幅方向)に沿って溝状のエンボス Ec、 Ecを形成してもよい。  [0124] Further, groove-shaped embosses Ec and Ec may be formed along a direction (in the embodiment, the width direction) intersecting the orientation direction of the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52.
[0125] 図 2及び図 4に示す形態では、着用者の股下部の両側にほぼ長手方向に形成され た第 1のエンボス Em、 Emと、吸収体 56の前後部分に形成された第 2のエンボス Ec 、 Ecとを有し、前記第 1のエンボス Em、 Emと前記第 2のエンボス Ec、 Ecとが実質的 に繋がり、実質的に環状のエンボスが形成されて 、る。  [0125] In the form shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, the first embossed Em, Em formed on the both sides of the wearer's crotch portion in the substantially longitudinal direction, and the second embossed formed on the front and rear portions of the absorber 56, Embossing Ec, Ec, the first embossing Em, Em and the second embossing Ec, Ec are substantially connected to form a substantially annular embossing.
[0126] エンボスについて、「ほぼ長手方向に沿って」とは、直線状にエンボスを形成するほ 力 円弧状や曲線状に長手方向に沿うものについても包含する意味であり、また、図 2に示すように、長手方向端部に適宜形状部分を有するものでもよい。すなわち、実 質的に長手方向に沿う長さが通常は 5cm以上有するものであれば、本発明に効果 を奏する。 [0127] また、フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体の配向方向に対し交差する方向とは、長手方 向に直交する場合のほか、「交差する方向」である限り、その方向は限定されるもの ではなぐ図 2に示すように、円弧状や曲線状のエンボスが形成されたものでもよい。 [0126] With regard to embossing, "almost along the longitudinal direction" means that the embossing is formed in a straight line, including an arc or curved line that extends along the longitudinal direction. As shown, it may have an appropriately shaped portion at the longitudinal end. That is, if the length along the longitudinal direction is substantially 5 cm or more, the present invention is effective. [0127] The direction intersecting with the orientation direction of the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52... Is not limited to being orthogonal to the longitudinal direction, and the direction is limited as long as it is the “intersecting direction”. As shown in Fig. 2, it may be formed with arcuate or curved embossing.
[0128] エンボス形成は、押圧のみによって形成するほ力、超音波やヒートロールなどを使 用して、フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体を熱融着する形態で形成するのが望ましい。  [0128] The embossing is preferably formed in such a form that the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52,... Is heat-sealed using a force formed only by pressing, an ultrasonic wave, a heat roll, or the like.
[0129] エンボスは、溝状である限り、たとえば高圧搾部と低圧搾部とが交互に形成し、ェン ボス溝底に凹凸を有するものでもよ 、し、むしろ望ま 、形態である。  [0129] As long as the embossing has a groove shape, for example, high pressing parts and low pressing parts may be alternately formed, and the embossed groove bottom may have irregularities, but is rather desirable.
[0130] 図 2及び図 4に示す形態のほか、図 5に示すように、長手方向に沿う溝状のェンボ ス Em、 Emのみの开態、図 6に示すように、幅方向(フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体の 配向方向に対し交差する方向に沿う溝状のエンボス Ec、 Ecのみの形態などでもよ 、  [0130] In addition to the configurations shown in Figs. 2 and 4, as shown in Fig. 5, groove-like embosses Em in the longitudinal direction, only the Em is opened, as shown in Fig. 6, the width direction (filament 52 , 52... Groove-like embossing Ec along the direction intersecting the orientation direction of the aggregate, Ec-only form, etc.
[0131] さらに、これらのエンボスに加えて、図 7に示すように、幅方向の溝状のエンボス Ec 1、 Ec2をエンボス Ecに対し中央側及び又は外側に形成してもよい。また、図示しな V、が、溝状のエンボス Emに対し中央側及び又は外側に他のエンボスを付加形成し てもよい。 Furthermore, in addition to these embosses, as shown in FIG. 7, groove-shaped embosses Ec 1 and Ec 2 in the width direction may be formed at the center and / or outside of the emboss Ec. Further, V, not shown, may be formed by adding other embosses to the center side and / or the outside of the groove-like emboss Em.
[0132] エンボスの形成領域は、着用者が男女の性別によって選択することも可能である。  [0132] The embossed formation region can be selected by the wearer according to gender.
女性用の場合には前側に偏在させることが望ましい。また、紙おむつは幼児用と成 人用とでサイズが異なるから、一義的に長さによって規定できないものの、フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体の長手方向に対して 1Z4以上の範囲に渡って、幅方向に対して 1Z3以上の範囲に渡って形成するのが望ましい。  In the case of female use, it is desirable to make it unevenly distributed on the front side. Paper diapers are different in size for infants and adults, so although they cannot be uniquely defined by the length, they extend over the range of 1Z4 or more with respect to the longitudinal direction of the aggregate of filaments 52, 52 ... It is desirable to form over a range of 1Z3 or more in the width direction.
[0133] 他方、エンボス Em、 Em間領域、エンボス Ec、 Ec間領域、あるいは第 1のエンボス Em、 Emと第 2のエンボス Ec、 Ecとで囲まれる実質的に環状のエンボス領域内の SA P粒子の目付けを、他の領域より高くすることができる。この形態によると、その領域で の排尿後の液吸収性 (主に液吸収量)を高めることができるのが好適である。  [0133] On the other hand, the SA P in the embossed Em, Em area, the embossed Ec, Ec area, or the substantially embossed area surrounded by the first embossed Em, Em and the second embossed Ec, Ec. Particle weight can be higher than other areas. According to this embodiment, it is preferable that the liquid absorbability (mainly liquid absorption amount) after urination in that region can be increased.
[0134] 一方、溝状のエンボスの深さは、上記実施の形態のように、吸収体 56に達するもの が好ましい。その「達する」程度は、吸収体 56の上部まで、吸収体 56の中央部まで、 あるいは吸収体 56の下部までとすることができる。  On the other hand, it is preferable that the depth of the groove-like emboss reaches the absorber 56 as in the above embodiment. The “reaching” degree can be up to the top of the absorber 56, up to the center of the absorber 56, or down to the bottom of the absorber 56.
[0135] また、溝状のエンボスの深さは、トップシート 30部分まで、トップシート 30及び中間 シート 40部分まで、トップシート 30、中間シート 40及び包被シート 58上部分までもよ いが、上記実施の形態のように、フィット性及び液吸収速度を高めるためには、吸収 体 56に達するものが好まし!/、。 [0135] The depth of the groove-like embossing is up to 30 parts of the top sheet, the top sheet 30 and the middle. Up to the 40th part of the sheet, the top sheet 30, the intermediate sheet 40, and the upper part of the covering sheet 58 are acceptable, but in order to increase the fit and the liquid absorption speed as in the above embodiment, the absorber 56 is reached. I like things! /.
[0136] 他方で、エンボス Em、 Em間領域、エンボス Ec、 Ec間領域、ある!/ヽは第 1のェンボ ス Em、 Emと第 2のエンボス Ec、 Ecとで囲まれる実質的に環状のエンボス領域内に おいて、フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体の密度を他の部分より上げると、フィット性及 び液吸収速度を高めることができる。 [0136] On the other hand, the embossed Em, the area between Em, the area between the embossed Ec, Ec, there is! /! Is a substantially annular shape surrounded by the first embossed Em, Em and the second embossed Ec, Ec. In the embossed region, when the density of the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52... Is increased from other parts, the fit and the liquid absorption rate can be increased.
[0137] (テープ式使い捨ておむつの例) [0137] (Example of tape-type disposable diapers)
一方、図 8及び図 9はテープ式使い捨ておむつの例を示している。図 9は図 8にお ける 9— 9線矢視図であるが、吸収性本体 20についてはやや誇張して図示してある。  On the other hand, FIG.8 and FIG.9 has shown the example of the tape type disposable diaper. FIG. 9 is a view taken along the line 9-9 in FIG. 8, but the absorbent main body 20 is slightly exaggerated.
[0138] テープ式使い捨ておむつ 10Aは、おむつの背側両側端部に取り付けられたファス ニング片を有し、このファスユング片の止着面にフック要素を有するとともに、前記お むつの裏面を構成するバックシートを不織布積層体とし、おむつの装着に当り、前記 ファスユング片のフック要素を前記バックシートの表面の任意個所に係合可能となし たおむつである。 [0138] The tape-type disposable diaper 10A has fastening pieces attached to both ends of the back side of the diaper, has a hook element on the fastening surface of the fastening piece, and constitutes the back side of the diaper. A diaper in which a backsheet is a non-woven laminate, and the hook element of the fastening piece can be engaged with an arbitrary portion of the surface of the backsheet when the diaper is mounted.
[0139] 吸収性本体 20は、トップシート 30と、液不透過性シート 70との間に、吸収体 56を 介在させたものとなっている。この吸収体 56は、ティッシュぺーパによる包被シート 58 により全体が包まれており、平面的に視て長方形をなしている。吸収体 56と包被シー ト 58との間には保持シート 80が設けられている。  [0139] The absorbent main body 20 has an absorbent body 56 interposed between a top sheet 30 and a liquid-impermeable sheet 70. The absorbent body 56 is entirely wrapped with a covering sheet 58 made of tissue paper, and has a rectangular shape in plan view. A holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the covering sheet 58.
[0140] さらに、トップシート 30と吸収体 56との間には、中間シート 40が介在されている。液 不透過性シート 70は吸収体 56より幅広の長方形をなし、その外方に砂時計形状の 不織布からなるバックシート 12Aが設けられている。  [0140] Further, the intermediate sheet 40 is interposed between the top sheet 30 and the absorber 56. The liquid-impermeable sheet 70 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, and a back sheet 12A made of an hourglass-shaped non-woven fabric is provided on the outer side thereof.
[0141] トップシート 30は吸収体 56より幅広の長方形をなし、吸収体 56の側縁より若干外 方に延在し、液不透過性シート 70とホットメルト接着剤などにより固着されている。  [0141] The top sheet 30 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, extends slightly outward from the side edge of the absorbent body 56, and is fixed to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 with a hot melt adhesive or the like.
[0142] おむつの両側部には、使用面側に突出するバリヤ一力フス 60Aが形成され、この ノ リヤーカフス 60Aは、実質的に幅方向に連続した不織布力もなるノ リヤーシート 64 と、弾性伸縮部材、例えば糸ゴム力 なる 1本の又は複数本の脚周り用弾性伸縮部 材としての糸ゴム 62とにより構成されている。 130は面ファスナーによるファスユング 片である。 [0142] On both sides of the diaper, a barrier force hose 60A protruding toward the use surface side is formed. This noir cuff 60A has a non-woven sheet 64 which also has a non-woven fabric force substantially continuous in the width direction, and an elastic expansion and contraction. It is composed of a member, for example, one or a plurality of leg rubber elastic elastic members for the leg elastic force. 130 is fasting with hook and loop fasteners It is a piece.
[0143] ノ リヤーシート 64の内面は、トップシート 30の側縁と離間した位置において固着始 端を有し、この固着始端カも液不透過性シート 70の延在縁にかけて、幅方向外方部 分がホットメルト接着剤などにより固着されている。ノ リヤーシート 64の外面は、その 下面においてバックシート 12Aにホットメルト接着剤などにより固着されて 、る。さらに 、ガスケットカフス用弾性伸縮部材、たとえば糸ゴム 66が設けられている。  [0143] The inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 has a fixing start at a position separated from the side edge of the top sheet 30, and the fixing start edge also extends to the extending edge of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 outward in the width direction. Part is fixed with hot melt adhesive. The outer surface of the liner sheet 64 is fixed to the back sheet 12A with a hot melt adhesive on the lower surface thereof. Further, an elastic expansion / contraction member for gasket cuff, for example, rubber thread 66 is provided.
[0144] ノ リヤーシート 64の内面の、液不透過性シート 70への固着始端は、ノ リヤーカフス 60Aの起立端を形成している。脚周りにおいては、この起立端より内側は、製品本体 に固定されていない自由部分であり、この自由部分が糸ゴム 62の収縮力により起立 するようになる。  [0144] The starting end of the inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 fixed to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 forms an upright end of the NORY cuff 60A. Around the leg, the inside of the standing end is a free part that is not fixed to the product body, and this free part comes to stand by the contraction force of the rubber thread 62.
[0145] 本例では、ファスニング片 130として、面ファスナーを用いることで、バックシート 12 Aに対して、メカ-カルに止着できる。したがって、いわゆるターゲットテープを省略 することもでき、かつ、ファスユング片 130による止着位置を自由に選択できる。  [0145] In this example, by using a hook-and-loop fastener as the fastening piece 130, it can be mechanically fixed to the back sheet 12A. Therefore, the so-called target tape can be omitted, and the fastening position by the fastening piece 130 can be freely selected.
[0146] ファスユング片 130は、プラスチック、ポリラミ不織布、紙製などのファスユング基材 の基部がバックシート 12Aに、例えば接着剤により接合されており、先端側にフック 要素 130Aを有する。フック要素 130Aはファスユング基材に接着剤により接合され ている。フック要素 130Aは、その外面側に多数の係合片を有する。フック要素 130 Aより先端側に仮止め接着剤部 130Bを有する。製品の組立て末期において、仮止 め接着剤部 130B力バリヤ一シート 64に接着されることによりファスユング片 130の先 端側の剥離を防止するようにしている。使用時には、その接着力に抗して剥離し、フ ァスユング片 130の先端側を前身頃に持ち込むものである。仮止め接着剤部 130B より先端側はファスユング基材が露出して摘みタブ部とされている。  [0146] In the fastening piece 130, a base portion of a fastening base material such as plastic, polylaminated nonwoven fabric, or paper is joined to the back sheet 12A, for example, with an adhesive, and has a hook element 130A on the tip side. The hook element 130A is bonded to the fastening substrate with an adhesive. The hook element 130A has a large number of engaging pieces on the outer surface side thereof. A temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is provided on the tip side from the hook element 130A. At the end of the assembly of the product, the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is adhered to the force barrier sheet 64 to prevent peeling of the front end side of the fastening piece 130. In use, it peels off against the adhesive force and brings the front end of the fastening piece 130 to the front body. The fastening base material is exposed at the tip side from the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B, and is a tab portion.
[0147] 前身頃の開口部側には、ノ ックシート 12Aの内面側に、デザインシートとしてのター ゲット印刷シート 74が設けられ、ファスユング片 130のフック要素 130Aを止着する位 置の目安となるデザインが施されたターゲット印刷がなされ、外部からバックシート 12 Aを通して視認可能なように施されて 、る。  [0147] A target printing sheet 74 as a design sheet is provided on the inner surface side of the knock sheet 12A on the opening side of the front body, and serves as a guide for fixing the hook element 130A of the fastening piece 130. The target print with the design is made and made visible through the back sheet 12A from the outside.
[0148] おむつの、装着時には、おむつが舟形に体に装着されるので、そして糸ゴム 62の 収縮力が作用するので、脚周りでは、糸ゴム 62の収縮力によりバリヤ一力フス 60Aが 起立する。 [0148] When the diaper is worn, the diaper is attached to the body in the shape of a boat, and the contraction force of the rubber thread 62 acts on the leg. Stand up.
[0149] 起立部で囲まれる空間は、尿又は軟便の閉じ込め空間を形成する。この空間内に 排尿されると、その尿はトップシート 30を通って吸収体 56内に吸収されるとともに、軟 便の固形分については、ノ リヤーカフス 60Aの起立部がバリヤ一となり、その乗り越 えが防止される。万一、起立部の起立遠位側縁を乗り越えて横に漏れた尿は、平面 当り部によるストップ機能により横漏れが防止される。  [0149] The space surrounded by the standing part forms a confined space for urine or soft stool. When urinating into this space, the urine is absorbed into the absorbent body 56 through the top sheet 30 and the rising part of the Noriya cuff 60A becomes the barrier for the stool solids. Is prevented. In the unlikely event that urine leaks laterally across the standing distal edge of the standing part, side leakage is prevented by a stop function by the flat contact part.
[0150] 本形態において、各起立カフスを形成するノ リヤーシート 64は、透液性でなく実質 的に不透液性(半透液性でもよい)であるのが望ましい。また、本発明のトップシート( 不織布積層体)に対してシリコン処理などにより液体をはじく性質となるようにしてもよ い。いずれにしても、ノ リヤーシート 64及びバックシート 12Aは、それぞれ通気性が あり、かつバリヤ一シート 64及びバックシート 12Aは、それぞれ而水圧が lOOmmH  [0150] In the present embodiment, it is desirable that the NORY sheet 64 forming each standing cuff is not liquid-permeable but substantially liquid-permeable (or semi-liquid-permeable). Further, the top sheet (nonwoven fabric laminate) of the present invention may have a property of repelling liquid by silicon treatment or the like. In any case, the noir sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A are air permeable, and the barrier sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A each have a hydrostatic pressure of lOOmmH.
2 o以上のシートであるのが好適である。これによつて、製品の幅方向側部において通 気性を示すものとなり、着用者のムレを防止できる。  A sheet of 2 o or more is preferable. As a result, air permeability is exhibited at the side portion in the width direction of the product, and the wearer's stuffiness can be prevented.
[0151] さて、本例においても、着用者の股下部の両側にほぼ長手方向に形成された第 1 のエンボス Em、 Emと、吸収体 56の前後部分に形成された第 2のエンボス Ec、 Ecと を有し、前記第 1のエンボス Em、 Emと前記第 2のエンボス Ec、 Ecとが実質的に繋が り、実質的に環状のエンボスが形成されている。他の変形例は、前述のパンツ型の場 合と同様に採用可能である。  [0151] Also in this example, the first embossed Em, Em formed in the longitudinal direction on both sides of the wearer's crotch, and the second embossed Ec formed on the front and rear portions of the absorber 56, The first emboss Em, Em and the second emboss Ec, Ec are substantially connected to form a substantially annular emboss. Other modified examples can be employed in the same manner as the above-described pants-type.
[0152] その他の点、例えば各部の使用素材等については、前述のパンツ型紙おむつの 場合と同じであるため、敢えて説明を省略する。  [0152] Other points, such as the materials used in each part, are the same as in the case of the above-described pants-type disposable diaper, and thus description thereof is omitted.
[0153] <第 2の実施形態:請求項 5〜 16記載の発明に関する >  <Second Embodiment: Relating to the Inventions of Claims 5 to 16>
(パンツ型使 、捨ておむつの例)  (Pants-type use, example of a disposable diaper)
図 10には、パンツ型使い捨ておむつの例が示されている。このパンツ型使い捨て おむつ 10は、外面 (裏面)側の外装シート 12と内面 (表面)側の吸収性本体 20とを 備えており、外装シート 12に吸収性本体 20が固定されているものである。吸収性本 体 20は、尿や軟便などの液 (後述する生理用ナプキンでは経血)を受け止めて吸収 保持する部分である。外装シート 12は着用者に装着するための部分である。  FIG. 10 shows an example of a pants-type disposable diaper. This pants-type disposable diaper 10 includes an outer surface (back surface) side exterior sheet 12 and an inner surface (front surface) side absorbent main body 20, and the absorbent main body 20 is fixed to the outer sheet 12. . The absorbent main body 20 is a part that receives and absorbs and holds liquids such as urine and loose stool (menstrual blood in the case of a sanitary napkin described later). The exterior sheet 12 is a part for attaching to the wearer.
[0154] (外装シート) 外装シート 12は、胴開口部 WO力も脚開口部 LOの上端に至る前後方向範囲とし て定まる胴周り部 12Tと、脚開口部 LOを形成する部分の前後方向範囲として定まる 中間部 12Lとを有する。胴周り部 12Tは、概念的に「胴周り上端部」 12Wと「胴周り下 部」 12Uとに分けることができる。これらの前後方向の長さは、製品のサイズによって 異なり、適宜定めることができる力 一例を挙げると、胴周り上端部 12Wは 15〜40m m、胴周り下部 12Uは 65〜120mmとすることができる。一方、中間部 12Lの両側縁 は被着者の脚周りに沿うように括れており、ここが着用者の脚を入れる部位となる。こ の結果、外装シート 12は、全体としては略砂時計形状をなしている。図示例では、股 間部における外装シート 12の幅力 吸収性本体 20より短くされている力 この幅の関 係は逆でもよいし、同一の幅でもよい。 [0154] (Exterior sheet) The exterior sheet 12 has a trunk periphery 12T that is determined as a front-rear direction range that also reaches the upper end of the leg opening LO, and a middle opening 12L that is determined as a front-rear direction range of a portion that forms the leg opening LO. . The waistline portion 12T can be conceptually divided into a “trunk upper end” 12W and a “trunk bottom” 12U. The length in the front-rear direction varies depending on the size of the product, and the force that can be determined as appropriate. For example, the waist upper end 12W can be 15-40 mm and the waist lower 12U can be 65-120 mm. . On the other hand, both side edges of the intermediate portion 12L are bound along the circumference of the legs of the wearer, and this is a part where the wearer's legs are put. As a result, the exterior sheet 12 has a substantially hourglass shape as a whole. In the illustrated example, the width force of the outer sheet 12 at the crotch portion is shorter than the absorbent main body 20. The relationship of this width may be reversed or the same width.
[0155] 外装シート 12は、図 11に示すように、吸収性本体 20が所定位置に設置され固定さ れた後、前後に折り畳まれ、外装シート 12の前身頃 12F及び後身頃 12Bの両側部 の接合領域 12Aが熱融着などにより接合される。これによつて、図 10に示す構造の、 ウェスト開口部 WOと一対のレッダ開口部 LOを有するパンツ型使い捨ておむつが得 られる。 [0155] As shown in Fig. 11, the exterior sheet 12 is folded back and forth after the absorbent main body 20 is installed and fixed in place, and both sides of the front body 12F and the back body 12B of the exterior sheet 12 The joining region 12A is joined by heat fusion or the like. As a result, a pants-type disposable diaper having the structure shown in FIG. 10 and having a waist opening WO and a pair of redder openings LO is obtained.
[0156] 外装シート 12は、一層のシートで形成しても良いが、外側層と内側層とをホットメル ト接着剤等の接着剤により張り合わせた二層シートで形成するのが好ましい。外側層 及び内側層としては、特に限定無く使用できるが、肌触りや防水性の観点から撥水 性不織布を用いるのが好ましい。外側層、内側層の各々は、複数の素材を積層して なるものであっても良い。外側層及び内側層の各厚さは適宜定めることができるが、 外側層の厚さが内側層の厚さ以上であるのが好ましい。外側層及び内側層は、それ ぞれ坪量 5〜30g/m2の範囲内にあるのが好ましい。また、外側層 12Sの厚さは 5m m以下が好ましぐ内側層の厚さは lmm以下が好ましい。 [0156] The exterior sheet 12 may be formed of a single-layer sheet, but is preferably formed of a two-layer sheet in which an outer layer and an inner layer are bonded together with an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive. The outer layer and the inner layer can be used without any particular limitation, but it is preferable to use a water-repellent nonwoven fabric from the viewpoint of touch and waterproofness. Each of the outer layer and the inner layer may be formed by laminating a plurality of materials. The thicknesses of the outer layer and the inner layer can be determined as appropriate, but the thickness of the outer layer is preferably equal to or greater than the thickness of the inner layer. The outer layer and the inner layer preferably each have a basis weight in the range of 5 to 30 g / m 2 . Further, the thickness of the outer layer 12S is preferably 5 mm or less, and the thickness of the inner layer is preferably lmm or less.
[0157] 外装シート 12には弾性伸縮部材 12C, 12Dが伸張状態でホットメルト接着剤等に より固定されている。弾性伸縮部材 12C, 12Dとしては、糸状や紐状、帯状等の細長 状のゴム材であれば特に限定無く使用できる。  [0157] The elastic sheet 12C, 12D is fixed to the exterior sheet 12 with a hot melt adhesive or the like in an expanded state. The elastic elastic members 12C and 12D can be used without particular limitation as long as they are long and narrow rubber materials such as threads, strings, and strips.
[0158] より詳細には、外装シート 12の胴周り下部 12Uにおける外側層と内側層との間に、 幅方向に沿って延在する胴回り弾性伸縮部材 12Cが前後方向に所定の間隔を空け て多数、例えば 15〜40本程度平行に設けられる。 More specifically, the waist elastic elastic member 12C extending along the width direction is spaced a predetermined distance in the front-rear direction between the outer layer and the inner layer in the waist lower portion 12U of the exterior sheet 12. Many, for example, about 15 to 40 are provided in parallel.
[0159] 図 10に示すように、吸収性本体 20と重なる部分において胴回り弾性伸縮部材 12C をエンボス力卩ェゃ針刺し加工等により切断する、ある 、は吸収性本体 20と重なる部 分には胴回り弾性伸縮部材 12Cを設けないことにより、収縮力を無くす若しくは弱め ることができる。切断の場合、特開 2002— 178428号公報に示されるように、幅方向 に所定の間隔で多数箇所切断しても良ぐまた一箇所だけ切断しても良い。このよう に、吸収性本体 20と重なる部分 (一部または全部のいずれでも良い)において弾性 伸縮部材 12Cが不連続になっていると、吸収性本体 20に対して作用する収縮力が 無くなる或いは弱くなり、吸収性本体 20が収縮することによる吸収阻害が発生し難く なる。この弾性伸縮部材 12Cの切断部分または無い部分の幅は適宜定めることがで きる。また、図示形態と異なり、背側 Bおよび腹側 Fのいずれか一方のみ、胴回り弾性 伸縮部材 12Cを不連続にすることもできる。  [0159] As shown in FIG. 10, the waist elastic elastic member 12C is cut at the portion overlapping the absorbent main body 20 by embossing force needle piercing or the like, or there is a waist around the portion overlapping the absorbent main body 20 By not providing the elastic elastic member 12C, the contraction force can be eliminated or weakened. In the case of cutting, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-178428, a large number of points may be cut at a predetermined interval in the width direction, or only one point may be cut. Thus, if the elastic expansion / contraction member 12C is discontinuous in the portion (either part or all) that overlaps the absorbent main body 20, the contraction force acting on the absorbent main body 20 is eliminated or weakened. Therefore, the absorption inhibition due to the shrinkage of the absorbent main body 20 is less likely to occur. The width of the cut or missing portion of the elastic elastic member 12C can be determined as appropriate. Also, unlike the illustrated embodiment, the waist elastic elastic member 12C can be made discontinuous only in one of the back side B and the ventral side F.
[0160] 胴回り弾性伸縮部材 12Cの太さ、配置間隔は適宜定めることができるが、好適には 、太さは lOOOdtex以下、特に 700〜400dtex、配置間隔は l〜20mm、特に 1〜1 0mmとされる。  [0160] The thickness and arrangement interval of the waist elastic elastic member 12C can be determined as appropriate, but preferably the thickness is lOOOOdtex or less, particularly 700 to 400 dtex, and the arrangement interval is l to 20 mm, especially 1 to 10 mm. Is done.
[0161] 一方、外装シート 12の胴回り上端部 Uでは、外側層が胴開口部 WOにおいて外装 シート 12の内側に折り返され、この折り返し部分と外装シート 12との間に、胴開口部 WOの端縁に平行に間隔を置いて胴端部弾性伸縮部材 12Dが伸張状態で固定さ れている。この胴端部伸縮部材 12Dの太さ、間隔および本数は適宜定めることがで きるが、例えば太さとしては 400〜900dtex、間隔としては 3〜6mm、本数としては 4 〜 10本程度が好ましい。  On the other hand, at the upper end U around the trunk of the exterior sheet 12, the outer layer is folded back inside the exterior sheet 12 at the trunk opening WO, and the end of the trunk opening WO is between the folded portion and the exterior sheet 12. The body end elastic elastic member 12D is fixed in an extended state with a space parallel to the edge. The thickness, interval, and number of the trunk end elastic members 12D can be determined as appropriate. For example, the thickness is preferably 400 to 900 dtex, the interval is 3 to 6 mm, and the number is preferably about 4 to 10.
[0162] (吸収性本体)  [0162] (Absorbent body)
吸収性本体 20は、図 12に示されるように、液透過性のトップシート 30と、液不透過 性シート (バックシートとも呼ばれる) 70と、これらの間に介在された吸収要素 50とを 備えている。この液不透過性シート 70の裏面側には、前述した外装シート 12が設け られている。さらに、吸収性本体 20の両側部に、使用面側に突出するノ リヤーカフス 60、 60力設けられている。  As shown in FIG. 12, the absorbent main body 20 includes a liquid-permeable top sheet 30, a liquid-impermeable sheet (also referred to as a back sheet) 70, and an absorbent element 50 interposed therebetween. ing. On the back side of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70, the above-described exterior sheet 12 is provided. Furthermore, on both sides of the absorbent main body 20, there are provided noir cuffs 60, 60 which protrude toward the use surface side.
[0163] (トップシート) トップシート 30は、液透過性の素材を用いて形成することができ、例えば、有孔又 は無孔の不織布や、多孔性プラスチックシートなどを用いることができる。不織布とし ては、原料繊維により限定されるものではなぐ例えば、ポリエチレンやポリプロピレン 等のォレフィン系、ポリエステル系、ポリアミド系等の合成繊維、レーヨンゃキュプラ等 の再生繊維、綿等の天然繊維などや、これらから二種以上が使用された混合繊維、 複合繊維などを用いることができる。さらに、不織布は、製造法により限定されるもの でもなぐ例えば、スパンレース法、スパンボンド法、サーマルボンド法、メルトブロー ン法、ニードルパンチ法、エアスルー法、ポイントボンド法等の公知の方法により製造 したものを用いることができる。このうち、柔軟性、ドレープ性を求めるのであれば、ス パンレース法が好ましぐ嵩高性、ソフト性を求めるのであれば、サーマルボンド法が 好ましいカ卩ェ方法となる。 [0163] (Top sheet) The top sheet 30 can be formed using a liquid-permeable material. For example, a porous or non-porous nonwoven fabric, a porous plastic sheet, or the like can be used. Non-woven fabrics are not limited by raw material fibers, for example, polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, synthetic fibers such as polyesters and polyamides, regenerated fibers such as rayon cupra, natural fibers such as cotton, etc. A mixed fiber or a composite fiber in which two or more of these are used can be used. Further, the nonwoven fabric is not limited by the production method, and is produced by a known method such as a spunlace method, a spunbond method, a thermal bond method, a melt blown method, a needle punch method, an air through method, a point bond method, etc. Things can be used. Of these, the thermal bond method is the preferred cache method if the bulkiness and softness preferred by the span lace method are desired if flexibility and drapeability are desired.
[0164] また、トップシート 30は、 1枚のシートからなるものであっても、 2枚以上のシートを貼 り合せて得た積層シートからなるものであってもよい。同様に、トップシート 30は、平 面方向に関して、 1枚のシートからなるものであっても、 2枚以上のシートからなるもの であってもよい。  [0164] The top sheet 30 may be a single sheet or a laminated sheet obtained by laminating two or more sheets. Similarly, the top sheet 30 may be composed of one sheet or two or more sheets in the plane direction.
[0165] (液不透過性シート)  [0165] (Liquid impervious sheet)
液不透過性シート 70は、吸収体 56の裏面側に配されるシートである。液不透過性 シートの素材としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ポリエチレンやポリ プロピレン等のォレフィン系榭脂や、ポリエチレンシート等に不織布を積層したラミネ ート不織布、防水フィルムを介在させて実質的に不透液性を確保した不織布 (この場 合は、防水フィルムと不織布とで液不透過性シートが構成される。)などを用いること ができる。もちろん、このほかにも、近年、ムレ防止の観点力も好まれて使用されてい る不透液性かつ透湿性を有する素材も例示することができる。この不透液性かつ透 湿性を有する素材のシートとしては、例えば、ポリエチレンやポリプロピレン等のォレ フィン系榭脂中に無機充填剤を混練して、シートを成形した後、一軸又は二軸方向 に延伸して得られた微多孔性シートを例示することができる。  The liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is a sheet disposed on the back side of the absorber 56. The material of the liquid-impermeable sheet is not particularly limited. For example, an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, a laminated nonwoven fabric in which a nonwoven fabric is laminated on a polyethylene sheet, or a waterproof film is interposed. For example, a non-woven fabric that is substantially impervious to liquid (in this case, a waterproof film and a non-woven fabric constitute a liquid-impermeable sheet) can be used. Of course, in addition to this, materials having liquid-impervious and moisture-permeable properties that have been used in recent years because of their ability to prevent stuffiness can also be exemplified. As the sheet of the material having liquid impermeability and moisture permeability, for example, an inorganic filler is kneaded in an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, and the sheet is formed. An example of the microporous sheet obtained by stretching is as follows.
[0166] (吸収要素)  [0166] (Absorbing element)
吸収要素 50は、下層吸収体 56Bと、そのトップシート 30側に設けられた上層吸収 体 56Aとを有しており、このうち上層吸収体 56A力 トウを開繊して得られ且つ吸収 量が自重の 1. 0倍以下の難吸収フィラメント 52の集合体で形成されている。そして、 上層吸収体 56Aのフィラメント 52はトップシート 30に沿って図示形態では前後方向 に延在しており、かつ図 11に示されるように、フィラメント 52の両端 (先端及び基端) が下層吸収体 56Bの前縁及び後縁 (吸収要素 50の周縁)から内側に離間している。 Absorbing element 50 consists of lower layer absorber 56B and upper layer absorbent provided on the top sheet 30 side. 56A, of which the upper absorbent body 56A is obtained by opening the tow and is formed of an aggregate of hardly absorbable filaments 52 having an absorption amount of 1.0 times or less of its own weight. The filament 52 of the upper layer absorbent body 56A extends along the top sheet 30 in the illustrated direction in the front-rear direction, and as shown in FIG. 11, both ends (tip and base ends) of the filament 52 are absorbed by the lower layer. The body 56B is spaced inward from the leading and trailing edges (periphery of the absorbent element 50).
[0167] この場合、上層吸収体 56Aに供給された液分が上層吸収体 56A内を通りフィラメ ントの両端に達したとしても、そこで液の拡散が止まり、吸収要素 50の周縁までは拡 散しない。そして、上層吸収体 56A内に拡散した液分は下層吸収体 56Bに移行して 保持されるようになる。 [0167] In this case, even if the liquid component supplied to the upper absorbent body 56A passes through the upper absorbent body 56A and reaches both ends of the filament, the diffusion of the liquid stops there and diffuses to the periphery of the absorbent element 50. do not do. Then, the liquid component diffused in the upper absorber 56A moves to the lower absorber 56B and is held there.
[0168] フィラメント 52の両端 (上層吸収体 56Aの前縁及び後縁)と、下層吸収体 56Bの前 縁及び後縁との離間距離 yは、対象となる装着者によって異なるため一概には言え ないが、 10〜300mm、特に 50〜150mmであるのが望ましい。離間距離 yが短すぎ ると、漏れ防止効果に乏しくなり、長すぎると上層吸収体 56Aによる拡散距離が短く なり、拡散性能が乏しくなるおそれがある。  [0168] The distance y between the both ends of the filament 52 (the front edge and the rear edge of the upper layer absorbent body 56A) and the front edge and the rear edge of the lower layer absorbent body 56B varies depending on the target wearer, so it can be said in general. Although it is not, it is desirable that it is 10 to 300 mm, particularly 50 to 150 mm. If the separation distance y is too short, the effect of preventing leakage will be poor, and if it is too long, the diffusion distance by the upper absorber 56A will be short, and the diffusion performance may be poor.
[0169] また、上層吸収体 56Aは、フィラメント 52の両端のみならず、両側縁についても、下 層吸収体 56Bの両側縁から離間しているのが望ましい。この離間距離 Xは、対象とな る装着者によって異なるため一概には言えないが、 0〜90mm、特に 0〜50mmであ るのが望ましい。  [0169] In addition, it is desirable that the upper-layer absorbent body 56A is separated from both side edges of the lower-layer absorbent body 56B not only at both ends of the filament 52 but also at both side edges. Although this separation distance X varies depending on the target wearer, it cannot be generally stated, but it is preferably 0 to 90 mm, particularly preferably 0 to 50 mm.
[0170] なお、下層吸収体 56Bのサイズとしては、前後長さ 200〜600mm、幅 100〜180 mmとするのが好ましぐ上層吸収体 56Aのサイズとしては、前後長さ 100〜500mm 、幅 50〜 120mmとするのが好ましい。  [0170] As the size of the lower layer absorber 56B, the length of the upper layer absorber 56A that is preferably 200 to 600 mm in length and 100 to 180 mm in width is preferably 100 to 500 mm in width and width 50 to 120 mm is preferable.
[0171] 上層吸収体 56Aをなすフィラメント 52の集合体は束状の集合体であり、散けたり、 型崩れを起こしたりし易い。よって、製造上の取り扱いを容易にするために、図 12に 示すように、上層吸収体 56Aのトップシート 30側面に液透過性シート 40をホットメル ト接着剤等を用いて貼り付けたり、図 13に示すように、上層吸収体 56Aの周囲全体( 表裏及び両側)を液透過性シート 40で一体的に包んだり、あるいは図 14に示すよう に、上層吸収体 56 Aの裏面に液透過性シート 41をホットメルト接着剤等を用いて貼り 付けるのが好ましい。前 2者の場合、液透過性シート 40の一部または全部を後述す る中間シートとすることができる。また、いずれの場合においても、別途、トップシート 3[0171] The assembly of the filaments 52 constituting the upper-layer absorber 56A is a bundle-like assembly, and is likely to be broken or out of shape. Therefore, in order to facilitate the handling in production, as shown in FIG. 12, the liquid permeable sheet 40 is attached to the side surface of the top sheet 30 of the upper absorbent body 56A using a hot melt adhesive or the like. As shown in Fig. 14, the entire periphery (front and back and both sides) of the upper absorbent body 56A is integrally wrapped with a liquid permeable sheet 40, or as shown in Fig. 14, the liquid permeable sheet is placed on the back surface of the upper absorbent body 56A. 41 is preferably pasted using a hot melt adhesive or the like. In the case of the former two, a part or all of the liquid-permeable sheet 40 will be described later. Intermediate sheet. In either case, a separate topsheet 3
0と上層吸収体 56Aとの間に中間シートを設けることができる。 An intermediate sheet can be provided between 0 and the upper absorber 56A.
[0172] 上層吸収体 56Aを構成する難吸収フィラメント集合体は、難吸収フィラメント(実質 的に連続する長繊維)で構成されたトウ (繊維束)を開繊することにより製造することが できる。フィラメント 52は物品の長手方向、幅方向、または厚さ方向等、任意の方向 に沿って延在させることができる。 [0172] The hardly absorbent filament aggregate constituting the upper layer absorbent body 56A can be produced by opening a tow (fiber bundle) composed of hardly absorbent filaments (substantially continuous long fibers). Filament 52 can extend along any direction, such as the longitudinal, width, or thickness direction of the article.
[0173] 難吸収フィラメント 52の材質としては、吸収量が自重の 1. 0倍以下であれば特に限 定なく用いることができ、例えば、多糖類又はその誘導体 (セルロース、セルロースェ ステル、キチン、キトサンなど)、合成高分子(ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリアミド[0173] The material of the hardly absorbable filament 52 can be used without particular limitation if the absorbed amount is 1.0 times or less of its own weight. For example, polysaccharides or derivatives thereof (cellulose, cellulose ester, chitin, Chitosan, etc.), synthetic polymers (polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamide)
、ポリエステル、ボリラクタアミド、ポリビュルアセテートなど)などを用いることができる 力 特に、セルロースエステルおよびセルロースが好ましい。 , Polyester, polylactamamide, polybutyrate, etc.) can be used. Cellulose esters and cellulose are particularly preferred.
[0174] セルロースとしては、綿、リンター、木材パルプなど植物体由来のセルロースやバタ テリアセルロースなどが使用でき、レーヨンなどの再生セルロースであってもよぐ再 生セルロースは紡糸されたものであってもよい。 [0174] As cellulose, cellulose derived from plants such as cotton, linter and wood pulp, butterfly cellulose, etc. can be used. Regenerated cellulose such as rayon can be used as a spinning fiber. Also good.
[0175] 好適に採用できるセルロースエステルとしては、例えば、セルロースアセテート、セ ルロースブチレート、セルロースプロピオネートなどの有機酸エステル;セルロースァ セテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートフタ レート、硝酸酢酸セルロースなどの混酸エステル;およびポリ力プロラタトングラフトイ匕 セルロースエステルなどのセルロースエステル誘導体などを用いることができる。これ らのセルロースエステルは単独で又は二種類以上混合して使用できる。セルロース エステルの粘度平均重合度は、例えば、 50〜900、好ましくは 200〜800程度であ る。セルロースエステルの平均置換度は、例えば、 1. 5〜3. 0 (例えば、 2〜3)程度 である。  [0175] Examples of the cellulose ester that can be suitably employed include organic acid esters such as cellulose acetate, cellulose butyrate, and cellulose propionate; cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, It is possible to use mixed acid esters such as cellulose nitrate acetate; and cellulose ester derivatives such as poly force prolataton graft cellulose cellulose ester. These cellulose esters can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. The viscosity average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 50 to 900, preferably about 200 to 800. The average substitution degree of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1.5 to 3.0 (for example, 2 to 3).
[0176] セルロースエステルの平均重合度は、例えば 10〜1000、好ましくは 50〜900、さ らに好ましくは 200〜800程度とすることができ、セルロースエステルの平均置換度 は、例えば 1〜3程度、好ましくは 1〜2. 15、さらに好ましくは 1. 1〜2. 0程度とする ことができる。セルロースエステルの平均置換度は、生分解性を高める等の観点から 選択することができる。 [0177] セルロースエステルとしては、有機酸エステル (例えば、炭素数 2〜4程度の有機酸 とのエステル)、特にセルロースアセテートが好適である。ちなみに、セルロースァセ テートの場合、吸収量は自重の 0. 1〜0. 3倍程度である。セルロースアセテートの酢 化度は、 43〜62%程度である場合が多いが、特に 30〜50%程度であると生分解 性にも優れるため好ましい。特に好ましいセルロースエステルは、セルロースジァセ テートである。 [0176] The average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester can be, for example, about 10 to 1000, preferably about 50 to 900, more preferably about 200 to 800, and the average degree of substitution of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1 to 3. It is preferably about 1 to 2.15, more preferably about 1.1 to 2.0. The average degree of substitution of the cellulose ester can be selected from the viewpoint of enhancing biodegradability. [0177] As the cellulose ester, an organic acid ester (for example, an ester with an organic acid having about 2 to 4 carbon atoms), particularly cellulose acetate is suitable. Incidentally, in the case of cellulose acetate, the absorbed amount is about 0.1 to 0.3 times its own weight. The acetylation degree of cellulose acetate is often about 43 to 62%, but about 30 to 50% is particularly preferable because it is excellent in biodegradability. A particularly preferred cellulose ester is cellulose diacetate.
[0178] 難吸収フィラメントは、種々の添加剤、例えば、熱安定化剤、着色剤、油剤、歩留り 向上剤、白色度改善剤等を含有していても良い。  [0178] The hardly absorbent filament may contain various additives such as a heat stabilizer, a colorant, an oil, a yield improver, a whiteness improver, and the like.
[0179] 難吸収フィラメントの繊度は、例えば、 l〜16dtex、好ましくは 1〜: LOdtex、さらに 好ましくは l〜5dtexが望ましい。フィラメントは、非捲縮繊維であってもよいが、捲縮 繊維であるのが好ましい。捲縮繊維の捲縮度は、例えば、 1インチ当たり 5〜75個、 好ましくは 10〜50個、さらに好ましくは 15〜50個程度とすることができる。また、均 一に捲縮した捲縮繊維を用いる場合が多い。捲縮繊維を用いると、嵩高で軽量な吸 収体を製造できるとともに、繊維間の絡み合いにより一体性の高いトウを容易に製造 できる。フィラメントの断面形状は、特に限定されず、例えば、円形、楕円形、異形 (例 えば、 Y字状、 X字状、 I字状、 R字状など)や中空状などのいずれであってもよい。フ イラメン卜は、例えば、 3, 000〜1, 000, 000本、好まし <は 5, 000〜1, 000, 000 本程度の単繊維を束ねることにより形成されたトウ (繊維束)の形で使用される。繊維 束は、 3, 000-1, 000, 000本程度のフィラメントを集束して構成するのが好ましい  [0179] The fineness of the hardly absorbable filament is, for example, 1 to 16 dtex, preferably 1 to: LOdtex, and more preferably 1 to 5 dtex. The filament may be a non-crimped fiber, but is preferably a crimped fiber. The crimped degree of the crimped fiber can be, for example, about 5 to 75, preferably 10 to 50, and more preferably about 15 to 50 per inch. In addition, crimped fibers that are uniformly crimped are often used. When crimped fibers are used, a bulky and lightweight absorbent body can be produced, and a highly integrated tow can be easily produced by entanglement between the fibers. The cross-sectional shape of the filament is not particularly limited, and may be any shape such as a circular shape, an oval shape, an irregular shape (for example, a Y shape, an X shape, an I shape, an R shape) or a hollow shape. Good. For example, the flame noodles are in the form of a tow (fiber bundle) formed by bundling 3,000 to 1,000,000, preferably <5,000 to 1,000,000 single fibers. Used in. The fiber bundle is preferably formed by concentrating about 3,000-1,000,000 filaments.
[0180] トウは、フィラメント間の絡み合いが弱いため、主に形状を維持する目的で、フィラメ ントの接触部分を接着または融着する作用を有するバインダーを用いることができる 。バインダーとしては、トリァセチン、トリエチレングリコールジアセテート、トリエチレン グリコールジプロピオネート、ジブチルフタレート、ジメトキシェチルフタレート、クェン 酸トリェチルエステルなどのエステル系可塑剤の他、各種の榭脂接着剤、特に熱可 塑性榭脂を用いることができる。 [0180] Since the entanglement between the filaments is weak, a binder having an action of adhering or fusing the contact portion of the filament can be used mainly for the purpose of maintaining the shape. Binders include ester plasticizers such as triacetin, triethylene glycol diacetate, triethylene glycol dipropionate, dibutyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, and citrate triethyl ester, as well as various grease adhesives, especially heat Plastic resin can be used.
[0181] バインダーとして使用する熱可塑性榭脂には、溶融'固化により接着力が発現する 榭脂であり、水不溶性または水難溶性榭脂、および水溶性榭脂が含まれる。水不溶 性または水難溶性榭脂と水溶性榭脂とは、必要に応じて併用することもできる。 [0181] The thermoplastic resin used as the binder is a resin that exhibits an adhesive force upon melting and solidification, and includes a water-insoluble or hardly water-soluble resin and a water-soluble resin. Water insoluble The water-soluble or poorly water-soluble rosin and the water-soluble rosin can be used together as necessary.
[0182] 水不溶性または水難溶性榭脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ェ チレン プロピレン共重合体、エチレン 酢酸ビュル共重合体などのォレフィン系の 単独又は共重合体、ポリ酢酸ビュル、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸メチルーァ クリル酸エステル共重合体、(メタ)アクリル系モノマーとスチレン系モノマーとの共重 合体などのアクリル榭脂、ポリ塩化ビニル、酢酸ビュル一塩ィ匕ビュル共重合体、ポリ スチレン、スチレン系モノマーと(メタ)アクリル系モノマーとの共重合体などのスチレ ン系重合体、変性されていてもよいポリエステル、ナイロン 11、ナイロン 12、ナイロン 610、ナイロン 612などのポリアミド、ロジン誘導体(例えば、ロジンエステルなど)、炭 化水素榭脂 (例えば、テルペン榭脂、ジシクロペンタジェン榭脂、石油榭脂など)、水 素添加炭化水素榭脂などを用いることができる。これらの熱可塑性榭脂は一種又は 二種以上使用できる。  [0182] Examples of water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble resins include olefin-based homo- or copolymers such as polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, and ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, poly (butyl acetate), and polymethacrylic acid. Acrylic resin such as methyl, methyl methacrylate-acrylic acid ester copolymer, copolymer of (meth) acrylic monomer and styrenic monomer, polyvinyl chloride, butyl acetate butyl copolymer, polystyrene Styrene polymers such as copolymers of styrene monomers and (meth) acrylic monomers, polyesters that may be modified, polyamides such as nylon 11, nylon 12, nylon 610, nylon 612, rosin derivatives ( For example, rosin ester), hydrocarbon resin (for example, terpene resin) Dicyclopentadiene 榭脂, petroleum 榭脂), such as hydrogen added hydrocarbon 榭脂 can be used. These thermoplastic rosins can be used singly or in combination.
[0183] 水溶性榭脂としては、種々の水溶性高分子、例えば、ポリビュルアルコール、ポリビ -ルピロリドン、ポリビュルエーテル、ビュル単量体と、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸 基又はそれらの塩を有する共重合性単量体との共重合体などのビニル系水溶性榭 脂、アクリル系水溶性榭脂、ポリアルキレンオキサイド、水溶性ポリエステル、水溶性 ポリアミドなどを用いることができる。これらの水溶性榭脂は、単独で使用できるととも に二種以上組合せて使用してもよい。  [0183] The water-soluble rosin has various water-soluble polymers such as polybutyl alcohol, polypyrrole pyrrolidone, polybutyl ether, bulle monomer, carboxyl group, sulfonic acid group or salts thereof. Vinyl water-soluble resins such as copolymers with copolymerizable monomers, acrylic water-soluble resins, polyalkylene oxides, water-soluble polyesters, water-soluble polyamides, and the like can be used. These water-soluble coagulants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
[0184] 熱可塑性榭脂には、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤などの安定化剤、充填剤、可塑剤 、防腐剤、防黴剤などの種々の添加剤を添加してもよい。  [0184] Various additives such as stabilizers such as antioxidants and ultraviolet absorbers, fillers, plasticizers, preservatives, and antifungal agents may be added to the thermoplastic resin.
[0185] トウは公知の方法により製造できるので詳説はしない。吸収要素 50に好適に使用 できるセルロースジアセテートのトウのベールは、セラ-一ズ社ゃダイセル化学工業 などにより市販されている。セルロースジアセテートのトウのベールは、密度は約 0. 5 gZcm3であり、総重量は 400〜600kgである。 [0185] Since the tow can be produced by a known method, it will not be described in detail. Cellulose diacetate tow bale that can be suitably used for the absorbent element 50 is commercially available from Cera-Izu Co., Ltd. Daicel Chemical Industries. Cellulose diacetate tow bale has a density of about 0.5 gZcm 3 and a total weight of 400-600 kg.
[0186] このベールから、トウを引き剥がし、所望のサイズ、嵩となるように広い帯状に開繊 する。トウの開繊幅は任意であり、例えば、幅 100〜2000mm、好ましくは製品の吸 収体の幅の 100〜300mm程度とすることができる。また、トウの開繊度合いを調整 することにより、吸収体の密度を調整することができる。 [0187] トウの開繊方法としては、例えば、トウを複数の開繊ロールに掛け渡し、トウの進行 に伴って次第にトウの幅を拡大して開繊する方法、トウの緊張 (伸長)と弛緩 (収縮)と を繰返して開繊する方法、圧縮エアーを用いて拡幅 ·開繊する方法などを用いること ができる。 [0186] From this bale, the tow is peeled off and opened in a wide band shape so as to have a desired size and bulk. The opening width of the tow is arbitrary, and may be, for example, a width of 100 to 2000 mm, preferably about 100 to 300 mm, which is the width of the product absorber. Further, the density of the absorbent can be adjusted by adjusting the degree of tow opening. [0187] Examples of the method for opening the tow include a method in which the tow is passed over a plurality of opening rolls, and the tow is gradually widened as the tow progresses, and the tow is stretched (elongated). For example, a method of repeatedly opening and relaxing (shrinking) and a method of widening and opening using compressed air can be used.
[0188] 上層吸収体 56Aは、高吸収性ポリマー粒子を含有しないのが好ましいが、含有さ せることもできる。高吸収性ポリマー粒子の詳細は後述する。  [0188] The upper-layer absorber 56A preferably does not contain superabsorbent polymer particles, but can also be contained. Details of the superabsorbent polymer particles will be described later.
[0189] 一方、下層吸収体 56Bは、パルプ繊維 55及び高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を混合し 綿状に積繊してなる汎用吸収体である。下層吸収体 56Bは、上層吸収体と同様に長 方形とすることもできるが、図示例のように、股間部の両側部を脚周りに沿って弧状に 切り欠!、た砂時計状の形状とすることもできる。  [0189] On the other hand, the lower layer absorbent body 56B is a general-purpose absorbent body obtained by mixing pulp fibers 55 and superabsorbent polymer particles 54 and stacking them in a cotton form. The lower layer absorbent body 56B can be formed in a rectangular shape like the upper layer absorbent body. However, as shown in the example in the figure, both sides of the crotch part are cut out in an arc shape around the legs! You can also
[0190] 高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54とは、「粒子」以外に「粉体」も含む意味である。高吸収性 ポリマー粒子 54の粒径は特に限定されるものではないが、 100〜1000 /ζ πι、特に 1 50-400 μ mのものが望ましい。高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の吸水量は特に限定さ れるものではないが、 40gZg以上のものが好適である。高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54と しては、でんぷん系、セルロース系や合成ポリマー系などのものがあり、でんぷん アクリル酸 (塩)グラフト共重合体、でんぷん アクリロニトリル共重合体のケンィ匕物、 ナトリウムカルボキシメチルセルロースの架橋物やアクリル酸(塩)重合体などのもの を用いることができる。高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の形状としては、通常用いられる粉 粒体状のものが好適である力 他の形状のものも用いることができる。  [0190] The superabsorbent polymer particles 54 include "powder" in addition to "particles". The particle size of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 to 1000 / ζ πι, particularly 150 to 400 μm. The water absorption amount of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40 gZg or more. The superabsorbent polymer particles 54 include starch, cellulose, and synthetic polymers, such as starch acrylic acid (salt) graft copolymer, starch acrylonitrile copolymer, carboxymethyl cellulose, and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose. Cross-linked products and acrylic acid (salt) polymers can be used. As the shape of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, a normally used granular material is suitable. Other shapes can also be used.
[0191] 高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54としては、吸水速度力 0秒以下のものが好適に用いられ る。吸水速度が 40秒を超えると、吸収体 56内に供給された液が吸収体外に戻り出て しまう所謂逆戻りを発生し易くなる。また、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54としては、ゲル強 度が lOOOPa以上のものが好適に用いられる。これにより、液吸収後のベとつき感を 効果的に抑制できる。  [0191] As the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, those having a water absorption speed of 0 second or less are preferably used. When the water absorption speed exceeds 40 seconds, so-called reversal that the liquid supplied into the absorber 56 returns to the outside of the absorber easily occurs. As the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, those having a gel strength of lOOOPa or more are preferably used. As a result, the stickiness after absorbing the liquid can be effectively suppressed.
[0192] 下層吸収体 56Bにおける高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の目付け量は、当該吸収体の 用途で要求される吸収量に応じて適宜定めることができる。したがって一概には言え ないが、 50〜350gZm2とすることができる。高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の目付け量を 50gZm2以下とすることにより、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の重量によって、軽量化効 果が発揮されにくくなるのを防止できる。 350gZm2を超えると、効果が飽和するばか りでなぐ高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の過剰により、製品に触れたときにジャリジャリし た違禾ロ感を与えるようになる。 [0192] The basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 in the lower layer absorbent body 56B can be appropriately determined according to the amount of absorption required for the use of the absorbent body. Therefore, although it cannot be generally stated, it can be 50 to 350 gZm 2 . By reducing the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 to 50 gZm 2 or less, the weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is reduced. It is possible to prevent the fruit from becoming difficult to be exhibited. Above 350 gZm 2 , the excess of superabsorbent polymer particles 54, which just saturates the effect, gives a gritty feeling when touching the product.
[0193] 必要であれば、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54は、下層吸収体 56Bの平面方向で密度 あるいは量を調整できる。たとえば、排泄部位に他の部位より多量の高吸収性ポリマ 一粒子 54を存在させることができる。男女差を考慮する場合、男用は前側の密度( 量)を高め、女用は中央部の密度(量)を高めることができる。また、下層吸収体 56B の平面方向において局所的(例えばスポット状)に高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54が存在 しな 、部分を設けることもできる。  [0193] If necessary, the density or amount of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be adjusted in the plane direction of the lower layer absorbent body 56B. For example, a larger amount of superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be present at the excretion site than at other sites. When considering gender differences, men can increase the density (amount) on the front side, and women can increase the density (amount) in the center. Further, it is also possible to provide a portion where the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 do not exist locally (for example, in a spot shape) in the planar direction of the lower layer absorber 56B.
[0194] (包被シート)  [0194] (Enveloping sheet)
下層吸収体 56B中に高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を含有させる場合、包被シート 58 で包むのが好ましい。上層吸収体 56A中に高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を含有させる 場合も同様である。この包被シート 58も吸収要素 50の構成要素である。  When the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are contained in the lower layer absorbent body 56B, it is preferably wrapped with a covering sheet 58. The same applies to the case where the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are contained in the upper layer absorbent body 56A. This covering sheet 58 is also a component of the absorbent element 50.
[0195] 包被シート 58としては、ティッシュぺーノ 、特にクレープ紙、不織布、ポリラミ不織布 、小孔が開いたシート等を用いることができる。ただし、高吸収性ポリマー粒子が抜け 出ないシートであるのが望ましい。クレープ紙に換えて不織布を使用する場合、親水 性の SMMS (スパンボンド Zメルトブローン Zメルトブローン Zスパンボンド)不織布 が特に好適であり、その材質はポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン Zポリプロピレンなどを使 用できる。目付けは、 8〜20g/m2、特に 10〜15g/m2のものが望ましい。 [0195] As the covering sheet 58, a tissue peno, particularly a crepe paper, a nonwoven fabric, a polylaminated nonwoven fabric, a sheet having small holes, and the like can be used. However, it is desirable that the sheet does not allow the superabsorbent polymer particles to escape. When using non-woven fabrics instead of crepe paper, hydrophilic SMMS (spunbond Z meltblown Z meltblown Z spunbond) non-woven fabrics are particularly suitable, and materials such as polypropylene and polyethylene Zpolypropylene can be used. The basis weight is preferably 8 to 20 g / m 2 , particularly 10 to 15 g / m 2 .
[0196] 包被シート 58は、図 12に示すように下層吸収体 56Bのみ包む形態の他、図 15に 示すように上層吸収体 56A及び下層吸収体 56Bをまとめて包む形態も採用すること ができる。また、包被シート 58は、図 12に示すように対象全体を包むのが望ましいが 、対象の裏面及び側面のみを包被するだけでも良!、(図示せず)。  [0196] The covering sheet 58 may adopt a form in which only the lower layer absorbent body 56B is wrapped as shown in FIG. 12, and a form in which the upper layer absorbent body 56A and the lower layer absorbent body 56B are wrapped together as shown in FIG. it can. Further, it is desirable that the covering sheet 58 wraps the entire object as shown in FIG. 12, but it is also possible to wrap only the back and side surfaces of the object (not shown).
[0197] (中間シート)  [0197] (Intermediate sheet)
トップシート 30を透過した液を速やかに吸収体 56Aへ移行させるために、トップシ ート 30の裏面に直接接触するように、トップシート 30より液の透過速度が速い中間シ ート(「セカンドシート」とも呼ばれる) 40を設けることができる。この中間シート 40も吸 収要素 50の構成要素である。中間シート 40は、液を速やかに上層吸収体 56Aへ移 行させて吸収性能を高めるば力りでなぐ吸収した液の「逆戻り」現象を防止するもの である。 In order to quickly transfer the liquid that has passed through the top sheet 30 to the absorber 56A, an intermediate sheet ("second sheet") that has a higher liquid permeation speed than the top sheet 30 so that it directly contacts the back surface of the top sheet 30. 40) can also be provided. This intermediate sheet 40 is also a component of the absorption element 50. The intermediate sheet 40 quickly transfers the liquid to the upper absorber 56A. When the absorption performance is increased, the “returning” phenomenon of the absorbed liquid by force is prevented.
[0198] 中間シート 40としては、トップシート 30と同様の素材や、スパンレース、パルプ不織 布、パルプとレーヨンとの混合シート、ポイントボンド又はクレープ紙を用いることがで きる。特にエアスルー不織布及びスパンボンド不織布が好ま ヽ。  [0198] As the intermediate sheet 40, the same material as the top sheet 30, spun lace, pulp non-woven fabric, mixed sheet of pulp and rayon, point bond or crepe paper can be used. Air-through nonwoven fabric and spunbond nonwoven fabric are particularly preferred.
[0199] 中間シート(セカンドシート) 40は、トップシート 30の裏面に接触するように配置され る。中間シート(セカンドシート) 40を設けない形態としても良い。  [0199] The intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 is arranged in contact with the back surface of the top sheet 30. An intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 may be omitted.
[0200] 中間シート 40は、図示形態のように吸収要素 50の幅よりも狭く且つ中央に配置さ れているのが好ましいが、吸収要素 50の全幅にわたって設けてもよい。中間シート 4 0の前後方向長さは、吸収要素 50の長さと同一でもよいし、排泄部を中心にした短い 長さ範囲内であってもよい。特に、中間シート 40の幅、長さは、上層吸収体 56Aの幅 、長さと同じにするのが好ましい。  [0200] The intermediate sheet 40 is preferably narrower than the absorbent element 50 and arranged in the center as shown in the figure, but it may be provided over the entire width of the absorbent element 50. The length in the front-rear direction of the intermediate sheet 40 may be the same as the length of the absorbent element 50, or may be within a short length range centered on the excretory part. In particular, the width and length of the intermediate sheet 40 are preferably the same as the width and length of the upper absorbent body 56A.
[0201] (保持シート)  [0201] (holding sheet)
吸収要素 50として、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を用いる場合、図 15や図 17に示す ように、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の配設部分よりも裏面側、すなわち図示形態では、 下層吸収体 56Bまたは吸収体 56の裏面と、包被シート 58との裏面側部位(下側の 部分)との間に保持シート 80を設けることができる。この保持シート 80も吸収要素 50 の構成要素である。この保持シート 80は必須の構成要素ではなぐ従って設けなくて も良い。  When the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are used as the absorbent element 50, as shown in FIGS. 15 and 17, the lower absorbent body 56B or A holding sheet 80 can be provided between the back surface of the absorbent body 56 and the back surface side portion (lower portion) of the covering sheet 58. This holding sheet 80 is also a component of the absorbent element 50. The holding sheet 80 is not an essential component and therefore may not be provided.
[0202] 高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54は、製造工程、あるいは消費者が使用するまでの流通過 程で、移動することがある。例えば、下層吸収体 56B内に高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54 を混合した場合、下層吸収体 56B内から高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54が抜け落ちること がある。抜け落ちた高吸収性ポリマー粒子群の凹凸は、消費者が使用する際に手で 触ったときジャリジャリした違和感を与える。この問題点に対して、高吸収性ポリマー 粒子 54の配設部分よりも裏面側に吸収性ポリマーの保持性能を有する保持シート 8 0を介在させると、包被シート 58のみでは足りないコシを補強して、消費者が使用す る際に手で触ったとき違和感を軽減又は防止する。  [0202] The superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may move during the manufacturing process or through the flow path until use by the consumer. For example, when the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are mixed in the lower layer absorber 56B, the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may fall out from the lower layer absorber 56B. The unevenness of the superabsorbent polymer particles that have fallen out gives a sense of incongruity when touched by the hand when a consumer uses it. For this problem, if a holding sheet 80 having a holding capacity of the absorbent polymer is interposed on the back side of the part where the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are disposed, the stiffness that is not sufficient only by the covering sheet 58 is reinforced. Thus, when the consumer touches it when using it, it reduces or prevents discomfort.
[0203] 保持シート 80の素材は、特に限定されず、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の保持性能を 有するものであれば足りる。具体的には、不織布、捲縮パルプ、低吸収性のコットン 繊維 (例えば、未脱脂のコットン繊維、脱脂されたコットン繊維、レーヨン繊維を撥水 剤や疎水化剤で処理したものなど。 )、ポリエチレン繊維、ポリエステル繊維、アクリル 繊維、ポリプロピレン繊維、絹、綿、麻、ナイロン、ポリウレタン、アセテート繊維等を例 示することができる。 [0203] The material of the holding sheet 80 is not particularly limited, and the holding performance of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 It is enough if you have it. Specifically, non-woven fabric, crimped pulp, low-absorbency cotton fiber (for example, non-degreased cotton fiber, degreased cotton fiber, rayon fiber treated with a water repellent or hydrophobizing agent, etc.), Examples include polyethylene fiber, polyester fiber, acrylic fiber, polypropylene fiber, silk, cotton, hemp, nylon, polyurethane, and acetate fiber.
[0204] 保持シート 80を不織布とする場合、その保持シート 80は、 KES試験に基づく圧縮 エネルギーが 0. 01〜: LO. OOgfcm/cm2、好ましくは、 0. 01〜: L OOgfcm/cm2 で、かつ圧縮レジリエンスが 10〜100%、好ましくは、 70〜100%の不織布であると よい。 [0204] When the holding sheet 80 is a non-woven fabric, the holding sheet 80 has a compression energy based on the KES test of 0.01 to: LO. OOgfcm / cm 2 , preferably 0.01 to: L OOgfcm / cm 2 And a compression resilience of 10 to 100%, preferably 70 to 100%.
[0205] 保持シート 80を設ける理由は、たとえば吸収体 56から下方に抜け落ちた (抜け出 た)高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を保持することにある。したがって、抜け出た高吸収性 ポリマー粒子 54に対して、包被シート 58及び保持シート 80を介して使用者に接触す るので、使用者にジャリジャリした違和感として、伝わるおそれがない。特に上記の圧 縮エネルギー及び圧縮レジリエンスである不織布であると、保持機能が十分に発揮さ れる。  [0205] The reason for providing the holding sheet 80 is, for example, to hold the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 that have fallen down (dropped out) from the absorber 56. Accordingly, since the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 that have come out come into contact with the user via the covering sheet 58 and the holding sheet 80, there is no possibility of being transmitted to the user as a sense of incongruity. In particular, a non-woven fabric having the above compression energy and compression resilience exhibits a sufficient holding function.
[0206] また、抜け出た高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54は、保持シート 80によって保持され、包被 シート 58上を移動することがないため、吸収能力の偏在が生じるおそれもない。特に 、保持シート 80上を高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54が移動を防止するために、予め粘着 性を有するホットメルト接着剤などを保持シート 80上に塗布することができる。また、 保持シート 80の上面 (使用面側に向力 面)を粗面とすることで、保持シート 80上を 高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54が移動を防止するようにしてもょ 、。このための粗面化又 は毛羽立ち手段としては、不織布の製造時におけるネット面でない非ネット面とする、 マーブル力卩ェを行う、ニードルパンチにより加工する、ブラシッングカ卩ェするなどを挙 げることができる。  [0206] Further, since the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 that have escaped are held by the holding sheet 80 and do not move on the covering sheet 58, there is no possibility of uneven distribution of absorption capacity. In particular, in order to prevent the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 from moving on the holding sheet 80, an adhesive hot melt adhesive or the like can be applied on the holding sheet 80 in advance. Also, by making the upper surface of the holding sheet 80 (the surface facing the use surface side) rough, the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may be prevented from moving on the holding sheet 80. As roughening or fluffing means for this purpose, non-net surface that is not the net surface at the time of manufacturing the nonwoven fabric, marble force check, processing by needle punch, brushing check, etc. can be mentioned. Can do.
[0207] 保持シート 80は、図 15等に示すように吸収体 56の下方にのみ設けても、また図示 しないが、吸収体 56の側面を通り吸収体 56の上面にまで巻き上げて延在させてもよ い。また、保持シート 80を複数枚重ねて使用することも可能である。  [0207] The holding sheet 80 may be provided only below the absorber 56 as shown in Fig. 15 or the like, and although not shown, the holding sheet 80 passes through the side surface of the absorber 56 and is wound up to the upper surface of the absorber 56 so as to extend. It's okay. It is also possible to use a plurality of holding sheets 80 in a stacked manner.
[0208] 上記例は、吸収体 56と包被シート 58の裏面側部位との間に保持シート 80を設ける 例である力 保持シート 80は、包被シート 58より裏面側であってもよく(その形態は図 示していない)、要は、吸収体 56に対して裏面側に保持シート 80を設ければ、製品 の裏面力 触る場合におけるジャリジャリした違和感を軽減させるあるいは生じさせな いものとなる。 [0208] In the above example, the holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the back surface portion of the covering sheet 58. The force holding sheet 80 as an example may be on the back side from the covering sheet 58 (the form is not shown). In short, if the holding sheet 80 is provided on the back side with respect to the absorber 56, , The rear surface force of the product will reduce or not cause a crisp discomfort when touching.
[0209] 保持シート 80を吸収体 56と液不透過性シート 70との間に設ける場合、難吸収フィ ラメント集合体よりも吸収量の多い繊維集合体、例えば吸収量が 5〜30倍程度の繊 維集合体を用いて保持シート 80を形成すると、保持シート 80により吸収体 56の吸水 性能を補うことができ、初期吸収速度および拡散性を向上できるため好ましい。  [0209] When the holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the liquid-impermeable sheet 70, a fiber assembly having a larger amount of absorption than the hardly absorbent filament assembly, for example, the amount of absorption is about 5 to 30 times. It is preferable to form the holding sheet 80 using a fiber assembly because the holding sheet 80 can supplement the water absorption performance of the absorbent body 56 and improve the initial absorption rate and diffusibility.
[0210] (他の吸収要素の形態)  [0210] (Forms of other absorbent elements)
[0211] 吸収要素 50の下層吸収体 56Bは、上記例のようにパルプ繊維 55と高吸収性ポリ マー粒子 54の混合積繊体とするのが好ましいが、上層吸収体 56Aと同様の難吸収 フィラメント 52の集合体に、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を含有させることもできる。この 場合、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54は、フィラメント 52の集合体に対して、実質的に厚み 方向全体に分散されるのが望ましい。この実質的に厚み方向全体に分散されている 状態を図 12の要部拡大図に概念的に示した。なお、フィラメント集合体の上部、下部 、及び中間部に高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54が無い、あるいはあってもごく僅かである場 合には、「厚み方向全体に分散されている」とは言えない。したがって、「厚み方向全 体に分散されている」とは、フィラメント集合体に対し、厚み方向全体に「均一に」分散 されている形態のほか、上部、下部及び又は中間部に「偏在している」が、依然として 上部、下部及び中間部の各部分に分散している形態も含まれる。また、一部の高吸 収性ポリマー粒子 54がフィラメント集合体表面に残存している形態や、一部の高吸 収性ポリマー粒子 54がフィラメント集合体力 抜け落ちて包被シート 58上にある形態 、保持シート 80上にある形態も排除されるものではない。  [0211] The lower absorbent body 56B of the absorbent element 50 is preferably a mixed product of pulp fibers 55 and superabsorbent polymer particles 54 as in the above example, but it is difficult to absorb the same as the upper absorbent body 56A. Superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can also be included in the aggregate of filaments 52. In this case, it is desirable that the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are dispersed substantially throughout the thickness direction with respect to the aggregate of filaments 52. This substantially dispersed state in the entire thickness direction is conceptually shown in the enlarged view of the main part in FIG. If the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are not present in the upper part, lower part, and middle part of the filament aggregate, or if there are very few, it cannot be said that the filament aggregate is dispersed throughout the thickness direction. . Therefore, “distributed throughout the thickness direction” means that the filament aggregate is “evenly distributed” throughout the thickness direction, and is “distributed unevenly in the upper, lower and / or middle portions”. However, it is still included in the form of being dispersed in the upper, lower and middle parts. Further, a form in which some highly absorbent polymer particles 54 remain on the surface of the filament aggregate, or a form in which some highly absorbent polymer particles 54 fall off the filament aggregate force and are on the covering sheet 58. The form on the holding sheet 80 is not excluded.
[0212] また、吸収要素 50は、図 17に示すように、前述の難吸収フィラメント集合体力もなる 単層の吸収体 56を有する構造としても良い。この場合、フィラメント両端の吸収要素 5 0の周縁からの離間距離、つまり吸収体 56の前縁及び後縁と吸収要素 50の前縁及 び後縁との離間距離が 10〜 125mmであるのが望ましく、特に 50〜 125mmである のが望ましい。この離間距離が短すぎると漏れ防止効果に乏しくなるおそれがある。 その他は、基本的に前述の上層吸収体 56Aと同様であり、セカンドシート 40等の液 透過性シートを貼り付ける、後述のエンボス凹部 Fを設ける等、適宜の構成を採用す ることがでさる。 [0212] Further, as shown in FIG. 17, the absorbing element 50 may have a structure having a single-layer absorber 56 that also has the above-mentioned hardly-absorbing filament assembly force. In this case, the separation distance from the peripheral edge of the absorbent element 50 at both ends of the filament, that is, the separation distance between the front edge and the rear edge of the absorbent body 56 and the front edge and the rear edge of the absorbent element 50 is 10 to 125 mm. Desirably, 50 to 125 mm is particularly desirable. If this distance is too short, the leakage prevention effect may be poor. Others are basically the same as the above-described upper layer absorbent body 56A, and it is possible to adopt an appropriate configuration such as attaching a liquid permeable sheet such as the second sheet 40 or providing an embossed recess F described later. .
[0213] また、吸収要素 50は、図示しないが三層以上の吸収体を有する構造としても良い。  [0213] Although not shown, the absorbent element 50 may have a structure having three or more layers of absorbers.
この場合、トップシート 30側に位置する一つまたは複数の吸収体が前述の難吸収フ イラメント集合体で形成されて 、るのが好ま 、。  In this case, it is preferable that one or a plurality of absorbent bodies located on the top sheet 30 side is formed of the above-mentioned hardly absorbent filament aggregate.
[0214] さらに、本発明では、前述の図 12等に示す形態に対して上層吸収体と下層吸収体 が上下逆さに配置されている形態、すなわち、図示しないが、下層吸収体が難吸収 フィラメント集合体力もなり、そのフィラメントの両端が上層吸収体の周縁から内側に 離間している形態についても提案される。上下逆さである以外は、基本的に前述の 形態と同様である。  [0214] Furthermore, in the present invention, the upper absorber and the lower absorber are arranged upside down with respect to the embodiment shown in Fig. 12 and the like, that is, although not shown, the lower absorber is a hardly absorbing filament. A form is also proposed in which both ends of the filament are separated from the periphery of the upper absorbent body to the inside due to the aggregate force. Except for upside down, it is basically the same as the previous embodiment.
[0215] 吸収要素 50として、複数の吸収体を積層する場合、全て同じ素材構成とすることも 、また 、ずれか一つ又は複数の層を他の層に対して異なる素材構成とすることもでき る。また、層数によらず、高吸収性ポリマー粒子のみ力もなる層を有しないのが好まし い。  [0215] When a plurality of absorbers are stacked as the absorbent element 50, all of them may have the same material configuration, or one or a plurality of layers may have different material configurations with respect to other layers. it can. Moreover, it is preferable that the superabsorbent polymer particles have no power layer regardless of the number of layers.
[0216] (バリヤ一力フス)  [0216] (Barrier first effort)
製品の両側に設けられたバリヤ一力フス 60、 60は、トップシート 30上を伝わって横 方向に移動する尿や軟便を阻止し、横漏れを防止するために設けられて 、る。  Barrier force hose 60, 60 provided on both sides of the product is provided to prevent urine and loose stool moving laterally along the top sheet 30 and to prevent side leakage.
[0217] 図示のノ リヤーカフス 60は、撥水性不織布シートを二重にしたものであり、吸収体 56の裏面側からトップシート 30の下方への折り込み部分を覆って、表面側に突出す るように形成されている。防漏性を高めるために、特に、二重の不織布シート間に第 2 液不透過性シート 72が挿入され、表面側に突出するノ リヤーカフス 60の途中まで延 在している。  [0217] The illustrated non-cuff cuff 60 is a doubled water-repellent non-woven fabric sheet, and covers the folded portion from the back surface side of the absorbent body 56 to the lower side of the top sheet 30, and protrudes to the front surface side. Is formed. In order to enhance the leak-proof property, in particular, the second liquid-impermeable sheet 72 is inserted between the double nonwoven fabric sheets, and extends to the middle of the noir cuff 60 projecting to the surface side.
[0218] また、バリヤ一力フス 60自体の形状は適宜に設計可能である力 図示の例では、バ リヤーカフス 60の突出部の先端部及び中間部に弾性伸縮部材、たとえば糸ゴム 62 が伸張下で固定され、使用状態においてその収縮力により、ノ リヤーカフス 60が起 立するようになっている。中間部の糸ゴム 62が先端部の糸ゴム 62、 62よりも中央側 に位置してトップシート 30の前後端部に固定される関係で、図 12のように、バリヤ一 カフス 60の基部側は中央側に向力つて斜めに起立し、中間部より先端部は外側に 斜めに起立する形態となる。 [0218] Further, the shape of the barrier cuff 60 itself can be designed appropriately. In the example shown in the figure, an elastic elastic member, for example, rubber thread 62 is stretched at the tip and middle of the protrusion of the barrier cuff 60. The cuffs 60 are erected by the contraction force during use. As shown in FIG. 12, the intermediate rubber thread 62 is positioned closer to the center than the front rubber threads 62, 62 and is fixed to the front and rear end portions of the top sheet 30 as shown in FIG. The cuff 60 has a configuration in which the base side of the cuff 60 is erected obliquely with a force toward the center, and the tip part of the cuff 60 is erected diagonally outward from the middle part.
[0219] (エンボス加工)  [0219] (Embossed)
図 16に示すように、トップシート 30の表面側力 厚み方向にエンボスによる凹部 E, Fを形成してもよい。この場合、トップシート 30のみにエンボスによる凹部 Eを形成し たりするほ力、図示しないがトップシート 30と中間シート 40との両者にのみエンボスに よる凹部を形成したり、図 12や図 16等に示すように、トップシート 30の表面側から吸 収体 56A (または 56B)の厚さ方向一部または略全体に達するようにエンボスによる 凹部 Fを形成したりすることができる。このようなエンボスによる凹部 E, Fを形成させる ためには、中間シート 40としては、坪量が 8〜60gZm2、厚さ 0. 2〜1. 5mm、トップ シート 30としては、坪量が 15〜80gZm2、厚さ 0. 2〜3. 5mmの範囲にあるのが、 透液性を阻害しな ヽ条件で、十分なエンボス力卩ェを行えるため好ま ヽ。 As shown in FIG. 16, recesses E and F by embossing may be formed in the surface side force thickness direction of the top sheet 30. In this case, the embossed recess E is formed only on the top sheet 30; although not shown, the embossed recess is formed only on both the top sheet 30 and the intermediate sheet 40. As shown in the figure, the embossed recess F can be formed so as to reach a part or almost the entire thickness of the absorber 56A (or 56B) from the surface side of the top sheet 30. To form such embossed recesses E and F, the intermediate sheet 40 has a basis weight of 8 to 60 gZm 2 , a thickness of 0.2 to 1.5 mm, and the top sheet 30 has a basis weight of 15 The range of ~ 80gZm 2 and the thickness of 0.2 ~ 3.5mm is preferable because sufficient embossing force can be obtained under the condition that the liquid permeability is not hindered.
[0220] また、図示しないが、トップシート 30に凹部を形成することなぐ中間シート 40のみ にエンボスによる凹部を形成してもよぐさらにトップシート 30及び中間シート 40に凹 部を形成することなぐ吸収要素 56のみにエンボスによる凹部を形成しても、また、ト ップシート 30、中間シート 40および包被シート 58に凹部を形成することなぐ吸収体 58のみにエンボスによる凹部を形成してもよい。  [0220] Although not shown in the drawing, a recess by embossing may be formed only in the intermediate sheet 40 without forming a recess in the top sheet 30. Further, a recess may be formed in the top sheet 30 and the intermediate sheet 40. The embossed recess may be formed only in the absorbent element 56, or the embossed recess may be formed only in the absorbent body 58 without forming the recess in the top sheet 30, the intermediate sheet 40, and the covering sheet 58.
[0221] さらに、図示しないが、裏面側力 厚み方向にエンボスによる凹部を形成することも できる。このような凹部は、保持シート 80、包被シート 58、液不透過性シート 70また は外装シート 12の裏面側から、トップシート 30までのいずれかの部材に達するように エンボス加工を施すことにより形成できる。また、このような裏面側の凹部は、表面側 の凹部 Eとともに形成するのが好ましいが、表面側の凹部 Eを形成せずに裏面側の 凹部のみ形成することもできる。凹部を表裏両側に設ける場合には、凹部の形態を 表裏共通にしても良ぐまた表裏異なるものとしても良い。この場合、彫刻ロールと彫 刻ロールとの間に製品を挟んで表裏同時にエンボス力卩ェを施しても良い。  [0221] Furthermore, although not shown, a recess by embossing can be formed in the thickness direction of the back surface side force. Such recesses are embossed so as to reach any member from the back side of the holding sheet 80, the covering sheet 58, the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 or the exterior sheet 12 to the top sheet 30. Can be formed. Further, such a recess on the back surface side is preferably formed together with the recess E on the front surface side, but only the recess on the back surface side can be formed without forming the recess E on the front surface side. When the recesses are provided on both the front and back sides, the shape of the recesses may be common to the front and back sides, or may be different from each other. In this case, the embossing force may be applied simultaneously on the front and back with the product sandwiched between the engraving roll and the engraving roll.
[0222] エンボスによる凹部 E, Fはその延在方向に液を誘導し拡散させる効果がある。また 剛性を高める効果もある。よって、エンボスによる凹部 E, Fの形態はこれらの効果を 考慮して決定するのが望ましい。例えば、凹部は、実質的に溝状に連続するもの (複 数の凹部が間隔を空けて列なり一つの溝を形成する場合を含む)の他、複数の凹部 が間隔を空けて点状に配置されるものであっても良い。また、平面パターンとしては、 溝状または点状の凹部が、製品の長手方向、幅方向、これらを組み合わせた格子状 、幅方向に往復するジグザグ状 (千鳥状)、あるいは不規則に配置された形態等を採 ることができる。さらに、ピン状、富士山状、蛇腹状等、適宜の形態を採用することが できる。 [0222] The recesses E and F by embossing have the effect of inducing and diffusing liquid in the extending direction. It also has the effect of increasing rigidity. Therefore, it is desirable to determine the shape of the recesses E and F by embossing in consideration of these effects. For example, the recess is substantially continuous in a groove shape (compound In addition to a case in which a plurality of recesses are arranged in a row at intervals and a single groove is formed), a plurality of recesses may be arranged in the form of dots at intervals. In addition, as the planar pattern, groove-shaped or dot-shaped concave portions are arranged in the longitudinal direction, the width direction, a lattice shape combining these, a zigzag shape that reciprocates in the width direction (staggered shape), or irregularly. Forms can be taken. Furthermore, an appropriate form such as a pin shape, a Mt. Fuji shape, or a bellows shape can be employed.
[0223] 特に、エンボス凹部としては、図 11に示す平面パターンで、図 12等に示すようにト ップシート 30の表面側力も上層吸収体 56Aに達するように形成するのが好ましい。こ の平面パターンのエンボス凹部 Fは、少なくとも股間部の両側に、前後方向に沿って 延在するとともに前後方向中間部が幅方向中央側に膨出する弧状部分を有する。こ のような弧状部分を有すると、幅方向中央の使用面を両脇よりも隆起させ、股間ゃ臀 裂に対するフィット性を高めることができる。また、図示形態のエンボス凹部 Fでは、内 側の弧状部分の前後端部間が幅方向に延びる部分により繋がれており、排泄部位 が環状のエンボス凹部 Fにより取り囲まれている。また、両側の弧状部分は、図示の ように幅方向に間隔を空けて複数形成されている。この結果、不必要な液の拡散が エンボス凹部 Fにより抑制され、漏れ防止効果に優れるようになる。  [0223] In particular, the embossed recess is preferably formed in a planar pattern as shown in FIG. 11 so that the surface side force of the top sheet 30 reaches the upper absorber 56A as shown in FIG. The embossed recesses F of this planar pattern have arc-shaped portions that extend along the front-rear direction at least on both sides of the crotch part, and have a middle part in the front-rear direction bulge toward the center in the width direction. When such an arc-shaped portion is provided, the use surface at the center in the width direction is raised from both sides, and the fit between the crotch and the crack can be improved. Further, in the embossed recess F in the illustrated form, the front and rear end portions of the inner arc-shaped portion are connected by a portion extending in the width direction, and the excretion site is surrounded by the annular embossed recess F. Further, a plurality of arc-shaped portions on both sides are formed at intervals in the width direction as shown in the figure. As a result, unnecessary diffusion of the liquid is suppressed by the embossed recess F, and the leakage prevention effect is excellent.
[0224] (その他)  [0224] (Others)
なお、図示しないが、吸収性本体 20の各構成部材は、ホットメルト接着剤などのべ タ、ビードまたはスパイラル塗布などにより相互に固定することができる。  Although not shown, the constituent members of the absorbent main body 20 can be fixed to each other by a solid such as a hot melt adhesive, a bead, or spiral coating.
[0225] (テープ式使い捨ておむつの例) [0225] (Example of tape-type disposable diapers)
一方、図 18及び図 19はテープ式使い捨ておむつの例を示している。図 19は図 18 における 9 9線矢視図である力 吸収性本体 20についてはやや誇張して図示して ある。  On the other hand, FIG.18 and FIG.19 has shown the example of the tape type disposable diaper. FIG. 19 shows a slightly exaggerated view of the force-absorbing main body 20 shown in FIG.
[0226] テープ式使い捨ておむつ 10Aは、おむつの背側両側端部に取り付けられたファス ニング片を有し、このファスユング片の止着面にフック要素を有するとともに、前記お むつの裏面を構成するバックシートを不織布積層体とし、おむつの装着に当り、前記 ファスユング片のフック要素を前記バックシートの表面の任意個所に係合可能となし たおむつである。 [0227] 吸収性本体 20は、トップシート 30と、液不透過性シート 70との間に、吸収体 56を 介在させたものとなっている。この吸収体 56は、包被シート 58により全体が包まれて おり、平面的に視て長方形をなしている。吸収体 56と包被シート 58との間には保持 シート 80が設けられて!/、る。 [0226] The tape-type disposable diaper 10A has fastening pieces attached to both ends of the back side of the diaper, has a hook element on the fastening surface of the fastening piece, and constitutes the back side of the diaper. A diaper in which a backsheet is a non-woven laminate, and the hook element of the fastening piece can be engaged with an arbitrary portion of the surface of the backsheet when the diaper is mounted. [0227] The absorbent main body 20 has an absorbent body 56 interposed between a top sheet 30 and a liquid-impermeable sheet 70. The absorbent body 56 is entirely wrapped by a covering sheet 58, and has a rectangular shape in plan view. A holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorber 56 and the covering sheet 58! /.
[0228] さらに、トップシート 30と吸収体 56との間には、中間シート 40が介在されている。液 不透過性シート 70は吸収体 56より幅広の長方形をなし、その外方に砂時計形状の 不織布からなるバックシート 12Aが設けられている。  [0228] Further, an intermediate sheet 40 is interposed between the top sheet 30 and the absorber 56. The liquid-impermeable sheet 70 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, and a back sheet 12A made of an hourglass-shaped non-woven fabric is provided on the outer side thereof.
[0229] トップシート 30は吸収体 56より幅広の長方形をなし、吸収体 56の側縁より若干外 方に延在し、液不透過性シート 70とホットメルト接着剤などにより固着されている。  [0229] The top sheet 30 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, extends slightly outward from the side edge of the absorbent body 56, and is fixed to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 with a hot melt adhesive or the like.
[0230] おむつの両側部には、使用面側に突出するバリヤ一力フス 60Aが形成され、この ノ リヤーカフス 60Aは、実質的に幅方向に連続した不織布力もなるノ リヤーシート 64 と、弾性伸縮部材、例えば糸ゴム力 なる 1本の又は複数本の脚周り用弾性伸縮部 材としての糸ゴム 62とにより構成されている。 130は面ファスナーによるファスユング 片である。  [0230] On both sides of the diaper, a barrier one-force hull 60A that protrudes toward the use surface side is formed. This noir cuff 60A has a non-woven sheet 64 that also has a non-woven fabric force substantially continuous in the width direction, and an elastic expansion and contraction. It is composed of a member, for example, one or a plurality of leg rubber elastic elastic members for the leg elastic force. 130 is a fasting piece with a hook-and-loop fastener.
[0231] ノ リヤーシート 64の内面は、トップシート 30の側縁と離間した位置において固着始 端を有し、この固着始端カも液不透過性シート 70の延在縁にかけて、幅方向外方部 分がホットメルト接着剤などにより固着されている。ノ リヤーシート 64の外面は、その 下面においてバックシート 12Aにホットメルト接着剤などにより固着されて 、る。さらに 、ガスケットカフス用弾性伸縮部材、たとえば糸ゴム 66が設けられている。  [0231] The inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 has a fixing start at a position separated from the side edge of the top sheet 30, and the fixing start edge also extends to the extending edge of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 outward in the width direction. Part is fixed with hot melt adhesive. The outer surface of the liner sheet 64 is fixed to the back sheet 12A with a hot melt adhesive on the lower surface thereof. Further, an elastic expansion / contraction member for gasket cuff, for example, rubber thread 66 is provided.
[0232] ノ リヤーシート 64の内面の、液不透過性シート 70への固着始端は、ノ リヤーカフス 60Aの起立端を形成している。脚周りにおいては、この起立端より内側は、製品本体 に固定されていない自由部分であり、この自由部分が糸ゴム 62の収縮力により起立 するようになる。  [0232] The starting end of the inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 fixed to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 forms an upright end of the NORY cuff 60A. Around the leg, the inside of the standing end is a free part that is not fixed to the product body, and this free part comes to stand by the contraction force of the rubber thread 62.
[0233] 本例では、ファスニング片 130として、面ファスナーを用いることで、バックシート 12 Aに対して、メカ-カルに止着できる。したがって、いわゆるターゲットテープを省略 することもでき、かつ、ファスユング片 130による止着位置を自由に選択できる。  [0233] In this example, by using a hook-and-loop fastener as the fastening piece 130, it can be mechanically fixed to the back sheet 12A. Therefore, the so-called target tape can be omitted, and the fastening position by the fastening piece 130 can be freely selected.
[0234] ファスユング片 130は、プラスチック、ポリラミ不織布、紙製などのファスユング基材 の基部がバックシート 12Aに、例えば接着剤により接合されており、先端側にフック 要素 130Aを有する。フック要素 130Aはファスユング基材に接着剤により接合され ている。フック要素 130Aは、その外面側に多数の係合片を有する。フック要素 130 Aより先端側に仮止め接着剤部 130Bを有する。製品の組立て末期において、仮止 め接着剤部 130B力バリヤ一シート 64に接着されることによりファスユング片 130の先 端側の剥離を防止するようにしている。使用時には、その接着力に抗して剥離し、フ ァスユング片 130の先端側を前身頃に持ち込むものである。仮止め接着剤部 130B より先端側はファスユング基材が露出して摘みタブ部とされている。 [0234] The fastening part 130 has a base of a fastening base material such as plastic, polylaminated nonwoven fabric, or paper, joined to the back sheet 12A, for example, with an adhesive, and has a hook on the tip side. It has element 130A. The hook element 130A is bonded to the fastening substrate with an adhesive. The hook element 130A has a large number of engaging pieces on the outer surface side thereof. A temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is provided on the tip side from the hook element 130A. At the end of the assembly of the product, the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is adhered to the force barrier sheet 64 to prevent peeling of the front end side of the fastening piece 130. In use, it peels off against the adhesive force and brings the front end of the fastening piece 130 to the front body. The fastening base material is exposed at the tip side from the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B, and is a tab portion.
[0235] 前身頃の開口部側には、ノ ックシート 12Aの内面側に、デザインシートとしてのター ゲット印刷シート 74が設けられ、ファスユング片 130のフック要素 130Aを止着する位 置の目安となるデザインが施されたターゲット印刷がなされ、外部からバックシート 12 Aを通して視認可能なように施されて 、る。  [0235] At the opening side of the front body, a target printing sheet 74 as a design sheet is provided on the inner surface side of the knock sheet 12A, and serves as a guide for fixing the hook element 130A of the fastening piece 130. The target print with the design is made and made visible through the back sheet 12A from the outside.
[0236] おむつの、装着時には、おむつが舟形に体に装着されるので、そして糸ゴム 62の 収縮力が作用するので、脚周りでは、糸ゴム 62の収縮力によりバリヤ一力フス 60Aが 起立する。  [0236] When the diaper is attached, the diaper is attached to the body in the shape of a boat, and the contraction force of the rubber thread 62 acts on the leg. To do.
[0237] 起立部で囲まれる空間は、尿又は軟便の閉じ込め空間を形成する。この空間内に 排尿されると、その尿はトップシート 30を通って吸収体 56内に吸収されるとともに、軟 便の固形分については、ノ リヤーカフス 60Aの起立部がバリヤ一となり、その乗り越 えが防止される。万一、起立部の起立遠位側縁を乗り越えて横に漏れた尿は、平面 当り部によるストップ機能により横漏れが防止される。  [0237] The space surrounded by the standing part forms a confined space for urine or soft stool. When urinating into this space, the urine is absorbed into the absorbent body 56 through the top sheet 30 and the rising part of the Noriya cuff 60A becomes the barrier for the stool solids. Is prevented. In the unlikely event that urine leaks laterally across the standing distal edge of the standing part, side leakage is prevented by a stop function by the flat contact part.
[0238] 本形態において、各起立カフスを形成するノ リヤーシート 64は、透液性でなく実質 的に不透液性(半透液性でもよい)であるのが望ましい。また、本発明のトップシート( 不織布積層体)に対してシリコン処理などにより液体をはじく性質となるようにしてもよ い。いずれにしても、ノ リヤーシート 64及びバックシート 12Aは、それぞれ通気性が あり、かつバリヤ一シート 64及びバックシート 12Aは、それぞれ而水圧が lOOmmH  [0238] In the present embodiment, it is desirable that the NORY sheet 64 forming each standing cuff is not liquid-permeable but substantially liquid-permeable (or semi-liquid-permeable). Further, the top sheet (nonwoven fabric laminate) of the present invention may have a property of repelling liquid by silicon treatment or the like. In any case, the noir sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A are air permeable, and the barrier sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A each have a hydrostatic pressure of lOOmmH.
2 o以上のシートであるのが好適である。これによつて、製品の幅方向側部において通 気性を示すものとなり、着用者のムレを防止できる。  A sheet of 2 o or more is preferable. As a result, air permeability is exhibited at the side portion in the width direction of the product, and the wearer's stuffiness can be prevented.
[0239] その他の点、例えば各部の使用素材等については、前述のパンツ型紙おむつの 場合と同じであるため、敢えて説明を省略する。 [0240] (紙おむつの製造方法例) [0239] Other points, such as the materials used in each part, are the same as in the case of the above-described pants-type disposable diaper, and will not be described. [0240] (Example of how to make disposable diapers)
次に、本発明の吸収体製造方法を適用した紙おむつの製造方法の実施形態につ いて説明する。  Next, an embodiment of a method for manufacturing a disposable diaper to which the absorber manufacturing method of the present invention is applied will be described.
[0241] (吸収要素の製造工程) [0241] (Manufacturing process of absorbent element)
図 20は、図 12や図 19等に示される吸収要素 50の製造工程例を示している。ライ ンに上流側力も包被シート 58が供給され、次に保持シート 80を設ける場合には保持 シート 80が供給される。この保持シート 80に対しては、後に供給される下層吸収体 5 6Bを固定するために、予め粘着性を有するホットメルト接着剤等の接着剤を塗布す ることがでさる。  FIG. 20 shows a manufacturing process example of the absorbent element 50 shown in FIG. 12, FIG. The covering sheet 58 is also supplied to the line with upstream force, and when the holding sheet 80 is provided next, the holding sheet 80 is supplied. To this holding sheet 80, an adhesive such as a hot-melt adhesive having adhesiveness can be applied in advance to fix the lower layer absorbent body 56B supplied later.
[0242] 続、て、積繊ドラム装置 91にお 、てパルプ繊維 55及び高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54 を混合し積繊して形成された下層吸収体 56B力 間欠的に包被シート 58または保持 シート 80上に供給される。その後、下層吸収体 56Bは、セーラ 92を通ることにより包 被シート 58により包み込まれる。  [0242] Continuously, the lower absorbent body 56B force formed by mixing and stacking the pulp fibers 55 and the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 in the stacking drum device 91 intermittently the covering sheet 58 or holding Supplied on sheet 80. Thereafter, the lower layer absorbent body 56B is wrapped by the covering sheet 58 by passing through the sailor 92.
[0243] 一方、中間シート 40が供給され、ノズル 95から中間シート 40の上面にホットメルト 接着剤等の接着剤が塗布された後、この中間シート 40の上面に、上層吸収体 56Aと して、トウ 52Yを開繊してなる難吸収性フィラメント集合体 52Zが供給され、貼り付けら れる。開繊工程の詳細は後述する。なお、本工程に代えて、上層吸収体 56Aよりも 幅広な中間シート 40を用い、中間シート 40上に難吸収性フィラメント集合体 52Zを配 置した後、セーラを用いて中間シートの両側部を難吸収性フィラメント集合体 52Zの 上面に折り返して包むことにより、図 13に示す吸収要素を製造することができる。  [0243] On the other hand, after the intermediate sheet 40 is supplied and an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive is applied from the nozzle 95 to the upper surface of the intermediate sheet 40, the upper absorbent body 56A is formed on the upper surface of the intermediate sheet 40. Then, the hardly absorbable filament aggregate 52Z formed by opening the tow 52Y is supplied and pasted. Details of the opening process will be described later. Instead of this step, the intermediate sheet 40 wider than the upper absorbent body 56A is used, and the hardly absorbent filament aggregate 52Z is disposed on the intermediate sheet 40, and then both sides of the intermediate sheet are attached using a sailor. The absorbent element shown in FIG. 13 can be manufactured by folding back and wrapping on the upper surface of the hardly absorbent filament aggregate 52Z.
[0244] 上層吸収体 56Aに高吸収性ポリマー粒子を含有ささせる場合、開繊後から後の下 層吸収体 56Bへの貼り付けに先立って、 SAP供給装置 90により難吸収性フイラメン ト集合体 52Zに高吸収ポリマー粒子を含有させることができる。 SAP供給装置 90の 例については後述する。  [0244] When superabsorbent polymer particles are included in the upper absorbent body 56A, the SAP supply device 90 uses the SAP absorbent device 90 to attach the hardly absorbent filament aggregate after the fiber is opened and prior to pasting to the lower absorbent body 56B. 52Z can contain superabsorbent polymer particles. An example of the SAP supply device 90 will be described later.
[0245] 続いて、下面に中間シート 40が貼り付けられた難吸収性フィラメント集合体 52Zは、 スリップカッター等の切断貼付装置 93により所定の長さに切断されるとともに、切断さ れた難吸収性フィラメント集合体が下層吸収体 56B上に間欠的に貼り付けられる。つ まり、所定の間隔を空けて搬送されてくる下層吸収体 56B上の所定位置に、切断さ れた難吸収性フィラメント集合体が順次貼り付けられる。 [0245] Subsequently, the hardly absorbent filament aggregate 52Z having the intermediate sheet 40 attached to the lower surface is cut into a predetermined length by a cutting and sticking device 93 such as a slip cutter, and the cut hardly absorbed The conductive filament aggregate is affixed intermittently on the lower layer absorber 56B. In other words, it is cut at a predetermined position on the lower absorber 56B that is transported at a predetermined interval. The hardly absorbable filament aggregates are sequentially attached.
[0246] 図示形態では、切断貼付装置 93の前では、中間シート 40が下、難吸収性フィラメ ント集合体 52Zが上となっているが、切断貼付装置 93により折り返されるため、吸収 要素 50においては、中間シート 40が上、難吸収性フィラメント集合体 52Zが下となり 、図 12に示す形態となる。これに対して、切断貼付装置 93により折り返さないように 構成すれば、図 14に示す形態と同様になる。  [0246] In the illustrated embodiment, in front of the cutting and sticking device 93, the intermediate sheet 40 is at the bottom and the hardly absorbent filament aggregate 52Z is at the top. The intermediate sheet 40 is on the upper side and the hardly absorbent filament aggregate 52Z is on the lower side, resulting in the form shown in FIG. On the other hand, if it is configured not to be folded by the cutting and sticking device 93, the configuration is the same as that shown in FIG.
[0247] この上層吸収体 56Aが貼り付けられた下層吸収体 56Bは、その後、カッター装置 9 4により搬送方向に分割され、個別の吸収要素 50とされる。  [0247] The lower layer absorber 56B to which the upper layer absorber 56A is affixed is then divided in the transport direction by the cutter device 94 to form individual absorption elements 50.
[0248] (パンツ型の使い捨ておむつの場合)  [0248] (For pants-type disposable diapers)
次に、パンツ型の使い捨ておむつの場合、図 21に示すように、上方からバリヤ一力 フス 60の構成要素及びトップシート 30が、下方力も液不透過性シート 70がそれぞれ 供給される。ここで、ノ リヤーカフス 60を構成するノ リヤーシート 64の供給ラインでは 、予め、図示しない装置により 2枚の不織布間に糸ゴム 62が伸張下で、かつ第 2液不 透過性シート 72が固定された状態での供給がなされ、トップシート 30と共に主ライン に供給される。主ラインに供給されたノ リヤーカフス 60の構成要素、トップシート 30 及び液不透過性シート 70は、図 12等に示す形状に、セーラ 96により折り畳みがなさ れる。  Next, in the case of a pants-type disposable diaper, as shown in FIG. 21, the constituent elements of the barrier force hose 60 and the top sheet 30 are supplied from above, and the liquid-impervious sheet 70 is also supplied in the downward direction. Here, in the supply line of the NORY sheet 64 constituting the NORY cuff 60, the rubber thread 62 is stretched between the two non-woven fabrics and the second liquid impermeable sheet 72 is fixed in advance by a device (not shown). Is supplied to the main line together with the top sheet 30. The components of the noir cuff 60 supplied to the main line, the top sheet 30 and the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 are folded into a shape shown in FIG.
[0249] そして、カッター装置 98により切断され、長手方向が搬送方向に沿う長方形の吸収 性本体 20が得られる。得られた吸収性本体 20は、転回装置 100により吸収性本体 2 0の長手方向がラインと直交するように 90度転回される。  [0249] Then, the absorptive main body 20 having a rectangular shape whose longitudinal direction is along the conveying direction is cut by the cutter device 98. The obtained absorbent main body 20 is turned 90 degrees by the turning device 100 so that the longitudinal direction of the absorbent main body 20 is orthogonal to the line.
[0250] 一方、外装シート 12のラインでは、予め 2枚の不織布シート間に糸ゴム 12Cが介在 された(図示略)状態で流れ、かつ、脚周り部分を形成するためにカッター(図示略) により楕円形にくりぬかれ、組合せステーション 102に達すると、その上で、かつ、くり ぬき部位間に転回済みの吸収性本体 20が設置され、ホットメルト接着剤などにより固 定され、外装シート 12と結合される。その後、水平ラインを境にして上下に折り畳まれ 、外装シート 12の前身頃 12F及び後身頃 12Bの両側部の接合領域 12Aが熱融着 などにより接合される。その後、ライン方向に分断して (分断手段は図示していない) 個別製品が得られる。 [0251] (テープ式の使い捨ておむつの場合) [0250] On the other hand, in the line of the exterior sheet 12, the thread rubber 12C flows in advance (not shown) between two non-woven sheets, and a cutter (not shown) is used to form a leg-surrounding portion. When the combination station 102 is reached, the absorbent main body 20 that has been turned around is installed between the cut-out portions, and is fixed with a hot-melt adhesive or the like. Combined. After that, it is folded up and down with the horizontal line as a boundary, and the joining regions 12A on both sides of the front body 12F and the back body 12B of the exterior sheet 12 are joined by heat fusion or the like. Thereafter, the product is divided in the line direction (separation means is not shown), and individual products are obtained. [0251] (In the case of tape-type disposable diapers)
他方、図 22は、図 18及び図 19に示すテープ式の使い捨ておむつの製造方法例 を示している。個別の吸収要素 50を得るまでは、パンツ型の場合と同様である。この 個別の吸収要素に対して、上方からトップシート 30が、下方力も液不透過性シート 7 0がそれぞれ供給され、その後にノ リヤーカフス 60を構成するノ リヤーシート 64が供 給される。ノ リヤーシート 64の供給ラインでは、予め、図示しない装置により 2枚の不 織布間に糸ゴム 62が伸張下で固定された状態での供給がなされる。ラインの最後で は、吸収性本体を備える半製品がカッター装置 98により分断され、製品 10が得られ る。  On the other hand, FIG. 22 shows an example of a method for manufacturing the tape-type disposable diaper shown in FIGS. Until the individual absorbent element 50 is obtained, it is the same as in the case of the pants type. The top sheet 30 is supplied to the individual absorbent elements from above, and the liquid-impervious sheet 70 is also supplied to the downward force. Thereafter, the noir sheet 64 constituting the noir cuff 60 is supplied. In the supply line of the noir sheet 64, supply is performed in a state where the rubber thread 62 is fixed under tension between two nonwoven fabrics by a device (not shown). At the end of the line, the semi-finished product with the absorbent main body is cut by the cutter device 98 to obtain the product 10.
[0252] (開繊)  [0252] (Opening)
開繊工程は、例えば図 23に示す形態のラインにより実施できる。すなわち、ベール 52Xからトウ 52Yが引き出され、拡幅装置 120を介して段階的に拡幅されながら第 1 ユッフ °126A、第 2ユッフ °126B、及び第 3ユッフ °126Cを通り、拡厚装置 110に導力 れ、ここで厚さが拡大され、略最終的なフィラメントの集合体 52Zとされた後、その上 に、高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段 90により高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54が散布供給 され、しかる後にセーラ 92へと送り込まれる。ベール 52Xからのトウの引き出しは、第 1-ップ 126A (駆動-ップロールに相当)による引き込みにより行われるようになって いる。  The opening process can be performed by a line having the form shown in FIG. 23, for example. In other words, the toe 52Y is pulled out from the bail 52X and is gradually expanded through the widening device 120, and then passed to the thickening device 110 through the first yuf ° 126A, the second yuf ° 126B, and the third yuf ° 126C. Then, after the thickness is enlarged and the final aggregate of filaments 52Z is formed, the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are sprayed and supplied by the superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90 on the filament aggregate 52Z. Later sent to Sarah 92. The tow is pulled out from the bale 52X by pulling in with the 1st-up 126A (corresponding to the drive-up roll).
[0253] 特徴的には、ベール 52Xから引き出されたトウ 52Yは、ターン部 122により角度変 えが行われた後、回転自由に構成された一対の-ップロール力もなるフリー-ップロ ール 124の-ップを介して、第 1-ップ 126Aにより引き込まれるようになつている。こ のような構成では、フリー-ップロール 124の移送抵抗(二ップ圧力やロール自重に 応じて定まる)があた力もトウ 52Yの引き込み速度を抑えるブレーキとして機能し、フリ 一-ップロール 124以降における張力が安定するようになる。これは、フリー-ップロ ール 124の回転がトウの通過のみで発生するようになっていることに起因するもので ある。  [0253] Characteristically, the toe 52Y pulled out from the bale 52X is subjected to a change in the angle by the turn part 122 and then a pair of free-up rolls 124 configured to be freely rotatable. -The first pull-up 126A is pulled in through the pop-up. In such a configuration, the transfer resistance of the free-up roll 124 (determined according to the two-up pressure and the roll's own weight) also functions as a brake that suppresses the pull-in speed of the toe 52Y. The tension becomes stable. This is due to the fact that the rotation of the free rope 124 is generated only by the passage of the tow.
[0254] フリー-ップロール 124の-ップ圧や自重は適宜定めればよいが、通常の場合、二 ップ圧は OMPa超 5MPa以下とするのが好ましぐまた、ロール自重は、ロール一本 あたり Okg超 10kg以下とするのが好ましい。この範囲内であれば、張力の安定化を 容易に実現できる。 [0254] The free pressure and free weight of the free-roll 124 may be determined as appropriate. In normal cases, it is preferable that the double pressure is more than OMPa and 5 MPa or less. Book It is preferable to be more than Okg and not more than 10kg. Within this range, tension can be easily stabilized.
[0255] 力べして、トウの供給量を支配する第 1-ップ 126Aに対するトウ 52Yの供給量が安 定するようになり、もって吸収体のサイズ、重量、品質が安定するようになる。  [0255] As a result, the supply amount of tow 52Y to the 1st-up 126A that controls the supply amount of tow becomes stable, and the size, weight, and quality of the absorber become stable.
[0256] また、ベール 52Xから引き出されたトウ 52Yは、ベール 52Xとフリー-ップロール 12 4との間、フリー-ップロール 124と第 1-ップ 126Aとの間、第 1-ップ 126Aと第 2- ップ 126Bとの間、ならびに第 2-ップ 126Bと第 3-ップ 126Cとの間にそれぞれ設け られた拡幅装置 120により、段階的に所望の幅まで拡幅される。この際、併せて厚さ 方向にも拡大することができる。  [0256] Also, the tow 52Y pulled out from the bale 52X is between the bale 52X and the free-up roll 124, between the free-up roll 124 and the first-up 126A, and between the first-up 126A and the first. The widening device 120 provided between the 2-p 126B and between the 2-p 126B and the 3-p 126C is widened stepwise to a desired width. At this time, it can also be expanded in the thickness direction.
[0257] 図 24及び図 25は、拡幅装置の例 120を示している。この拡幅装置 120は、トウを 通す所定幅 Xの角筒状通路 120Aと、この通路 120 A内面における幅方向に沿う面 に形成された圧縮エアーの噴出口 120Bとを有し、通路 120A内に導入されるトウ 52 γを圧縮エアーの力により通路幅一杯に拡幅するものである。通路の高さは、導入さ れるトウ 52Yの厚さ以上とされており、トウ 52Yの厚さよりも高い場合には、トウ 52Yは 厚さ方向にも拡大される。  24 and 25 show an example 120 of a widening device. The widening device 120 includes a rectangular tube passage 120A having a predetermined width X through which the tow passes, and a compressed air jet outlet 120B formed on a surface along the width direction on the inner surface of the passage 120A. The tow 52 γ to be introduced is widened to the full width of the passage by the force of compressed air. The height of the passage is set to be equal to or greater than the thickness of the tow 52Y to be introduced, and when it is higher than the thickness of the tow 52Y, the tow 52Y is also expanded in the thickness direction.
[0258] 噴出口 120Bは、図 25に示されるように、通路 120Aの幅方向中央に関して線対称 をなし且つ通路 120Aの幅方向中央に向かうにつれてトウ通過方向下流側に位置す るくの字状 (もしくは V字状)スリットとされて 、る。  [0258] As shown in FIG. 25, the spout 120B is line-symmetric with respect to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A, and has a dogleg shape that is located downstream in the toe passage direction toward the center in the width direction of the passage 120A. (Or V-shaped) It is a slit.
[0259] このようなスリット 120B力もエアーを噴出させた状態で、トウが通路 120A内に進入 すると、進入位置が幅方向中央力 ずれていたとしても、トウ 52Yが圧縮エアーの力 をバランス良く受けるように幅方向中央側(図 22中の矢印方向)に逃げ、自然にトウ 5 2Yが通路 120Aの幅方向中央に案内される。つまり、拡幅のための圧縮エアーを利 用してトウ 52Yの導入位置のセンタリングも可能になるのである。また、この形態では 、トウ 52Yを非接触で案内するため、ガイド部材等のように接触により案内するのと比 ベて、トウの傷みや崩れも発生し難い利点もある。また、このようなセンタリング機能を 有する拡幅装置 120は、拡幅におけるセンタリングだけでなく移送位置の補正機能 をも発揮する。  [0259] When the tow enters the passage 120A in such a state that the slit 120B force is also ejected, the tow 52Y receives the force of the compressed air in a well-balanced manner even if the approach position is shifted in the center force in the width direction. Thus, it escapes to the center in the width direction (in the direction of the arrow in FIG. 22), and the tow 52Y is naturally guided to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A. In other words, the introduction position of the toe 52Y can be centered using compressed air for widening. Further, in this embodiment, since the toe 52Y is guided in a non-contact manner, there is an advantage that damage and collapse of the tow are less likely to occur compared to the case where the toe 52Y is guided by contact. In addition, the widening device 120 having such a centering function exhibits not only centering in widening but also a function of correcting the transfer position.
[0260] 上述のような圧縮エアーを利用したセンタリングを行う場合、スリットの形状はくの字 状に限られず、通路 120Aの幅方向中央に関して線対称をなし且つ通路 120Aの幅 方向中央に向かうにつれてトウ通過方向下流側に位置する条件を満足する限り、曲 線状、円弧状等に形成することもできる。 [0260] When performing centering using compressed air as described above, the shape of the slit is a square shape. It is not limited to the shape of the passage, and is formed in a curved shape, an arc shape, etc. as long as it satisfies the condition of being line-symmetrical with respect to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A and being located downstream in the toe passage direction toward the center in the width direction of the passage 120A You can also.
[0261] 一方、第 1-ップ 126Aと第 2-ップ 126Bとの間では、トウ 52Yにテンションをかける ように張力が付与されており、逆に第 2-ップ 126Bと第 3-ップ 126Cとの間は弛緩さ れるように、各-ップロールの周速度が設定されている。この結果、第 1-ップ 126A と第 2-ップ 126Bとの間でトウ 52Yにテンションがかけられることで、フィラメント相互 の絡み合い等がある程度まで強制的に除去され、フィラメントの分離が促進されるとと もに、この分離に伴って拡幅装置 120によりトウ 52Yを拡幅することで、トウ 52Yの更 なる均一な拡幅が可能となっている。また、第 2-ップ 126Bと第 3-ップ 126Cとの間 でトウ 52Yの弛緩を行いつつ、拡幅装置 120によりトウ 52Yを拡幅することで、トウ 52 Yの更なる均一な拡幅が可能となって 、る。  [0261] On the other hand, tension is applied between the 1st-up 126A and the 2nd-up 126B so as to apply tension to the toe 52Y. The peripheral speed of each -up roll is set so as to be relaxed between As a result, tension is applied to the tow 52Y between the first-up 126A and the second-up 126B, so that the entanglement between the filaments is forcibly removed to some extent and the separation of the filaments is promoted. At the same time, the tow 52Y is widened by the widening device 120 along with the separation, so that the tow 52Y can be further uniformly widened. In addition, the toe 52Y is widened by the widening device 120 while the tow 52Y is relaxed between the 2-up 126B and the 3-up 126C. It becomes.
[0262] より好ましい形態では、第 2-ップ 126Bの一方のローラは、長手方向に小さな間隔 を置いて周方向に連続する溝が多数形成される。この溝は、フィラメントが多数の溝 内に入り込むことで、トウの解しを促進させる機能がある。さらに、この場合、溝の効果 を高めるために、第 2-ップ 126Bの一方の溝付ローラにおけるトウ 52Yの抱き角度( トウ接触部分の回転方向角度)を大きくし、トウ 52Yと溝付ローラとの接触面積を大き くするのも好ましい形態である。具体的には、第 2-ップ 126B上流側のトウ 52Yと下 流側のトウ 52Yとのなす角度、つまり溝付ローラによる方向転換角度が 180度未満、 特に鋭角(90度よりも小)となるように構成することのが好ましい。  [0262] In a more preferred form, one roller of the second 2-p 126B is formed with a number of grooves that are continuous in the circumferential direction with small intervals in the longitudinal direction. This groove has the function of promoting tow unraveling by allowing the filament to enter a large number of grooves. Further, in this case, in order to enhance the effect of the groove, the holding angle of the toe 52Y (the rotation direction angle of the toe contact portion) in one of the grooved rollers of the 2-up 126B is increased, and the toe 52Y and the grooved roller are increased. It is also a preferable form to increase the contact area. Specifically, the angle between the tow 52Y on the upstream side of the 2-p 126B and the tow 52Y on the downstream side, that is, the direction change angle by the grooved roller is less than 180 degrees, especially acute angle (smaller than 90 degrees) It is preferable to constitute so that.
[0263] また、第 1-ップ 126A、第 2-ップ 126B及び第 3-ップ 126Cは、対をなすロール の径の組み合わせが相違しても良いが、その場合、周速度差によりロール間でトウ 5 2Yに加わる張力やロールとトウ 52Yとの接触抵抗など力 トウ幅方向において不均 一になるおそれがあるため、全て共通するように構成するのが好ま U、。  [0263] The first-up 126A, the second-up 126B, and the third-up 126C may have different combinations of roll diameters. The force applied to the tow 5 2Y between the rolls and the contact resistance between the roll and the toe 52Y may cause unevenness in the toe width direction.
[0264] 次に、第 3-ップ 126Cを通過したトウは、拡厚装置 110に導かれる。拡厚装置 110 は、たとえば、特開昭 59— 500422号公報 (WO 83/03267)に開示されたものと 同様な構造であり、概略的には図 26に示すように、入口 110Aと出口 110Bとの間に ベンチユリ一部 110bが形成されるとともに、入口側に圧空の吹き込み口 110aを備え るとともに、ベンチユリ一部 110bに空気の排気孔 110cを有するものである。平面的 にはほぼ長方形をなし、図 26の紙面を貫通する方向に扁平な形状である。 [0264] Next, the tow that has passed through the 3-p 126C is guided to the thickening device 110. The thickening device 110 has a structure similar to that disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-500422 (WO 83/03267), and schematically shows an inlet 110A and an outlet 110B as shown in FIG. A bench lily part 110b is formed between and the inlet side of the pressurized air 110a. In addition, the bench lily part 110b has an air exhaust hole 110c. In plan view, it is almost rectangular and flat in the direction penetrating the page of FIG.
[0265] 吹き込み口 110aからの圧空の吹き込みによって、ェジェクタ一効果によって入口 1 10Aから空気が入り込み、その結果、トウ 52Yは引き込まれ、前進力が与えられる。ト ゥ 52Yがベンチユリ一部 110bに至ると、空気の排気孔 110cから排気が行われ、力 つ、ベンチユリ一部 110bの空間が拡大するために、主にトウ 52Yの嵩が厚み方向に 増加し、厚さが拡大される。なお、通路の幅を、導入されるトウ 52Yの幅よりも広くする ことにより、図 26の下方に示すように拡幅も可能である。力べしてトウの開繊を行うこと ができる。  [0265] When the compressed air is blown from the blowing port 110a, air enters from the inlet 110A due to the ejector effect, and as a result, the tow 52Y is drawn and given a forward force. When the toe 52Y reaches the bench lily part 110b, the air is exhausted from the air exhaust hole 110c, and the space of the bench lily part 110b is expanded, so the bulk of the toe 52Y mainly increases in the thickness direction. The thickness is enlarged. In addition, by making the width of the passage wider than the width of the tow 52Y to be introduced, the width can be increased as shown in the lower part of FIG. The tow can be opened with force.
[0266] (SAP供給装置)  [0266] (SAP supply equipment)
SAP供給装置 90としては、フィラメント集 52Z合体に対して高吸収性ポリマー粒子 を実質的に厚み方向全体に分散させるものが好ましい。このような高吸収性ポリマー 粒子散布手段 90としては、高吸収性ポリマー粒子自体の自重よる落下力のみならず 、加速力を与える手段が望ましい。この例を図 27に示した。すなわち、下部に開口を 有するケーシング 90a内に投射孔 90dを有する回転ドラム 90bがウェブの移動方向( 図 27での反時計方向)に回転するように構成され、その内部にシャツタドラム 90cが 設けられたものである。これらを要素とする投射部 90Aは、高吸収性ポリマー粒子を 貯留するホッパーと連結されており、ホッパー力 の高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54は回転 ドラム 90b内に供給されるように構成されて!、る。  As the SAP supply device 90, it is preferable to disperse the superabsorbent polymer particles substantially in the entire thickness direction with respect to the filament aggregate 52Z. As such a superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90, not only a dropping force due to its own weight but also an accelerating force is desirable. An example of this is shown in FIG. That is, a rotating drum 90b having a projection hole 90d in a casing 90a having an opening in the lower part is configured to rotate in the moving direction of the web (counterclockwise in FIG. 27), and a shatter drum 90c is provided therein. It is what was done. The projection unit 90A having these elements is connected to a hopper that stores superabsorbent polymer particles, and the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 having a hopper force are configured to be supplied into the rotating drum 90b! RU
[0267] この SAP供給装置では、予め、ケーシング 90aの開口位置に対し、シャツタドラム 9 Ocの開口の位置調整が行われる。図 27の状態では完全一致した全開状態を示して ある。また、回転ドラム 90bの投射孔 90dは、周方向に分割された群として、図示では 周方向に 4つの群として分割され、したがって図示では回転ドラム 90bがー回転する 過程で、 4枚分の紙おむつに対して高吸収性ポリマー粒子を散布 '投射するようにし てある。  [0267] In this SAP supply device, the position of the opening of the shatter drum 9 Oc is adjusted in advance with respect to the opening position of the casing 90a. In the state of Fig. 27, the fully opened state is shown. Further, the projection hole 90d of the rotating drum 90b is divided into four groups in the circumferential direction as shown in the drawing as a group divided in the circumferential direction. Therefore, in the process shown in the drawing, four sheets of disposable diapers are rotated. The superabsorbent polymer particles are sprayed and projected on the surface.
[0268] フィラメント 52の集合体上に高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を連続的に散布 '投射しても よいが、吸収要素 50をカッター装置 94によりライン方向に分割し、個別の吸収要素 5 0とするときに、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の存在によりカッター装置 94の刃が短時間 のうちに磨耗してしまう。そこで、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を連続的に散布 '投射す るのではなぐ図 27に示すように、ゾーン Zのみに間欠的に散布 '投射するようにする ことが望ましい。 [0268] The superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may be continuously dispersed and projected onto the aggregate of the filaments 52, but the absorbent element 50 is divided in the line direction by the cutter device 94, and the individual absorbent elements 50 and The blades of the cutter device 94 can be shortened due to the presence of superabsorbent polymer particles 54 It will wear out. Therefore, it is desirable to disperse and project only the zone Z intermittently, as shown in FIG. 27, instead of continuously dispersing and projecting the superabsorbent polymer particles 54.
[0269] このために、前述のように、回転ドラム 90bの投射孔 90dは、周方向に分割された群 として、図示では周方向に 4つの群として分割して形成することにより、高吸収性ポリ マー粒子 54をゾーン Zのみに間欠的に散布 '投射するようにしてあるのである。その 結果、ゾーン Z、 Z間でカッター装置 94により分断でき、カッター装置 94の刃の磨耗 を抑制できる。  [0269] For this reason, as described above, the projection hole 90d of the rotary drum 90b is divided into four groups in the circumferential direction as shown in FIG. The polymer particles 54 are intermittently scattered and projected only in the zone Z. As a result, the zone Z and Z can be divided by the cutter device 94, and the blade wear of the cutter device 94 can be suppressed.
[0270] なお、高吸収性ポリマー粒子の散布量は、主に投射孔 90dの孔径の大小、ケーシ ング 90aの開口位置に対するシャツタドラム 90cの開口の位置調整によって調節でき 、加工ラインの速度に合わせて前記開口の位置は追従させると良い。また、高吸収 性ポリマー粒子の散布パターンは、分割された投射孔 90d群の配置によって調節で きる。  [0270] The amount of the superabsorbent polymer particles sprayed can be adjusted mainly by adjusting the opening size of the shatter drum 90c relative to the opening position of the casing 90a, and the size of the projection hole 90d. In addition, the position of the opening is preferably followed. The dispersion pattern of the superabsorbent polymer particles can be adjusted by the arrangement of the divided projection holes 90d.
[0271] 一方、必要ならば、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を圧力空気とともに、フィラメント 52の 集合体上に散布'投射することで、フィラメントの集合体に対して高吸収性ポリマー粒 子が実質的に厚み方向全体に分散させることも可能である。しかし、フィラメント 52の 集合体上に散布'投射した高吸収性ポリマー粒子が、圧力空気によって散乱し、所 定領域外に散布されるおそれがある。  [0271] On the other hand, if necessary, the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be substantially scattered on the aggregate of filaments by spraying and projecting the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 on the aggregate of filaments 52 together with pressurized air. It is also possible to disperse in the entire thickness direction. However, the superabsorbent polymer particles sprayed onto the aggregate of filaments 52 may be scattered by the pressure air and scattered outside the specified area.
[0272] さらに、 SAP供給装置 90と共に、あるいはこれに換えて、フィラメントの集合体上に 散布された高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54をフィラメントの集合体の下方から、吸引するよ うにしてもよい。  [0272] Furthermore, the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 dispersed on the filament aggregate may be sucked from below the filament aggregate together with or instead of the SAP supply device 90.
[0273] また、前述の遠心分力を加える SAP供給装置 90に代えて、単に高吸収性ポリマー 粒子を自重による落下させる形式の汎用の SAP供給装置を用いることもできる。  [0273] Further, instead of the SAP supply device 90 that applies the centrifugal component force described above, a general-purpose SAP supply device that simply drops the superabsorbent polymer particles by its own weight may be used.
[0274] <第 3の実施形態:請求項 17〜27記載の発明に関する >  <Third Embodiment: Relating to the Inventions of Claims 17 to 27>
(パンツ型使 、捨ておむつの例)  (Pants-type use, example of a disposable diaper)
[0275] 図 28には、パンツ型使い捨ておむつの例が示されている。このパンツ型使い捨て おむつ 10は、外面 (裏面)側の外装シート 12と内面 (表面)側の吸収性本体 20とを 備え、外装シート 12に吸収性本体 20が固定されている。吸収性本体 20は、尿ゃ軟 便などの液 (後述する生理用ナプキンでは経血)を受け止めて吸収保持する部分で ある。外装シート 12は着用者に装着するための部分である。 [0275] FIG. 28 shows an example of a pants-type disposable diaper. This pants-type disposable diaper 10 includes an outer surface (back surface) side exterior sheet 12 and an inner surface (front surface) side absorbent main body 20, and the absorbent main body 20 is fixed to the exterior sheet 12. Absorbent body 20 is soft urine It is the part that receives and absorbs fluid such as feces (menstrual blood in the case of sanitary napkins described later). The exterior sheet 12 is a part for attaching to the wearer.
[0276] 外装シート 12はたとえば図示のように砂時計形状となり、両側が括れており、ここが 着用者の脚を入れる部位となる。吸収性本体 20は任意の形状を採ることができるが[0276] The exterior sheet 12 has, for example, an hourglass shape as shown in the figure, and both sides are constricted, and this is a part into which the wearer's leg is inserted. Absorbent body 20 can take any shape
、図示の形態では長方形である。 In the illustrated form, it is rectangular.
[0277] 外装シート 12は、図 29に示すように、吸収性本体 20が所定位置に設置され固定さ れた後、前後に折り畳まれ、外装シート 12の前身頃 12F及び後身頃 12Bの両側部 の接合領域 12Aが熱融着などにより接合される。これによつて、図 28に示す構造の、 ウェスト開口部 WOと一対のレッダ開口部 LOを有するパンツ型使い捨ておむつが得 られる。 [0277] As shown in Fig. 29, the exterior sheet 12 is folded back and forth after the absorbent main body 20 is installed and fixed in place, and both sides of the front body 12F and the back body 12B of the exterior sheet 12 The joining region 12A is joined by heat fusion or the like. As a result, a pants-type disposable diaper having a structure shown in FIG. 28 and having a waist opening WO and a pair of redder openings LO is obtained.
[0278] 図示の吸収性本体 20の長手方向(すなわち図 29の上下方向。製品の前後方向で もある。)の中間の幅は、外装シート 12の括れた部分を繋ぐ幅より短い形態が示され ている。この幅の関係は逆でもよいし、同一の幅でもよい。  [0278] The intermediate width in the longitudinal direction of the absorbent main body 20 shown in the figure (that is, the vertical direction in Fig. 29, which is also the front-rear direction of the product) is shorter than the width connecting the constricted portions of the exterior sheet 12. It has been. This width relationship may be reversed or the same width.
[0279] 外装シート 12は望ましくは 2枚のたとえば撥水性不織布のシートからなり、これらの シート間に弾性伸縮部材を介在させて、その収縮力により着用者にフィットさせる形 態が望ましい。前記弾性伸縮部材としては、糸ゴムや弾性発泡体の帯状物などを使 用できるが、多数の糸ゴムを使用するのが望ましい。図示の形態では、糸ゴム 12C, 12C…が、ウェスト領域 Wにおいては幅方向に連続して設けられ、腰下領域 Uにお いては両側部分のみに設けられ、股下領域 Lにおいては設けられていない。糸ゴム 1 2C, 12C…が、ウェスト領域 W及び腰下領域 Uの両者に設けられていることで、糸ゴ ム 12C自体の収縮力が弱いとしても、全体としては腰下領域 Uにおいても着用者に 当たるので、製品が着用者に好適にフィットする。  [0279] The exterior sheet 12 is preferably composed of two sheets of water-repellent nonwoven fabric, for example, and an elastic elastic member is interposed between these sheets, and the outer sheet 12 is desirably fitted to the wearer by its contraction force. As the elastic elastic member, thread rubber or elastic foam band can be used, but it is desirable to use a large number of thread rubbers. In the illustrated form, the rubber threads 12C, 12C,... Are continuously provided in the width direction in the waist region W, provided only on both sides in the waist region U, and provided in the crotch region L. Absent. The rubber thread 1 2C, 12C ... is provided in both the waist region W and the lower waist region U, so that even if the elastic force of the thread rubber 12C itself is weak, the wearer also in the lower waist region U as a whole The product fits the wearer well.
[0280] (吸収性本体)  [0280] (Absorbent body)
実施の形態の吸収性本体 20は、図 30に示されるように、液を透過させるたとえば 不織布など力もなるトップシート 30と、中間シート(セカンドシート) 40と吸収要素 50と を備えている。また、吸収体 56の裏面側にはプラスチックシートなど力もなる液不透 過性シート 70が設けられている。この液不透過性シート 70の裏面側には外装シート 12が設けられている。さらに、両側にバリヤ一力フス 60、 60を備えている。 [0281] (トップシート) As shown in FIG. 30, the absorbent main body 20 according to the embodiment includes a top sheet 30 having a force such as a non-woven fabric that allows liquid to pass therethrough, an intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40, and an absorbent element 50. Further, a liquid-impermeable sheet 70 having a force such as a plastic sheet is provided on the back side of the absorber 56. An exterior sheet 12 is provided on the back side of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70. In addition, it is equipped with barriers 60, 60 on both sides. [0281] (Top sheet)
トップシート 30は、液を透過する性質を有する。したがって、トップシート 30の素材 は、この液透過性を発現するものであれば足り、例えば、有孔又は無孔の不織布や、 多孔性プラスチックシートなどを例示することができる。また、このうち不織布は、その 原料繊維が何であるかは、特に限定されない。例えば、ポリエチレンやポリプロピレン 等のォレフィン系、ポリエステル系、ポリアミド系等の合成繊維、レーヨンゃキュプラ等 の再生繊維、綿等の天然繊維などや、これらから二種以上が使用された混合繊維な どを例示することができる。さらに、不織布は、どのようなカ卩ェによって製造されたもの であってもよい。加工方法としては、公知の方法、例えば、スパンレース法、スパンボ ンド法、サーマルボンド法、メルトブローン法、ニードルパンチ法等を例示することが できる。例えば、柔軟性、ドレープ性を求めるのであれば、スパンレース法が、嵩高性 、ソフト性を求めるのであれば、サーマルボンド法が、好ましい加工方法となる。  The top sheet 30 has a property of transmitting liquid. Therefore, the material of the top sheet 30 is sufficient if it exhibits this liquid permeability, and examples thereof include a porous or non-porous nonwoven fabric and a porous plastic sheet. Of these, the nonwoven fabric is not particularly limited as to what the raw fiber is. For example, polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, synthetic fibers such as polyesters and polyamides, recycled fibers such as rayon and cupra, natural fibers such as cotton, and mixed fibers in which two or more of these are used. It can be illustrated. Further, the non-woven fabric may be manufactured by any kind of cage. Examples of the processing method include known methods such as a spun lace method, a spun bond method, a thermal bond method, a melt blown method, a needle punch method, and the like. For example, the spun lace method is a preferable processing method for obtaining flexibility and drape, and the thermal bond method is for obtaining bulkiness and softness.
[0282] また、トップシート 30は、 1枚のシートからなるものであっても、 2枚以上のシートを貼 り合せて得た積層シートからなるものであってもよい。同様に、トップシート 30は、平 面方向に関して、 1枚のシートからなるものであっても、 2枚以上のシートからなるもの であってもよい。  [0282] The top sheet 30 may be composed of a single sheet or a laminated sheet obtained by laminating two or more sheets. Similarly, the top sheet 30 may be composed of one sheet or two or more sheets in the plane direction.
[0283] (中間シート)  [0283] (Intermediate sheet)
トップシート 30を透過した液を速やかに吸収体へ移行させるために、トップシート 3 0より液の透過速度が速 、、通常「セカンドシート」と呼ばれる中間シート 40を設けるこ とができる。この中間シートは、液を速やかに吸収体へ移行させて吸収体による吸収 性能を高めるば力りでなぐ吸収した液の吸収体からの「逆戻り」現象を防止し、トップ シート 30上を常に乾燥した状態とすることができる。  In order to quickly transfer the liquid that has passed through the top sheet 30 to the absorbent body, an intermediate sheet 40 called “second sheet” can be provided. This intermediate sheet quickly transfers the liquid to the absorber to enhance the absorption performance by the absorber, preventing the “reversal” phenomenon of the absorbed liquid from the absorber by force and always drying the top sheet 30 It can be made into the state which carried out.
[0284] 中間シート 40としては、トップシート 30と同様の素材や、スパンレース、パルプ不織 布、パルプとレーヨンとの混合シート、ポイントボンド又はクレープ紙を例示できる。特 にエアスルー不織布及びスパンボンド不織布が好ましい。  [0284] Examples of the intermediate sheet 40 include the same materials as the top sheet 30, spun lace, pulp non-woven fabric, a mixed sheet of pulp and rayon, point bond, or crepe paper. In particular, an air-through nonwoven fabric and a spunbond nonwoven fabric are preferable.
[0285] 中間シート(セカンドシート) 40は、トップシート 30と包被シート 58との間に介在され ている。図 32に示すように、中間シート (セカンドシート) 40を設けない形態も使用可 能である。また、図示しないが、包被シート 58と吸収体 56との間に配置しても良い。 [0286] 図示の形態の中間シート 40は、吸収体 56の幅より短く中央に配置されているが、 全幅にわたって設けてもよい。中間シート 40の長手方向長さは、吸収体 56の長さと 同一でもよ 、し、液を受け入れる領域を中心にした短 、長さ範囲内であってもよ 、。 中間シート 40の代表的な素材は液の透過性に優れる不織布である。 [0285] The intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 is interposed between the top sheet 30 and the covering sheet 58. As shown in FIG. 32, a configuration without the intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 can also be used. Further, although not shown, it may be arranged between the covering sheet 58 and the absorber 56. [0286] The intermediate sheet 40 in the form shown in the figure is arranged in the center shorter than the width of the absorber 56, but may be provided over the entire width. The length of the intermediate sheet 40 in the longitudinal direction may be the same as the length of the absorbent body 56, or may be within a short or long range centered on the region for receiving the liquid. A typical material for the intermediate sheet 40 is a nonwoven fabric excellent in liquid permeability.
[0287] (液不透過性シート)  [0287] (Liquid impervious sheet)
液不透過性シート 70は、吸収体 56の裏面側に配されるシートである。液不透過性 シートは、その素材が特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ポリエチレンやポリプ ロピレン等のォレフィン系榭脂や、ポリエチレンシート等に不織布を積層したラミネー ト不織布、防水フィルムを介在させて実質的に不透液性を確保した不織布 (この場合 は、防水フィルムと不織布とで液不透過性シートが構成される。)などを用いることが できる。もちろん、このほかにも、近年、ムレ防止の観点から好まれて使用されている 不透液性かつ透湿性を有する素材も用いることができる。この不透液性かつ透湿性 を有する素材のシートとしては、例えば、ポリエチレンやポリプロピレン等のォレフィン 系榭脂中に無機充填剤を混練して、シートを成形した後、一軸又は二軸方向に延伸 して得られた微多孔性シートを例示することができる。  The liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is a sheet disposed on the back side of the absorber 56. The material of the liquid-impermeable sheet is not particularly limited. For example, an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, a laminated nonwoven fabric in which a nonwoven fabric is laminated on a polyethylene sheet, or a waterproof film is interposed. For example, a non-woven fabric that is substantially impervious to liquid (in this case, a waterproof film and a non-woven fabric constitute a liquid-impermeable sheet) can be used. Of course, in addition to this, a material having liquid-impervious and moisture-permeable properties, which has been preferred in recent years from the viewpoint of preventing stuffiness, can also be used. As a sheet of this liquid-impervious and moisture-permeable material, for example, an inorganic filler is kneaded in an olefin-based resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene, the sheet is formed, and then stretched in a uniaxial or biaxial direction. Examples of the microporous sheet obtained as described above.
[0288] 液不透過性シート 70は、いわゆる横漏れを防止するために、吸収体 56の両側を回 り込ませて使用面側に延在させる(図示せず)ことができるが、実施の形態において は、横漏れについては、ノ リヤーカフス 60を形成する二重のバリヤ一シート 64間に 第 2液不透過性シート 72を介在させることにより防止している。この形態によれば、バ リヤーカフス 60の起立まで第 2液不透過性シート 72が延在して!/、るので、トップシー ト 30を伝わって横に拡散した液やバリヤ一力フス 60、 60間の軟便の横漏れを防止で さる禾 lj点ちある。  [0288] In order to prevent so-called side leakage, the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 can be wound around both sides of the absorber 56 to extend to the use surface side (not shown). In the form, side leakage is prevented by interposing the second liquid-impermeable sheet 72 between the double barrier sheets 64 forming the NORY cuff 60. According to this configuration, the second liquid impervious sheet 72 extends until the barrier cuff 60 is erected! /, So that the liquid diffused laterally through the top sheet 30 and the barrier one-piece hull 60, There are 禾 lj points to prevent side leakage of loose stool between 60.
[0289] (バリヤ一力フス)  [0289] (Barrier first effort)
製品の両側に設けられたバリヤ一力フス 60、 60は、トップシート 30上を伝わって横 方向に移動する尿や軟便を阻止し、横漏れを防止するために設けられている。特に 、本第 3の実施形態では、股間部の両側部の膨張が抑制されるため、パリヤーカフス の実質的な起立高さが減少せず、堰き止め量の低下や、身体表面に対する追従性 能の低下が発生し難くなるため、ノ リヤーカフス 60、 60を備えているのが好ましい。 ただし、ノ リヤーカフスは付カ卩的な要素であるため、省略できることはいうまでもない。 Barrier force bars 60, 60 provided on both sides of the product are provided to prevent urine and soft stool that move laterally along the top sheet 30 and prevent side leakage. In particular, in the third embodiment, since the expansion of both sides of the crotch portion is suppressed, the substantial standing height of the pariya cuff does not decrease, the amount of damming is reduced, and the followability to the body surface is improved. It is preferable to provide Norriya cuffs 60 and 60, since it is difficult for the decrease to occur. However, it is needless to say that Noriya cuffs are an optional element and can be omitted.
[0290] 図示のノ リヤーカフス 60は、撥水性不織布シートを二重にして形成したものであり 、吸収体 56の裏面側からトップシート 30の下方への折り込み部分を覆って、表面側 に突出するように形成されて!、る。トップシート 30上を伝わって横方向に移動する尿 を阻止するために、特に、二重の不織布シート間に液不透過性シート 70の側部が挿 入され、表面側に突出するノ リヤーカフス 60の途中まで延在している。  [0290] The illustrated noir cuff 60 is formed by duplicating a water-repellent nonwoven fabric sheet, and covers the folded portion from the back surface side of the absorbent body 56 to the lower side of the top sheet 30, and protrudes to the front surface side. Formed like! In order to prevent the urine from moving on the top sheet 30 in the lateral direction, in particular, the side cuff of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is inserted between the double nonwoven fabric sheets, and the noir cuff protruding from the surface side 60 It extends to the middle.
[0291] バリヤ一力フス 60自体の形状は適宜に設計可能である力 図示の例では、バリヤ 一力フス 60の突出部の先端部及び中間部に弾性伸縮部材、たとえば糸ゴム 62が伸 張下で固定され、使用状態においてその収縮力により、ノ リヤーカフス 60が起立す るようになっている。中間部の糸ゴム 62が先端部の糸ゴム 62、 62よりも中央側に位 置してトップシート 30の前後端部に固定される関係で、図 30のように、ノ リヤーカフ ス 60の基部側は中央側に向かって斜めに起立し、中間部より先端部は外側に斜め に起立する形態となる。  [0291] The force of the barrier first force hose 60 itself can be designed as appropriate. In the example shown in the figure, an elastic elastic member, for example, rubber thread 62 is stretched at the tip and middle of the protrusion of the barrier force hose 60. It is fixed underneath, and in the state of use, the Norriya cuff 60 stands up due to its contraction force. As shown in Fig. 30, the base part of the noir cuff 60 is arranged so that the middle thread rubber 62 is positioned closer to the center than the front thread rubbers 62, 62 and fixed to the front and rear ends of the top sheet 30. The side rises obliquely toward the center side, and the tip portion rises obliquely outward from the intermediate portion.
[0292] 特に、図 30等に示すバリヤ一力フス 60においては、股間部の伸縮性を高めるため 、吸収体 56の股間部両側部 56Sの裏面側部位に糸ゴム 63等の細長状弾性部材が 前後方向に沿って伸張状態で固定されているが、本発明では吸収後においても股 間両側部 56Sの剛性増加が抑制されるため、糸ゴム 63による伸縮性が十分に発揮 され、脚回りにお 、て良好なフィット性が得られる。  [0292] In particular, in the barrier one-piece hoop 60 shown in FIG. Although it is fixed in a stretched state along the front-rear direction, in the present invention, since the increase in rigidity of the crotch both sides 56S is suppressed even after absorption, the elasticity of the rubber thread 63 is sufficiently exerted, and the leg circumference In addition, good fit can be obtained.
[0293] (エンボス加工)  [0293] (Embossed)
トップシート 30の表面側から厚み方向にエンボスによる凹部 Eを形成してもよい。こ の場合、トップシート 30のみにエンボスによる凹部 Eを形成するほか、図 34に示すよ うに、トップシート 30と中間シート 40との両者にエンボスによる凹部 Eを形成方したり、 トップシート 30の表面側から吸収体 56の厚さ方向一部または略全体に達するように エンボスによる凹部を形成したり(図示せず)することができる。トップシート 30と中間 シート 40との両者にエンボスによる凹部 Eを形成させるためには、中間シート 40とし ては、坪量が 8〜40gZm2、厚さ 0. 2〜1. 5mm、トップシート 30としては、坪量が 15 〜80gZm2、厚さ 0. 2〜3. 5mmの範囲にあるの力 透液性を阻害しない条件で、 エンボス力卩ェを充分に行える点で望まし!/、。 [0294] また、トップシート 30に凹部を形成することなぐ中間シート 40のみにエンボスによ る凹部を形成してもよぐさらにトップシート 30及び中間シート 40に凹部を形成するこ となぐ吸収要素 56のみにエンボスによる凹部を形成しても、また、トップシート 30、 中間シート 40および包被シート 58に凹部を形成することなぐ吸収体 58のみにェン ボスによる凹部を形成してもよい。 You may form the recessed part E by embossing from the surface side of the top sheet 30 to the thickness direction. In this case, in addition to forming the embossed recess E only in the top sheet 30, as shown in FIG. 34, the embossed recess E can be formed in both the top sheet 30 and the intermediate sheet 40, or the top sheet 30 A concave portion by embossing can be formed (not shown) so as to reach part or substantially the whole thickness direction of the absorber 56 from the surface side. In order to form the recess E by embossing in both the top sheet 30 and the intermediate sheet 40, the intermediate sheet 40 has a basis weight of 8 to 40gZm 2 , a thickness of 0.2 to 1.5mm, and a top sheet 30. As the basis weight is 15 to 80 gZm 2 and the thickness is in the range of 0.2 to 3.5 mm, it is desirable in terms of sufficient embossing force on conditions that do not impair liquid permeability! /, . [0294] Further, the embossed recess may be formed only on the intermediate sheet 40 without forming a recess in the top sheet 30, and the recess may be formed in the top sheet 30 and the intermediate sheet 40. A concave portion by embossing may be formed only in 56, or a concave portion by embossing may be formed only in the absorbent body 58 without forming concave portions in the top sheet 30, the intermediate sheet 40 and the covering sheet 58.
[0295] 凹部 Eはこれが延在する方向に、液を誘導し拡散させる効果がある。よって、凹部 E を実質的に溝状に連続させる (複数の凹部が間隔を空けて列なり一つの溝を形成す る場合を含む)と、液は、吸収体に到達する前に表面側層の凹部 Eを伝って拡散する ようになり、吸収体のより広範な部分を吸収に利用できるようになる。よって、製品全 体の吸収容量が増大し、吸収容量不足に基づく側方からの漏れや逆戻りが発生し難 い吸収性物品となる。  [0295] The recess E has an effect of inducing and diffusing the liquid in the extending direction. Therefore, when the recess E is substantially continuous in the shape of a groove (including the case where a plurality of recesses are arranged in a row at intervals to form a single groove), the liquid is allowed to reach the surface side layer before reaching the absorber. It spreads through the concave part E, and a wider part of the absorber can be used for absorption. Therefore, the absorbent capacity of the entire product is increased, and the absorbent article is less likely to leak from the side or return due to insufficient absorbent capacity.
[0296] 一方、トウからなる吸収体 56は従来のパルプ物と比べて剛性が低下し易いが、吸 収体 56にエンボスによる凹部を形成すると剛性を高めることができるため好ましい。 図示しないが、吸収要素 50の剛性を高めるために、吸収体 56の裏面側(トップシート 30側に対して反対側)から厚み方向にエンボスによる凹部を形成するのも好ましい 形態である。この裏面側の凹部を形成するために、保持シート 80、包被シート 58、液 不透過性シート 70または外装シート 12の裏面側から、吸収体 56まで達するように一 体的にエンボス力卩ェを施すことができる。また、このような裏面側の凹部は、表面側の 凹部 Eとともに形成するのが好ましいが、表面側の凹部 Eを形成せずに裏面側の凹 部のみ形成することもできる。凹部を表裏両側に設ける場合には、凹部の形態を表 裏共通にしても良ぐまた表裏異なるものとしても良い。  [0296] On the other hand, the absorber 56 made of tow tends to have lower rigidity than the conventional pulp material, but it is preferable to form a concave portion by embossing in the absorber 56 because the rigidity can be increased. Although not shown, in order to increase the rigidity of the absorbent element 50, it is also a preferred form to form a concave portion by embossing in the thickness direction from the back surface side (the side opposite to the top sheet 30 side) of the absorber 56. In order to form the concave portion on the back surface side, the embossing force is integrated so as to reach the absorber 56 from the back surface side of the holding sheet 80, the covering sheet 58, the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 or the exterior sheet 12. Can be applied. Further, such a recess on the back surface side is preferably formed together with the recess E on the front surface side, but it is also possible to form only the recess on the back surface side without forming the recess E on the front surface side. When the recesses are provided on both the front and back sides, the shape of the recesses may be common to the front and back sides, or the front and back sides may be different.
[0297] エンボスによる凹部はその延在方向に液を誘導し拡散させる効果がある。また剛性 を高める効果もある。よって、エンボスによる凹部の形態はこれらの効果を考慮して決 定するのが望ましい。例えば、凹部は、実質的に溝状に連続するもの (複数の凹部が 間隔を空けて列なり一つの溝を形成する場合を含む)の他、複数の凹部が間隔を空 けて点状に配置されるものであっても良い。また、平面パターンとしては、溝状または 点状の凹部が、製品の長手方向、幅方向、これらを組み合わせた格子状、幅方向に 往復するジグザグ状 (千鳥状)、あるいは不規則に配置された形態等を採ることがで きる。さらに、ピン状、富士山状、蛇腹状等、適宜の形態を採用することができる。 [0297] The concave portion formed by embossing has the effect of inducing and diffusing liquid in the extending direction. It also has the effect of increasing rigidity. Therefore, it is desirable that the shape of the embossed recess is determined in consideration of these effects. For example, the recesses are substantially continuous in the shape of a groove (including the case where a plurality of recesses are arranged in a row and form a single groove), and the plurality of recesses are in the form of dots at intervals. It may be arranged. In addition, as the planar pattern, groove-shaped or dot-shaped concave portions are arranged in the longitudinal direction, the width direction, a lattice shape combining these, a zigzag shape (zigzag shape) reciprocating in the width direction, or irregularly arranged. Can take form, etc. wear. Furthermore, appropriate forms such as a pin shape, a Mt. Fuji shape, and a bellows shape can be adopted.
[0298] (吸収要素)  [0298] (Absorbing element)
吸収要素 50は、トウを開繊したフィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体及び高吸収性ポリマ 一粒子 54, 54· ··を有する吸収体 56と、この吸収体 56の少なくとも裏面及び側面を 包む包被シート 58とを有する。さらに、吸収体 56と包被シート 58の裏面側部位(下 側の部分)との間に保持シート 80が設けられている。  The absorbent element 50 is composed of an absorbent body 56 having an aggregate of filaments 52, 52, and a superabsorbent polymer single particle 54, 54, which are opened tow, and at least the back and side surfaces of the absorbent body 56. And a covering sheet 58 to be wrapped. Further, a holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the rear surface side portion (lower portion) of the covering sheet 58.
[0299] (フィラメントの集合体)  [0299] (Aggregation of filaments)
吸収体 56は、トウを開繊したフィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体を有する。フィラメント 52 , 52· ··の集合体は、実質的に連続するフィラメントの束であるトウを開繊したものであ る。トウ構成繊維としては、例えば、多糖類又はその誘導体 (セルロース、セルロース エステル、キチン、キトサンなど)、合成高分子(ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリアミ ド、ポリエステル、ボリラクタアミド、ポリビュルアセテートなど)などを用いることができ る力 特に、セルロースエステルおよびセルロースが好ましい。  The absorber 56 has an aggregate of filaments 52, 52. The aggregate of the filaments 52, 52... Is obtained by opening a tow that is a bundle of substantially continuous filaments. Examples of tow fibers include polysaccharides or derivatives thereof (cellulose, cellulose ester, chitin, chitosan, etc.), synthetic polymers (polyethylene, polypropylene, polyamide, polyester, polylactamamide, polybutyrate, etc.). Force that can be produced In particular, cellulose ester and cellulose are preferred.
[0300] セルロースとしては、綿、リンター、木材パルプなど植物体由来のセルロースやバタ テリアセルロースなどが使用でき、レーヨンなどの再生セルロースであってもよぐ再 生セルロースは紡糸された繊維であってもよ 、。  [0300] As cellulose, cellulose derived from plants such as cotton, linter and wood pulp, butterfly cellulose, etc. can be used. Regenerated cellulose, which may be regenerated cellulose such as rayon, is a spun fiber. Moyo.
[0301] 好適に採用できるセルロースエステルとしては、例えば、セルロースアセテート、セ ルロースブチレート、セルロースプロピオネートなどの有機酸エステル;セルロースァ セテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートフタ レート、硝酸酢酸セルロースなどの混酸エステル;およびポリ力プロラタトングラフトイ匕 セルロースエステルなどのセルロースエステル誘導体などを用いることができる。これ らのセルロースエステルは単独で又は二種類以上混合して使用できる。セルロース エステルの粘度平均重合度は、例えば、 50〜900、好ましくは 200〜800程度であ る。セルロースエステルの平均置換度は、例えば、 1. 5〜3. 0 (例えば、 2〜3)程度 である。 [0301] Examples of cellulose esters that can be suitably employed include organic acid esters such as cellulose acetate, cellulose butyrate, and cellulose propionate; cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, It is possible to use mixed acid esters such as cellulose nitrate acetate; and cellulose ester derivatives such as poly force prolataton graft cellulose cellulose ester. These cellulose esters can be used alone or in admixture of two or more. The viscosity average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 50 to 900, preferably about 200 to 800. The average substitution degree of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1.5 to 3.0 (for example, 2 to 3).
[0302] セルロースエステルの平均重合度は、例えば 10〜1000、好ましくは 50〜900、さ らに好ましくは 200〜800程度とすることができ、セルロースエステルの平均置換度 は、例えば 1〜3程度、好ましくは 1〜2. 15、さらに好ましくは 1. 1〜2. 0程度とする ことができる。セルロースエステルの平均置換度は、生分解性を高める等の観点から 選択することができる。 [0302] The average degree of polymerization of the cellulose ester can be, for example, about 10 to 1000, preferably about 50 to 900, more preferably about 200 to 800, and the average degree of substitution of the cellulose ester is, for example, about 1 to 3. , Preferably 1 to 2.15, more preferably about 1.1 to 2.0 be able to. The average degree of substitution of the cellulose ester can be selected from the viewpoint of enhancing biodegradability.
[0303] セルロースエステルとしては、有機酸エステル (例えば、炭素数 2〜4程度の有機酸 とのエステル)、特にセルロースアセテートが好適である。セルロースアセテートの酢 化度は、 43〜62%程度である場合が多いが、特に 30〜50%程度であると生分解 性にも優れるため好ましい。特に好ましいセルロースエステルは、セルロースジァセ テートである。  [0303] As the cellulose ester, an organic acid ester (for example, an ester with an organic acid having about 2 to 4 carbon atoms), particularly cellulose acetate is suitable. The acetylation degree of cellulose acetate is often about 43 to 62%, but about 30 to 50% is particularly preferable because it is excellent in biodegradability. A particularly preferred cellulose ester is cellulose diacetate.
[0304] トウ構成繊維は、種々の添加剤、例えば、熱安定化剤、着色剤、油剤、歩留り向上 剤、白色度改善剤等を含有していても良い。  [0304] The tow constituting fiber may contain various additives such as a heat stabilizer, a colorant, an oil, a yield improver, a whiteness improver and the like.
[0305] トウ構成繊維の繊度は、例えば、 l〜16dex、好ましくは 1〜: LOdex、さらに好ましく は l〜5dexが望ましい。トウ構成繊維は、非捲縮繊維であってもよいが、捲縮繊維で あるのが好ましい。捲縮繊維の捲縮度は、例えば、 1インチ当たり 5〜75個、好ましく は 10〜50個、さらに好ましくは 15〜50個程度とすることができる。また、均一に捲縮 した捲縮繊維を用いる場合が多い。捲縮繊維を用いると、嵩高で軽量な吸収体を製 造できるとともに、繊維間の絡み合いにより一体性の高いトウを容易に製造できる。ト ゥ構成繊維の断面形状は、特に限定されず、例えば、円形、楕円形、異形 (例えば、 Y字状、 X字状、 I字状、 R字状など)や中空状などのいずれであってもよい。トウ構成 繊維は、例えば、 3, 000〜1, 000, 000本、好まし <は 5, 000〜1, 000, 000本程 度の単繊維を束ねることにより形成されたトウ (繊維束)の形で使用することができる。 繊維束は、 3, 000〜1, 000, 000本程度の連続繊維を集束して構成するのが好ま しい。  [0305] The fineness of the tow constituting fiber is, for example, 1 to 16 dex, preferably 1 to: LOdex, and more preferably 1 to 5 dex. The tow constituent fiber may be a non-crimped fiber, but is preferably a crimped fiber. The crimping degree of the crimped fibers can be, for example, about 5 to 75, preferably 10 to 50, and more preferably about 15 to 50 per inch. Further, a crimped fiber that is uniformly crimped is often used. When crimped fibers are used, a bulky and light absorbent body can be produced, and a highly integrated tow can be easily produced by entanglement between the fibers. The cross-sectional shape of the toe-constituting fiber is not particularly limited, and may be any one of, for example, a circular shape, an oval shape, an irregular shape (for example, a Y shape, an X shape, an I shape, an R shape) or a hollow shape. May be. The tow-constituting fiber is composed of, for example, 3,000 to 1,000,000 tow (fiber bundle) formed by bundling single fibers of about 5,000 to 1,000,000. Can be used in form. The fiber bundle is preferably formed by bundling about 3,000 to 1,000,000 continuous fibers.
[0306] トウは、繊維間の絡み合!/、が弱!、ため、主に形状を維持する目的で、繊維の接触 部分を接着または融着する作用を有するバインダーを用いることができる。ノインダ 一としては、トリァセチン、トリエチレングリコールジアセテート、トリエチレングリコール ジプロピオネート、ジブチルフタレート、ジメトキシェチルフタレート、クェン酸トリェチ ルエステルなどのエステル系可塑剤の他、各種の榭脂接着剤、特に熱可塑性榭脂 を用いることができる。  [0306] The tow is weak in entanglement between fibers! /, So a binder having an action of adhering or fusing the contact portion of the fiber can be used mainly for the purpose of maintaining the shape. Examples of the noda include ester plasticizers such as triacetin, triethylene glycol diacetate, triethylene glycol dipropionate, dibutyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, and citrate triethyl ester, as well as various types of resin adhesives, particularly thermoplastic resins. Fats can be used.
[0307] バインダーとして使用する熱可塑性榭脂には、溶融'固化により接着力が発現する 榭脂であり、水不溶性または水難溶性榭脂、および水溶性榭脂が含まれる。水不溶 性または水難溶性榭脂と水溶性榭脂とは、必要に応じて併用することもできる。 [0307] Thermoplastic resin used as a binder exhibits adhesive strength by melting and solidifying. It is a rosin and includes water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble rosin and water-soluble rosin. Water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble rosin and water-soluble rosin can be used in combination as necessary.
[0308] 水不溶性または水難溶性榭脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ェ チレン プロピレン共重合体、エチレン 酢酸ビュル共重合体などのォレフィン系の 単独又は共重合体、ポリ酢酸ビュル、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸メチルーァ クリル酸エステル共重合体、(メタ)アクリル系モノマーとスチレン系モノマーとの共重 合体などのアクリル榭脂、ポリ塩化ビニル、酢酸ビュル一塩ィ匕ビュル共重合体、ポリ スチレン、スチレン系モノマーと(メタ)アクリル系モノマーとの共重合体などのスチレ ン系重合体、変性されていてもよいポリエステル、ナイロン 11、ナイロン 12、ナイロン 610、ナイロン 612などのポリアミド、ロジン誘導体(例えば、ロジンエステルなど)、炭 化水素榭脂 (例えば、テルペン榭脂、ジシクロペンタジェン榭脂、石油榭脂など)、水 素添加炭化水素榭脂などを用いることができる。これらの熱可塑性榭脂は一種又は 二種以上使用できる。  [0308] Examples of water-insoluble or poorly water-soluble resins include polyethylene or polypropylene, ethylene propylene copolymer, ethylene olefin homopolymer or copolymer such as ethylene acetate butyl copolymer, poly (butyl acetate), poly (methacrylic acid). Acrylic resin such as methyl, methyl methacrylate-acrylic acid ester copolymer, copolymer of (meth) acrylic monomer and styrenic monomer, polyvinyl chloride, butyl acetate butyl copolymer, polystyrene Styrene polymers such as copolymers of styrene monomers and (meth) acrylic monomers, polyesters that may be modified, polyamides such as nylon 11, nylon 12, nylon 610, nylon 612, rosin derivatives ( For example, rosin ester), hydrocarbon resin (for example, terpene resin) Dicyclopentadiene 榭脂, petroleum 榭脂), such as hydrogen added hydrocarbon 榭脂 can be used. These thermoplastic rosins can be used singly or in combination.
[0309] 水溶性榭脂としては、種々の水溶性高分子、例えば、ポリビュルアルコール、ポリビ -ルピロリドン、ポリビュルエーテル、ビュル単量体と、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸 基又はそれらの塩を有する共重合性単量体との共重合体などのビニル系水溶性榭 脂、アクリル系水溶性榭脂、ポリアルキレンオキサイド、水溶性ポリエステル、水溶性 ポリアミドなどを用いることができる。これらの水溶性榭脂は、単独で使用できるととも に二種以上組合せて使用してもよい。  [0309] The water-soluble rosin has various water-soluble polymers such as polybulal alcohol, polypyrrole pyrrolidone, polybull ether, bulll monomer, and carboxyl group, sulfonic acid group or a salt thereof. Vinyl water-soluble resins such as copolymers with copolymerizable monomers, acrylic water-soluble resins, polyalkylene oxides, water-soluble polyesters, water-soluble polyamides, and the like can be used. These water-soluble coagulants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
[0310] 熱可塑性榭脂には、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤などの安定化剤、充填剤、可塑剤 、防腐剤、防黴剤などの種々の添加剤を添加してもよい。  [0310] Various additives such as stabilizers such as antioxidants and UV absorbers, fillers, plasticizers, preservatives, and antifungal agents may be added to the thermoplastic resin.
[0311] しかし、可能な限り、高吸収性ポリマー粒子の侵入を阻害するバインダー成分の使 用は避けるべきである。高吸収性ポリマー粒子の侵入を阻害するバインダー成分は 使用しないのが最善である。  [0311] However, the use of binder components that inhibit penetration of superabsorbent polymer particles should be avoided whenever possible. It is best not to use binder components that inhibit the entry of superabsorbent polymer particles.
[0312] トウは公知の方法により製造できるので詳説はしない。吸収要素 50に好適に使用 できるセルロースジアセテートのトウのベールは、セラ-一ズ社ゃダイセル化学工業 などにより市販されている。セルロースジアセテートのトウのベールは、密度は約 0. 5 gZcm3であり、総重量は 400〜600kgである。 [0313] このベールから、トウを引き剥がし、所望のサイズ、嵩となるように広い帯状に開繊 する。トウの開繊幅は任意であり、例えば、幅 100〜2000mm、好ましくは製品の吸 収体の幅の 100〜300mm程度とすることができる。また、トウの開繊度合いを調整 することにより、吸収体の密度を調整することができる。 [0312] The tow can be produced by a known method and will not be described in detail. Cellulose diacetate tow bale that can be suitably used for the absorbent element 50 is commercially available from Cera-Izu Co., Ltd. Daicel Chemical Industries. Cellulose diacetate tow bale has a density of about 0.5 gZcm 3 and a total weight of 400-600 kg. [0313] From this bale, the tow is peeled off and spread into a wide band so as to have a desired size and bulk. The opening width of the tow is arbitrary, and may be, for example, a width of 100 to 2000 mm, preferably about 100 to 300 mm, which is the width of the product absorber. In addition, the density of the absorbent can be adjusted by adjusting the degree of tow opening.
[0314] トウの開繊方法としては、例えば、トウを複数の開繊ロールに掛け渡し、トウの進行 に伴って次第にトウの幅を拡大して開繊する方法、トウの緊張 (伸長)と弛緩 (収縮)と を繰返して開繊する方法、圧縮エアーを用いて拡幅 ·開繊する方法などを用いること ができる。  [0314] Examples of the method for opening the tow include a method in which the tow is spread over a plurality of opening rolls and the tow is gradually expanded as the tow progresses, and the tow tension (elongation) is used. For example, a method of repeatedly opening and relaxing (shrinking) and a method of widening and opening using compressed air can be used.
[0315] (高吸収性ポリマー粒子)  [0315] (Superabsorbent polymer particles)
吸収体 56は高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54, 54· ··を有する。高吸収性ポリマー粒子 5 4とは、「粒子」以外に「粉体」も含む意味である。高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の粒径は 、この種の吸収性物品に使用されるものをそのまま使用でき、 100〜1000 /ζ πι、特 に 150〜400 /ζ πιのものが望ましい。粒径が小さ過ぎると吸収体 56内を移動し易くな るとともに製造ラインにおける飛散ロスも多くなるため好ましくない。また、粒径が大き 過ぎると、じゃりじゃりした手触りが目立つようになり、商品価値を低下させるおそれが ある。高吸収性ポリマー粒子の材料としては、特に限定無く用いることができる力 吸 水量が 60gZg以上のものが好適である。高吸収性ポリマー粒子としては、でんぷん 系、セルロース系や合成ポリマー系などのものがあり、でんぷん アクリル酸 (塩)ダラ フト共重合体、でんぷん—アクリロニトリル共重合体のケンィ匕物、ナトリウムカルボキシ メチルセルロースの架橋物やアクリル酸 (塩)重合体などのものを用いることができる。 高吸収性ポリマー粒子の形状としては、通常用いられる粉粒体状のものが好適であ る力 他の形状のものも用いることができる。  Absorber 56 has superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54. The superabsorbent polymer particle 54 is meant to include “powder” in addition to “particle”. As the particle diameter of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, those used for this type of absorbent article can be used as they are, and those of 100 to 1000 / ζ πι, particularly 150 to 400 / ζ πι are desirable. If the particle size is too small, it is not preferable because it is easy to move in the absorber 56 and the scattering loss in the production line increases. Also, if the particle size is too large, the harsh texture becomes noticeable and the product value may be reduced. As the material of the superabsorbent polymer particles, those having a force water absorption amount of 60 gZg or more that can be used without particular limitation are suitable. Superabsorbent polymer particles include starch-based, cellulose-based and synthetic polymer-based particles such as starch acrylic acid (salt) daraf copolymer, starch-acrylonitrile copolymer ken-yi, and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose. Cross-linked products and acrylic acid (salt) polymers can be used. As the shape of the superabsorbent polymer particles, a force in which a commonly used granular material is suitable may be used in other shapes.
[0316] 高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54としては、吸水速度力 0秒以下のものが好適に用いられ る。吸水速度が 40秒を超えると、吸収体内に供給された液が吸収体外に戻り出てし まう所謂逆戻りを発生し易くなる。  [0316] As the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, those having a water absorption speed of 0 second or less are preferably used. When the water absorption speed exceeds 40 seconds, the liquid supplied into the absorbent body is likely to cause a so-called reversal that returns to the outside of the absorbent body.
[0317] また、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54としては、ゲル強度が lOOOPa以上のものが好適に 用いられる。これにより、トウを用いることにより嵩高な吸収体とした場合であっても、 液吸収後のベとつき感を効果的に抑制できる。 [0318] 高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の目付け量は、当該吸収体の用途で要求される吸収量 に応じて適宜定めることができる。したがって一概には言えないが、吸収要素 50全体 での平均で 50〜350gZm2とすることができる。ポリマーの目付け量を 50gZm2以上 とすることにより、ポリマーの吸収力によって、トゥカもなるフィラメントの集合体を採用 することにより得られる、薄型化'軽量ィ匕効果が発揮されに《なるのを防止できる。 3 50gZm2を超えると、効果が飽和するば力りでなぐ高吸収性ポリマー粒子の過剰に より、ジャリジャリした手触りを与えるようになる。 [0317] Further, as the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, those having a gel strength of lOOOPa or more are preferably used. Thereby, even if it is a case where it is set as a bulky absorber by using tow | toe, the stickiness after liquid absorption can be suppressed effectively. [0318] The basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be appropriately determined according to the amount of absorption required for the use of the absorber. Therefore, although it cannot be said unconditionally, it can be 50 to 350 gZm 2 on the average of the absorbent element 50 as a whole. By making the basis weight of the polymer 50gZm 2 or more, it is possible to prevent the thinning and light weight effect that is obtained by adopting the aggregate of filaments that are also tuka by the absorption capacity of the polymer. it can. 3 Above 50 gZm 2 , the excess of superabsorbent polymer particles that saturate the effect will give a crisp feel.
[0319] (吸収体のサイズ'重量)  [0319] (Absorber size'weight)
他方、吸収体 56のサイズは、平面投影面積力 OOcm2以上であり、かつ厚さが 1〜 10mm,特に l〜5mmであるのが好ましい。吸収体のサイズがこの範囲内にあると、 重量や厚さ、コストの増加を来たさずに復元性を向上する上で、極めて有利である。 また、吸収体の重量は 25g以下、特に 10〜20gとなるように構成するのが好ましい。 吸収体の重量力 Sこの範囲内にあると、専用部材を用いないことによる利点が特に顕 著になる。 On the other hand, the size of the absorber 56 is preferably a plane projection area force of OOcm 2 or more and a thickness of 1 to 10 mm, particularly 1 to 5 mm. When the size of the absorber is within this range, it is extremely advantageous for improving the resilience without increasing the weight, thickness and cost. Further, it is preferable that the weight of the absorber is 25 g or less, particularly 10 to 20 g. Absorber weight force S Within this range, the advantage of not using a special member becomes particularly significant.
[0320] (吸収体の圧縮特性)  [0320] (Compression characteristics of absorber)
吸収体 56の圧縮レジリエンス RCは、 40〜60%、特に 50〜60%とするのが好まし い。これにより、吸収体自体で十分な復元性を発揮できるようになる。  The compression resilience RC of the absorber 56 is preferably 40 to 60%, particularly 50 to 60%. Thereby, sufficient restoring property can be exhibited with the absorber itself.
[0321] さらに、吸収体 56の圧縮エネルギー WCは 4. 0〜: LO. Ogf ' cmZcm2であると、包 装に際して従来と同レベルあるいはそれ以上にコンパクトに圧縮することができるた め好ましい。 [0321] Furthermore, it is preferable that the compression energy WC of the absorber 56 is 4.0 to: LO. Ogf 'cmZcm 2 because it can be compacted to the same level or higher when packaging.
[0322] これらの圧縮特性は、開繊等によるフィラメントの集合体の繊維密度の調整、繊維 素材の選定、可塑剤等のバインダーの種類の選定'処理の程度の調整、あるいはこ れらの組み合わせ等により調整できる。  [0322] These compression characteristics can be adjusted by adjusting the fiber density of the aggregate of filaments by opening, etc., selecting the fiber material, selecting the type of binder such as a plasticizer, or adjusting the degree of processing, or a combination of these. Etc. can be adjusted.
[0323] ここで、圧縮エネルギー(WC)とは、長さ 200mm、幅 50mmに断裁した試験片(保 持シート)の中央部を、 50gまで押す場合のエネルギー消費量である。  [0323] Here, the compression energy (WC) is the amount of energy consumed when pressing the center of a test piece (holding sheet) cut to a length of 200mm and a width of 50mm up to 50g.
[0324] この圧縮エネルギーは、ハンディー圧縮試験機 (KES— G5、カトーテック社製)に よって、測定することができる。この試験機による場合の測定条件は、 SENS : 2、力 計の種類: lkg、 SPEED RANGE: STD、 DEF感度: 20、加圧面積: 2cm2、取り 込間隔: 0. 1 (標準)、 STROKE SET: 5. 0、上限荷重: 50gfZcm2である。 [0324] This compression energy can be measured by a handy compression tester (KES-G5, manufactured by Kato Tech). The measurement conditions with this tester are: SENS: 2, force gauge type: lkg, SPEED RANGE: STD, DEF sensitivity: 20, pressurization area: 2cm 2 Included Interval: 0. 1 (standard), STROKE SET: 5. 0, the upper limit load: a 50gfZcm 2.
[0325] 一方、圧縮レジリエンス (RC)とは、繊維が圧縮されたときの回復性を表すパラメ一 タである。したがって、回復性がよければ、圧縮レジリエンスが大きくなる。この圧縮レ ジリエンスは、ハンディー圧縮試験機 (KEs— G5、カトーテック社製)によって、測定 することができる。この試験機による場合の測定条件は、上記圧縮エネルギーの場合 と同様である。 [0325] On the other hand, compression resilience (RC) is a parameter that represents the recoverability when a fiber is compressed. Therefore, if the recoverability is good, the compression resilience increases. This compression Les Jiriensu can by handy compression tester (KE s-G5, manufactured by Kato Tech Co., Ltd.), is measured. The measurement conditions for this tester are the same as for the compression energy.
[0326] (包被シート) [0326] (Enveloping sheet)
包被シート 58としては、ティッシュペーパー、特にクレープ紙、不織布、ポリラミ不織 布、小孔が開いたシート等を用いることができる。ただし、高吸収性ポリマー粒子が抜 け出ないシートであるのが望ましい。クレープ紙に換えて不織布を使用する場合、親 水性の SMMS (スパンボンド Zメルトブローン Zメルトブローン Zスパンボンド)不織 布が特に好適であり、その材質はポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン zポリプロピレンなどを 使用できる。目付けは、 8〜20g/m2、特に 10〜15g/m2のものが望ましい。 As the covering sheet 58, tissue paper, particularly crepe paper, non-woven fabric, non-woven fabric of polylamy, a sheet with small holes, etc. can be used. However, it is desirable that the sheet does not allow the superabsorbent polymer particles to be extracted. When using non-woven fabric instead of crepe paper, hydrophilic MSMS (spunbond Z meltblown Z meltblown Z spunbond) non-woven fabric is particularly suitable, and polypropylene, polyethylene zpolypropylene, etc. can be used as the material. The basis weight is preferably 8 to 20 g / m 2 , particularly 10 to 15 g / m 2 .
[0327] この包被シート 58は、図 30のように、フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体及び高吸収性 ポリマー粒子 54, 54· ··の層全体を包む形態のほ力、たとえば図 31に示すように、そ の層の裏面及び側面のみを包被するものでもよい。また図示しないが、吸収体 56の 上面及び側面のみをクレープ紙ゃ不織布で覆 ヽ、下面をポリエチレンなどの液不透 過性シートで覆う形態、吸収体 56の上面をクレープ紙ゃ不織布で覆い、側面及び下 面をポリエチレンなどの液不透過性シートで覆う形態などでもよ 、 (これらの各素材が 包被シートの構成要素となる)。必要ならば、フィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体及び高吸 収性ポリマー粒子 54, 54· ··の層を、上下 2層のシートで挟む形態や下面のみに配 置する形態でもよい。 [0327] As shown in Fig. 30, this covering sheet 58 has a force in a form of wrapping the aggregate of the filaments 52, 52 ··· and the entire layer of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54 ··· As shown in 31, only the back and side surfaces of the layer may be covered. Although not shown, only the upper and side surfaces of the absorbent body 56 are covered with a crepe paper nonwoven fabric, the lower surface is covered with a liquid-impermeable sheet such as polyethylene, and the upper surface of the absorbent body 56 is covered with a crepe paper nonwoven fabric. The side surface and the lower surface may be covered with a liquid-impermeable sheet such as polyethylene (each of these materials is a constituent element of the enveloping sheet). If necessary, the aggregates of the filaments 52, 52... And the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54... May be sandwiched between two upper and lower sheets or disposed only on the lower surface.
[0328] (高吸収性ポリマーの分布等) [0328] (Distribution of superabsorbent polymer, etc.)
本発明では、股間部の両側部 56S, 56S以外の部分である主吸収部分 56Cに高 吸収性ポリマー粒子 54, 54· ··を有するとともに、この主吸収部分 56Cと比べて、股 間部の両側部 56S, 56Sが高吸収性ポリマー粒子の目付けの少な 、部分とされて!/ヽ る。股間部、股間部の前側部分及び後側部分は、例えば吸収体 56を前後方向に三 分割したときの真中、前側、後側とすることができる。股間部の両側部 56Sは、片側 が例えば吸収体 56幅の 5〜40%の幅を有する部分とすることができる。 In the present invention, the main absorbent portion 56C, which is a portion other than the both side portions 56S, 56S of the crotch portion, has the superabsorbent polymer particles 54, 54, and the crotch portion is compared with the main absorbent portion 56C. Both sides 56S and 56S are considered to be parts with a low basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles! The crotch part, the front part and the rear part of the crotch part can be, for example, the middle, front side, and rear side when the absorbent body 56 is divided into three in the front-rear direction. Crotch both sides 56S, one side May be a portion having a width of 5 to 40% of the width of the absorber 56, for example.
[0329] このように本発明では、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の分散密度が主吸収部分 56Cと 股間部の両側部 56S, 56Sとで異なるため、以下では、主吸収部分 56Cを高密度部 分ともいい、股間部の両側部 56S, 56Sを低密度部分ともいう。  [0329] Thus, in the present invention, the dispersion density of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is different between the main absorbent portion 56C and the both side portions 56S, 56S of the crotch portion. In other words, both side portions 56S and 56S of the crotch portion are also referred to as low density portions.
[0330] この低密度部分 56S, 56Sの位置、寸法、形状は本発明の範囲内で適宜定めれば 良いが、例えば前後方向位置は物品の前後方向中央線を跨ぐ位置とするのが好ま しぐ寸法は、長さ mが 50〜300mm、幅 nが 10〜100mmであるのが好ましい。  [0330] The positions, dimensions, and shapes of the low-density portions 56S, 56S may be appropriately determined within the scope of the present invention. For example, the position in the front-rear direction is preferably a position straddling the center line in the front-rear direction of the article. It is preferable that the length m is 50 to 300 mm and the width n is 10 to 100 mm.
[0331] また、低密度部分 56S, 56Sの形状としては、前後方向両端よりも前後方向中央側 が幅方向中央側に張り出す線により囲まれる部分とするのが好ましぐ例えば図 29に 示すような脚周りに沿う略弧状の曲線により囲まれる部分としたり、あるいは図 35に示 すような略台形の部分としたりすることができる。  [0331] The shape of the low-density portions 56S, 56S is preferably a portion surrounded by a line extending from the front-rear direction center side to the width-direction center side rather than the front-rear direction ends, for example, as shown in FIG. Such a portion surrounded by a substantially arc-shaped curve along the circumference of the leg, or a substantially trapezoidal portion as shown in FIG.
[0332] 低密度部分 56Sにおける高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の目付けは適宜定めることがで き、例えばフィラメント 52の集合体の繊維目付けを 30〜300gZm2とし、かつ高吸収 性ポリマー粒子 54の目付けを吸収要素 50全体での平均で 50〜350gZm2とした場 合、 100g/m2以下とされているのが好ましい。特に低密度部分 56Sは、製造時に高 吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を配置しない等により、実質的に全く含まない構成とするのが 好ましい。 [0332] The basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 in the low density portion 56S can be determined as appropriate. For example, the basis weight of the aggregate of the filaments 52 is set to 30 to 300 gZm 2 and the basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is determined. When the average of the entire absorbent element 50 is 50 to 350 gZm 2 , it is preferably 100 g / m 2 or less. In particular, it is preferable that the low density portion 56S has substantially no structure, for example, by not arranging the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 at the time of manufacture.
[0333] 高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54は非固定であっても良いが、その場合、製品の製造、搬 送、使用によって、股間部の両側部 56S, 56Sに対して他の部位の高吸収性ポリマ 一粒子 54が移動し、効果が薄れるおそれがある。よって、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54 の一部または全部を、フィラメント 52の集合体や包被シート 58に接着固定するのが 好ましい。図 45は、接着剤 HMを介してフィラメント 52の集合体に高吸収性ポリマー 粒子 54を接着する場合を想定したものである。高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を固定する ための接着剤 HMとしてはホットメルト接着剤を好適に用いることができる。また接着 剤 HMの塗布方法としてはカーテン塗布が好ましぐ塗布量は 2〜15g/m2であるの が好ましぐ塗布領域は主吸収部分よりも若干広い範囲とするのが好ましい。 [0333] The superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may be non-fixed, but in that case, depending on the manufacture, transportation, and use of the product, the superabsorbency of other parts with respect to both sides 56S, 56S of the crotch The polymer single particle 54 may move and the effect may be diminished. Therefore, it is preferable that a part or all of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 be bonded and fixed to the assembly of filaments 52 and the covering sheet 58. FIG. 45 assumes the case where the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are bonded to the aggregate of filaments 52 via the adhesive HM. An adhesive for fixing the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 A hot melt adhesive can be suitably used as the HM. Further, as a method for applying the adhesive HM, the coating amount for which curtain coating is preferred is 2 to 15 g / m 2 , and the preferred coating region is preferably slightly wider than the main absorbent portion.
[0334] 吸収体 56の厚み方向における高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の分布は特に限定されず 、フィラメント 52の集合体内ではなくフィラメント 52の集合体の裏面側に設けても良い 力 図 30に示すように、吸収体 56における実質的に厚み方向全体にわたり、高吸収 性ポリマー粒子 54が分散されているものが望ましい。この実質的に厚み方向全体に 分散されている状態を図 30の要部拡大図として概念的に示した。 [0334] The distribution of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 in the thickness direction of the absorber 56 is not particularly limited, and may be provided not on the filament 52 assembly but on the back surface side of the filament 52 assembly. Force As shown in FIG. 30, it is desirable that the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are dispersed substantially throughout the thickness direction of the absorbent body 56. This state of being dispersed substantially throughout the thickness direction is conceptually shown as an enlarged view of the main part of FIG.
[0335] 吸収体 56の上部、下部、及び中間部に SAP粒子が無い、あるいはあってもごく僅 かである場合には、「厚み方向全体に分散されている」とは言えない。したがって、「 厚み方向全体に分散されている」とは、フィラメント 52の集合体に対し、厚み方向全 体に「均一に」分散されている形態のほか、上部、下部及び又は中間部に「偏在して いる」が、依然として上部、下部及び中間部の各部分に分散している形態も含まれる 。また、一部の SAP粒子がフィラメント 52, 52· ··の集合体中に侵入しないでその表 面に残存している形態や、一部の SAP粒子がフィラメントフィラメント 52, 52· ··の集 合体を通り抜けて包被シート 58上にある形態や図 33に示されるように保持シート 80 上にある形態も排除されるものではない。  [0335] If there is no or very little SAP particles in the upper, lower, and middle parts of the absorber 56, it cannot be said that "absorbed throughout the thickness direction". Therefore, “distributed in the entire thickness direction” means “uniformly distributed” in the upper, lower, and / or middle portions of the aggregate of the filaments 52 in addition to the form “uniformly” distributed in the entire thickness direction. However, it is still included in the form of being dispersed in the upper, lower and middle parts. In addition, a form in which some SAP particles do not enter the aggregate of filaments 52, 52, but remain on the surface, and some SAP particles collect in the filament filaments 52, 52, Neither the form passing through the coalescence on the covering sheet 58 nor the form on the holding sheet 80 as shown in FIG. 33 is excluded.
[0336] (保持シート)  [0336] (Retaining sheet)
吸収体 56の裏面側または肌面側には、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を保持する保持 シート 80を設けるのが好ましい。前述のとおり、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54は、製造時 あるいは消費者が使用するまでの流通過程で、フィラメント 52の集合体を通り抜けた り、フィラメント 52の集合体と包被シート 58との間を通り抜けたりする等により、吸収体 56内で移動することがある。また、高吸収性ポリマー粒子群の凹凸は、消費者が使 用する際に手で触ったときジャリジャリした違和感を与える。そこで、吸収体 56の裏面 側または肌面側に吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を保持する保持シート 80を介在させるの である。  It is preferable to provide a holding sheet 80 for holding the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 on the back side or the skin side of the absorbent body 56. As described above, the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 pass through the assembly of filaments 52 or between the assembly of filaments 52 and the enveloping sheet 58 during the manufacturing process or until the consumer uses them. It may move within the absorber 56 due to passing through. In addition, the unevenness of the superabsorbent polymer particle group gives a sense of incongruity when touched by the hand when the consumer uses it. Therefore, a holding sheet 80 for holding the absorbent polymer particles 54 is interposed on the back surface side or the skin surface side of the absorber 56.
[0337] なお、図 33には、吸収体 56の下方に高吸収性ポリマー粒子を設けた場合、あるい は吸収体 56中に含ませた高吸収性ポリマー粒子が、製造力も消費者が使用するま での段階で、フィラメント 52の集合体力も抜け出て、保持シート 80上に集まった場合 を概念的に示した。  [0337] In FIG. 33, when the superabsorbent polymer particles are provided below the absorber 56, or the superabsorbent polymer particles contained in the absorber 56 are used by the consumer in terms of manufacturing power. Until then, the case where the collective force of the filaments 52 is also released and gathered on the holding sheet 80 is conceptually shown.
[0338] 保持シート 80は、図 30等に示すように吸収体 56の下方にのみ設けても、また図 33 に示すように、吸収体 56の側面を通り吸収体 56の上面にまで巻き上げて延在させて もよ 、。図示しな!、が保持シート 80を包被シート 58の表面側部位と吸収体 56の肌側 面との間に配置しても良い。また、保持シート 80を複数枚重ねて使用することも可能 である。ただし、保持シート 80はポリマー粒子 54を保持するものであるため、包被シ ート 58を有する場合、包被シート 58の外側にあってはならず、吸収体 56と包被シー ト 58との間に保持シート 80を設ける。 [0338] Even if the holding sheet 80 is provided only below the absorber 56 as shown in Fig. 30 or the like, the holding sheet 80 passes through the side surface of the absorber 56 and is rolled up to the upper surface of the absorber 56 as shown in Fig. 33. You can extend it. Not shown !, but the holding sheet 80 is covered with the covering sheet 58 on the surface side and the absorbent body 56 on the skin side. You may arrange | position between surfaces. It is also possible to use a plurality of holding sheets 80 in a stacked manner. However, since the holding sheet 80 holds the polymer particles 54, if the holding sheet 58 has the covering sheet 58, it should not be outside the covering sheet 58, and the absorbent body 56 and the covering sheet 58 A holding sheet 80 is provided between them.
[0339] 特に、高吸収性ポリマー粒子の移動を最も効果的に抑制できる構造としては、保持 シート 80とフィラメント 52の集合体との間に高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54が偏在し、高吸 収性ポリマー粒子 54が接着剤 HMにより保持シート 80及びフィラメント集合体の少な くとも一方に固着されている構造を挙げることができる。  [0339] In particular, as a structure that can most effectively suppress the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles, the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are unevenly distributed between the holding sheet 80 and the aggregate of the filaments 52, and thus the superabsorbent polymer particles are highly absorbable. A structure in which the polymer particles 54 are fixed to at least one of the holding sheet 80 and the filament aggregate by the adhesive HM can be given.
[0340] 保持シート 80の素材は、特に限定されず、吸収性ポリマー粒子の保持能力を有す るものであれば足りる。具体的には、不織布、捲縮パルプ、低吸収性のコットン繊維( 例えば、未脱脂のコットン繊維、脱脂されたコットン繊維、レーヨン繊維を撥水剤や疎 水化剤で処理したものなど。 )、ポリエチレン繊維、ポリエステル繊維、アクリル繊維、 ポリプロピレン繊維、絹、綿、麻、ナイロン、ポリウレタン、アセテート繊維等の他、榭脂 フィルムや紙等も用いることができる。  [0340] The material of the holding sheet 80 is not particularly limited as long as it has an ability to hold absorbent polymer particles. Specifically, non-woven fabric, crimped pulp, low-absorbency cotton fiber (for example, non-degreased cotton fiber, degreased cotton fiber, rayon fiber treated with water repellent or water repellant, etc.) In addition to polyethylene fiber, polyester fiber, acrylic fiber, polypropylene fiber, silk, cotton, hemp, nylon, polyurethane, acetate fiber, etc., a resin film or paper can also be used.
[0341] 保持シート 80を不織布とする場合、その保持シート 80は、 KES試験に基づく圧縮 エネルギーが 0. 01〜: LO. 00gfcm/cm2、好ましくは、 0. 01〜: L OOgfcm/cm2 で、かつ圧縮レジリエンスが 10〜100%、好ましくは、 70〜100%の不織布であると よい。 [0341] When the holding sheet 80 is a non-woven fabric, the holding sheet 80 has a compression energy based on the KES test of 0.01 to: LO. 00 gfcm / cm 2 , preferably 0.01 to: L OOgfcm / cm 2 And a compression resilience of 10 to 100%, preferably 70 to 100%.
[0342] 特に、保持シート 80上を高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54が移動するのを防止するために 、予めホットメルト接着剤などを保持シート 80上に塗布し、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54 を保持シート 80に接着するのは好ましい。  [0342] In particular, in order to prevent the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 from moving on the holding sheet 80, a hot-melt adhesive or the like is applied on the holding sheet 80 in advance, and the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are placed on the holding sheet. Adhesion to 80 is preferred.
[0343] また、保持シート 80の上面 (使用面側に向力う面)を粗面あるいは毛羽立ち面とす ることで、保持能力を向上させることもできる。このための粗面化又は毛羽立ち化手 法としては、マーブル力卩ェゃブラシッングカ卩ェなどを挙げることができる。  [0343] In addition, the holding ability can be improved by making the upper surface (the surface facing the use surface side) of the holding sheet 80 rough or fluffed. Examples of the roughening or fluffing method for this purpose include marble force and brushing cache.
[0344] さらに、図 46に示すように、保持シート 80に多数の保持孔 81を散点状に形成する のも好ましい形態である。保持孔 81は規則的に配列されていても、また不規則に配 されていても良い。保持孔 81はシート 80を貫通しない窪み孔であっても、また貫通 孔であっても良い。このような保持孔 81を有すると、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54が保持 孔 81内に捕捉されることにより、移動が抑制される。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 46, it is also a preferred form that a large number of holding holes 81 are formed in the holding sheet 80 in the form of dots. The holding holes 81 may be regularly arranged or irregularly arranged. The holding hole 81 may be a hollow hole that does not penetrate the sheet 80 or may be a through hole. With such holding holes 81, superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are held. By being trapped in the hole 81, the movement is suppressed.
[0345] 保持孔 81の寸法や数は適宜定めることができる力 保持孔 81の開口面積としては 3〜25mm2であるのが好ましぐ単位面積あたりの個数は 5000〜50000個 Zm2で あるのが好ましい。 [0345] The size and number of the holding holes 81 can be appropriately determined. The opening area of the holding holes 81 is preferably 3 to 25 mm 2 and the number per unit area is preferably 5000 to 50000 Zm 2 . Is preferred.
[0346] 保持孔の形成手法としては、シート素材に依存しないものとして-一ドルパンチカロ ェゃエンボス力卩ェを挙げることができる。また、シートが不織布である場合、製造に用 V、るメッシュのパターンとして大小異なる開口を平面方向に交互に並べたものを用い ると、図 46に示すように、相対的に大きな開口の部分により窪み孔形状の保持孔 81 が形成された保持シート 80を製造することができる。  [0346] As a method for forming the holding hole, as one that does not depend on the sheet material, embossing force can be cited. In addition, when the sheet is a non-woven fabric, a relatively large opening portion as shown in FIG. Thus, it is possible to manufacture the holding sheet 80 in which the recessed hole-shaped holding holes 81 are formed.
[0347] 保持孔を有する保持シートを用いる場合、全体に保持孔が形成された保持シートを 主吸収部分 56Cと重なる部位のみ配置することで、主吸収部分 56C力も股間部両側 56S, 56Sへの高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の移動を効率良く抑制できる。また、保持 シート 80における主吸収部分 56Cと重なる部位にのみ保持孔を形成しても同様であ る。  [0347] When a holding sheet having holding holes is used, the main absorbing portion 56C is applied to both sides of the crotch portion 56S, 56S by arranging the holding sheet with the holding holes formed entirely on the portion that overlaps the main absorbing portion 56C. The movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be efficiently suppressed. The same holds true if the holding hole is formed only in the portion of the holding sheet 80 that overlaps the main absorbent portion 56C.
[0348] (吸収体内における接着剤の使用について)  [0348] (Use of adhesives in the absorbent body)
高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を接着剤によりフィラメント 52の集合体や保持シート 80に 接着する場合、その接着剤が股間部両側 56S, 56Sに存在すると、接着剤により剛 性が増加して股間部のフィット性を損ねるおそれがある。よって、図 45に示すように、 高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を固定するための接着剤 HMは主吸収部分 52Cにのみ塗 布するのが好ましい。高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の移動を接着により抑制しつつも、 股間部におけるフィット性を損ね難い。なお、この場合における接着剤 HMは、主吸 収部分 52Cだけに塗布する限り、主吸収部分 52Cの実質的に全体に塗布しても、ま た一部に塗布しても良い。  When the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are bonded to the assembly of filaments 52 and the holding sheet 80 by an adhesive, if the adhesive is present on both sides of the crotch 56S, 56S, the adhesive increases the rigidity and the crotch There is a risk of impairing the fit. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 45, the adhesive HM for fixing the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is preferably applied only to the main absorbent portion 52C. While suppressing the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 by adhesion, it is difficult to impair the fit in the crotch region. In this case, as long as the adhesive HM is applied only to the main absorbent portion 52C, it may be applied to substantially the entire main absorbent portion 52C or to a part thereof.
[0349] (その他)  [0349] (Others)
なお、図示しないが、吸収性本体 20の各構成部材は、ホットメルト接着剤などのべ タ、ビード、スパイラルまたはサミット塗布などにより相互に固定される。  Although not shown, the constituent members of the absorbent main body 20 are fixed to each other by a solid such as a hot melt adhesive, a bead, a spiral, or a summit coating.
[0350] (テープ式使い捨ておむつの例) [0350] (Example of tape-type disposable diapers)
一方、図 35及び図 36はテープ式使い捨ておむつの例を示している。図 36は図 35 における 9 9線矢視図である力 吸収性本体 20についてはやや誇張して図示して ある。 35 and 36 show examples of tape-type disposable diapers. Fig. 36 shows Fig. 35 The force-absorbing main body 20 shown in FIG.
[0351] テープ式使い捨ておむつ 10Aは、おむつの背側両側端部に取り付けられたファス ニング片を有し、このファスユング片の止着面にフック要素を有するとともに、前記お むつの裏面を構成するバックシートを不織布積層体とし、おむつの装着に当り、前記 ファスユング片のフック要素を前記バックシートの表面の任意個所に係合可能となし たおむつである。  [0351] The tape-type disposable diaper 10A has fastening pieces attached to both end portions on the back side of the diaper, has a hook element on a fastening surface of the fastening piece, and constitutes the back surface of the diaper. A diaper in which a backsheet is a non-woven laminate, and the hook element of the fastening piece can be engaged with an arbitrary portion of the surface of the backsheet when the diaper is mounted.
[0352] 吸収性本体 20は、トップシート 30と、液不透過性シート 70との間に、吸収体 56を 介在させたものとなっている。この吸収体 56は、ティッシュぺーパによる包被シート 58 により全体が包まれており、平面的に視て長方形をなしている。吸収体 56と包被シー ト 58との間には保持シート 80が設けられている。  [0352] The absorbent main body 20 has an absorbent body 56 interposed between a top sheet 30 and a liquid-impermeable sheet 70. The absorbent body 56 is entirely wrapped with a covering sheet 58 made of tissue paper, and has a rectangular shape in plan view. A holding sheet 80 is provided between the absorbent body 56 and the covering sheet 58.
[0353] さらに、トップシート 30と吸収体 56との間には、中間シート 40が介在されている。液 不透過性シート 70は吸収体 56より幅広の長方形をなし、その外方に砂時計形状の 不織布からなるバックシート 12Aが設けられている。  [0353] Further, an intermediate sheet 40 is interposed between the top sheet 30 and the absorber 56. The liquid-impermeable sheet 70 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, and a back sheet 12A made of an hourglass-shaped non-woven fabric is provided on the outer side thereof.
[0354] トップシート 30は吸収体 56より幅広の長方形をなし、吸収体 56の側縁より若干外 方に延在し、液不透過性シート 70とホットメルト接着剤などにより固着されている。  [0354] The top sheet 30 has a rectangular shape wider than the absorbent body 56, extends slightly outward from the side edge of the absorbent body 56, and is fixed to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 with a hot melt adhesive or the like.
[0355] おむつの両側部には、使用面側に突出するバリヤ一力フス 60Aが形成され、この ノ リヤーカフス 60Aは、実質的に幅方向に連続した不織布力もなるノ リヤーシート 64 と、弾性伸縮部材、例えば糸ゴム力 なる 1本の又は複数本の脚周り用弾性伸縮部 材としての糸ゴム 62とにより構成されている。 130は面ファスナーによるファスユング 片である。  [0355] On both sides of the diaper, barrier one-force hulls 60A projecting to the use surface side are formed. It is composed of a member, for example, one or a plurality of leg rubber elastic elastic members for the leg elastic force. 130 is a fasting piece with a hook-and-loop fastener.
[0356] ノ リヤーシート 64の内面は、トップシート 30の側縁と離間した位置において固着始 端を有し、この固着始端カも液不透過性シート 70の延在縁にかけて、幅方向外方部 分がホットメルト接着剤などにより固着されている。ノ リヤーシート 64の外面は、その 下面においてバックシート 12Aにホットメルト接着剤などにより固着されて 、る。さらに 、ガスケットカフス用弾性伸縮部材、たとえば糸ゴム 66が設けられている。  [0356] The inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 has a fixing start at a position separated from the side edge of the top sheet 30, and this fixing start edge also extends to the extending edge of the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 outward in the width direction. Part is fixed with hot melt adhesive. The outer surface of the liner sheet 64 is fixed to the back sheet 12A with a hot melt adhesive on the lower surface thereof. Further, an elastic expansion / contraction member for gasket cuff, for example, rubber thread 66 is provided.
[0357] ノ リヤーシート 64の内面の、液不透過性シート 70への固着始端は、ノ リヤーカフス 60Aの起立端を形成している。脚周りにおいては、この起立端より内側は、製品本体 に固定されていない自由部分であり、この自由部分が糸ゴム 62の収縮力により起立 するようになる。 [0357] The starting end of the inner surface of the NORY sheet 64 attached to the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 forms the upright end of the NORY cuff 60A. Around the leg, the inside of the standing end is the product body It is a free part that is not fixed to the thread, and this free part comes to stand by the contraction force of the rubber thread 62.
[0358] 本例では、ファスニング片 130として、面ファスナーを用いることで、バックシート 12 Aに対して、メカ-カルに止着できる。したがって、いわゆるターゲットテープを省略 することもでき、かつ、ファスユング片 130による止着位置を自由に選択できる。  [0358] In this example, by using a hook-and-loop fastener as the fastening piece 130, it can be mechanically fixed to the back sheet 12A. Therefore, the so-called target tape can be omitted, and the fastening position by the fastening piece 130 can be freely selected.
[0359] ファスユング片 130は、プラスチック、ポリラミ不織布、紙製などのファスユング基材 の基部がバックシート 12Aに、例えば接着剤により接合されており、先端側にフック 要素 130Aを有する。フック要素 130Aはファスユング基材に接着剤により接合され ている。フック要素 130Aは、その外面側に多数の係合片を有する。フック要素 130 Aより先端側に仮止め接着剤部 130Bを有する。製品の組立て末期において、仮止 め接着剤部 130B力バリヤ一シート 64に接着されることによりファスユング片 130の先 端側の剥離を防止するようにしている。使用時には、その接着力に抗して剥離し、フ ァスユング片 130の先端側を前身頃に持ち込むものである。仮止め接着剤部 130B より先端側はファスユング基材が露出して摘みタブ部とされている。  [0359] The base of a fasting base material such as plastic, polylaminated nonwoven fabric, or paper is joined to the backsheet 12A by, for example, an adhesive, and the hooking piece 130 has a hook element 130A on the tip side. The hook element 130A is bonded to the fastening substrate with an adhesive. The hook element 130A has a large number of engaging pieces on the outer surface side thereof. A temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is provided on the tip side from the hook element 130A. At the end of the assembly of the product, the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B is adhered to the force barrier sheet 64 to prevent peeling of the front end side of the fastening piece 130. In use, it peels off against the adhesive force and brings the front end of the fastening piece 130 to the front body. The fastening base material is exposed at the tip side from the temporary fixing adhesive portion 130B, and is a tab portion.
[0360] 前身頃の開口部側には、ノ ックシート 12Aの内面側に、デザインシートとしてのター ゲット印刷シート 74が設けられ、ファスユング片 130のフック要素 130Aを止着する位 置の目安となるデザインが施されたターゲット印刷がなされ、外部からバックシート 12 Aを通して視認可能なように施されて 、る。  [0360] At the opening side of the front body, a target printing sheet 74 as a design sheet is provided on the inner surface side of the knock sheet 12A, which serves as a guide for fixing the hook element 130A of the fastening piece 130. The target print with the design is made and made visible through the back sheet 12A from the outside.
[0361] おむつの、装着時には、おむつが舟形に体に装着されるので、そして糸ゴム 62の 収縮力が作用するので、脚周りでは、糸ゴム 62の収縮力によりバリヤ一力フス 60Aが 起立する。  [0361] When the diaper is worn, the diaper is attached to the body in the shape of a boat, and the contraction force of the rubber thread 62 acts on the leg. To do.
[0362] 起立部で囲まれる空間は、尿又は軟便の閉じ込め空間を形成する。この空間内に 排尿されると、その尿はトップシート 30を通って吸収体 56内に吸収されるとともに、軟 便の固形分については、ノ リヤーカフス 60Aの起立部がバリヤ一となり、その乗り越 えが防止される。万一、起立部の起立遠位側縁を乗り越えて横に漏れた尿は、平面 当り部によるストップ機能により横漏れが防止される。  [0362] The space surrounded by the standing part forms a confined space for urine or soft stool. When urinating into this space, the urine is absorbed into the absorbent body 56 through the top sheet 30 and the rising part of the Noriya cuff 60A becomes the barrier for the stool solids. Is prevented. In the unlikely event that urine leaks laterally across the standing distal edge of the standing part, side leakage is prevented by a stop function by the flat contact part.
[0363] 本形態において、各起立カフスを形成するノ リヤーシート 64は、透液性でなく実質 的に不透液性(半透液性でもよい)であるのが望ましい。また、本発明のトップシート( 不織布積層体)に対してシリコン処理などにより液体をはじく性質となるようにしてもよ い。いずれにしても、ノ リヤーシート 64及びバックシート 12Aは、それぞれ通気性が あり、かつバリヤ一シート 64及びバックシート 12Aは、それぞれ而水圧が lOOmmH [0363] In the present embodiment, it is desirable that the NORY sheet 64 forming each standing cuff is not liquid-permeable but substantially liquid-permeable (or semi-liquid-permeable). The top sheet of the present invention ( The non-woven fabric laminate) may be made to repel liquid by silicon treatment or the like. In any case, the noir sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A are air permeable, and the barrier sheet 64 and the back sheet 12A each have a hydrostatic pressure of lOOmmH.
2 o以上のシートであるのが好適である。これによつて、製品の幅方向側部において通 気性を示すものとなり、着用者のムレを防止できる。  A sheet of 2 o or more is preferable. As a result, air permeability is exhibited at the side portion in the width direction of the product, and the wearer's stuffiness can be prevented.
[0364] その他の点、例えば各部の使用素材等については、前述のパンツ型紙おむつの 場合と同じであるため、敢えて説明を省略する。  [0364] The other points, such as the material used in each part, are the same as in the case of the above-described pants-type disposable diaper, and therefore the description is omitted.
[0365] <紙おむつの製造方法例 > [0365] <Example of how to make disposable diapers>
次に、上述の紙おむつの製造例について説明する。図 37及び図 38に示す例は、 図 28、図 29及び図 33に示すパンツ型の使い捨ておむつの製造設備例を示してい る。  Next, a manufacturing example of the above-described paper diaper will be described. The example shown in FIG. 37 and FIG. 38 shows an example of manufacturing equipment for the pants-type disposable diaper shown in FIG. 28, FIG. 29 and FIG.
[0366] ラインに上流側から包被シート 58が供給され、次 、で保持シート 80が供給される。  [0366] The covering sheet 58 is supplied to the line from the upstream side, and then the holding sheet 80 is supplied.
この保持シート 80に対しては、後に供給される高吸収性ポリマー粒子の移動を防止 するために、予め粘着性を有するホットメルト接着剤などを塗布することができる。図 3 8にはこのための粘着剤塗布装置 104が図示されて 、る。  In order to prevent the movement of the superabsorbent polymer particles supplied later, a sticky hot melt adhesive or the like can be applied to the holding sheet 80 in advance. FIG. 38 shows an adhesive applicator 104 for this purpose.
[0367] 続いて、トウを開繊してなる(開繊工程の詳細は後述する)フィラメント 52の集合体 5 2Zが上方力も供給され、その上に、高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段 90により高吸収 性ポリマー粒子 54が散布供給される。その後、セーラ 92を通すことにより包被シート 58により包み込まれ、吸収要素 50とされる。次に、カッター装置 94によりライン方向 に分割され、個別の吸収要素 50とされる。  [0367] Subsequently, an assembly of filaments 52 2Z formed by opening the tow (details of the opening process will be described later) is also supplied with an upward force. Absorbent polymer particles 54 are sprayed and supplied. Thereafter, the wrapping sheet 58 is wrapped by passing the sailor 92, and the absorbent element 50 is obtained. Next, it is divided in the line direction by the cutter device 94 to form individual absorbent elements 50.
[0368] さらに、中間シート(セカンドシート) 40が上方から、実施の形態では吸収要素 50全 長に対して短!、構造であるので、間欠的に供給される。  [0368] Further, since the intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 has a structure shorter than the entire length of the absorbent element 50 in the embodiment, it is supplied intermittently from above.
[0369] 続いて上方からノ リヤーカフス 60の構成要素及びトップシート 30力 下方から液不 透過性シート 70がそれぞれ供給される。ここで、ノ リヤーカフス 60を構成するノ リャ 一シート 64の供給ラインでは、予め、図示しない装置により 2枚の不織布間に糸ゴム 62が伸張下で、かつ第 2液不透過性シート 72が固定された状態での供給がなされ、 トップシート 30と共に主ラインに供給される。主ラインに供給されたノ リヤーカフス 60 の構成要素、トップシート 30及び液不透過性シート 70は、図 33に示す形状に、セー ラ 96により折り畳みがなされる。 [0369] Subsequently, the components of the NORY cuff 60 and the top sheet 30 force are supplied from above and the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is supplied from below. Here, in the supply line of the NORY sheet 64 constituting the NORY cuff 60, the rubber thread 62 is stretched between the two non-woven fabrics and the second liquid impermeable sheet 72 is fixed in advance by a device (not shown). In this state, it is supplied to the main line together with the top sheet 30. The components of the noir cuff 60 supplied to the main line, the top sheet 30 and the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 are arranged in the shape shown in FIG. Folded by LA 96.
[0370] 吸収性本体 20のラインの最後では、カッター装置 98により切断され、長手方向をラ インに沿わせた長方形の吸収性本体 20が得られる。  [0370] At the end of the line of the absorbent main body 20, a rectangular absorbent main body 20 having a longitudinal direction along the line is obtained by cutting with the cutter device 98.
[0371] 得られた吸収性本体 20は、転回装置 100により吸収性本体 20の長手方向がライ ンと直交するように 90度転回される。  [0371] The obtained absorbent main body 20 is turned 90 degrees by the turning device 100 so that the longitudinal direction of the absorbent main body 20 is orthogonal to the line.
[0372] 一方、外装シート 12のラインでは、予め 2枚の不織布シート間に糸ゴム 12Cが介在 された(図 37では図示を省略してある)状態で流れ、かつ、脚周り部分を形成するた めにカッター(図示せず)により楕円形にくりぬかれ、組合せステーション 102に達す ると、その上で、かつ、くりぬき部位間に転回済みの吸収性本体 20が設置され、ホッ トメルト接着剤などにより固定され、外装シート 12と結合される。その後、図 37の水平 ラインを境にして上下に折り畳まれ、外装シート 12の前身頃 12F及び後身頃 12Bの 両側部の接合領域 12Aが熱融着などにより接合される。その後、ライン方向に分断し て (分断手段は図示して 、な 、)個別製品を得る。  [0372] On the other hand, in the line of the exterior sheet 12, the thread rubber 12C flows in advance between two non-woven sheets (not shown in FIG. 37), and the leg periphery is formed. For this purpose, it is cut into an oval shape by a cutter (not shown), and when the combination station 102 is reached, the absorbent main body 20 that has been turned around is installed between the cut-out portions, and hot melt adhesive, etc. And fixed to the outer sheet 12. Thereafter, it is folded up and down with the horizontal line in FIG. 37 as a boundary, and the joining regions 12A on both sides of the front body 12F and the back body 12B of the exterior sheet 12 are joined by heat sealing or the like. Thereafter, the product is divided in the line direction (the dividing means are not shown) to obtain individual products.
[0373] 開繊工程は、例えば図 38に示す形態のラインにより実施できる。すなわち、ベール 52Xからトウ 52Yが引き出され、拡幅装置 120を介して段階的に拡幅されながら第 1 ユッフ °126A、第 2ユッフ °126B、及び第 3ユッフ °126Cを通り、拡厚装置 110に導力 れ、ここで厚さが拡大され、略最終的なフィラメントの集合体 52Zとされた後、その上 に、高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段 90により高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54が散布供給 され、しかる後にセーラ 92へと送り込まれる。ベール 52Xからのトウの引き出しは、第 1-ップ 126A (駆動-ップロールに相当)による引き込みにより行われるようになって いる。  [0373] The fiber opening step can be performed, for example, by a line having the form shown in FIG. In other words, the toe 52Y is pulled out from the bail 52X and is gradually expanded through the widening device 120, and then passed to the thickening device 110 through the first yuf ° 126A, the second yuf ° 126B, and the third yuf ° 126C. Then, after the thickness is enlarged and the final aggregate of filaments 52Z is formed, the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 are sprayed and supplied by the superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90 on the filament aggregate 52Z. Later sent to Sarah 92. The tow is pulled out from the bale 52X by pulling in with the 1st-up 126A (corresponding to the drive-up roll).
[0374] すなわち、ベール 52Xから引き出されたトウ 52Yは、ターン部 122により角度変えが 行われた後、回転自由に構成された一対の-ップロール力もなるフリー-ップロール 124の-ップを介して、第 1-ップ 126Aにより引き込まれるようになつている。このよう な構成では、フリー-ップロール 124の移送抵抗(エップ圧力やロール自重に応じて 定まる)があた力もトウ 52Yの引き込み速度を抑えるブレーキとして機能し、フリー-ッ プロール 124以降における張力が安定するようになる。これは、フリー-ップロール 1 24の回転がトウの通過のみで発生するようになって!/、ることに起因するものである。 [0375] フリー-ップロール 124の-ップ圧や自重は適宜定めればよいが、通常の場合、二 ップ圧は OMPa超 5MPa以下とするのが好ましぐまた、ロール自重は、ロール一本 あたり Okg超 10kg以下とするのが好ましい。この範囲内であれば、張力の安定化を 容易に実現できる。 That is, the toe 52Y pulled out from the bail 52X is changed in angle by the turn part 122, and then is rotated through a free-up roll 124 having a pair of free-up roll forces configured to be freely rotatable. 1st-p 126A is designed to be pulled in. In such a configuration, the force applied by the transfer resistance of the free-up roll 124 (determined according to the Ep pressure and the roll's own weight) also functions as a brake that suppresses the pull-in speed of the toe 52Y, and the tension after the free-up roll 124 is stable. To come. This is due to the fact that the rotation of the free-rolls 1 24 occurs only when the tow passes! /. [0375] The free-up roll 124's -up pressure and its own weight may be determined as appropriate, but in normal cases, it is preferable that the 2-up pressure is over OMPa and 5 MPa or less. It is preferable that the amount be more than Okg and less than 10kg. Within this range, tension can be easily stabilized.
[0376] 力べして、トウの供給量を支配する第 1-ップ 126Aに対するトウ 52Yの供給量が安 定するようになり、もって吸収体のサイズ、重量、品質が安定するようになる。  [0376] As a result, the supply amount of tow 52Y to the 1st-up 126A that controls the supply amount of tow becomes stable, and the size, weight, and quality of the absorber become stable.
[0377] また、ベール 52Xから引き出されたトウ 52Yは、ベール 52Xとフリー-ップロール 12 4との間、フリー-ップロール 124と第 1-ップ 126Aとの間、第 1-ップ 126Aと第 2- ップ 126Bとの間、ならびに第 2-ップ 126Bと第 3-ップ 126Cとの間にそれぞれ設け られた拡幅装置 120により、段階的に所望の幅まで拡幅される。この際、併せて厚さ 方向にも拡大することができる。  [0377] In addition, the tow 52Y drawn from the bale 52X is placed between the bale 52X and the free-up roll 124, between the free-up roll 124 and the first-up 126A, and between the first-up 126A and the first. The widening device 120 provided between the 2-p 126B and between the 2-p 126B and the 3-p 126C is widened stepwise to a desired width. At this time, it can also be expanded in the thickness direction.
[0378] 図 39及び図 40は、この拡幅装置 120を示しており、トウを通す所定幅 Xの角筒状 通路 120Aと、この通路 120A内面における幅方向に沿う面に形成された圧縮エア 一の噴出口 120Bとを有し、通路 120A内に導入されるトウ 52Yを圧縮エアーの力に より通路幅一杯に拡幅するものである。通路の高さは、導入されるトウ 52Yの厚さ以 上とされており、トウ 52Yの厚さよりも高い場合には、トウ 52Yは厚さ方向にも拡大さ れる。  FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 show the widening device 120, and a rectangular tube passage 120A having a predetermined width X through which the tow passes, and compressed air formed on a surface along the width direction on the inner surface of the passage 120A. The tow 52Y introduced into the passage 120A is widened to the full width of the passage by the force of compressed air. The height of the passage is equal to or greater than the thickness of the tow 52Y to be introduced, and when it is higher than the thickness of the tow 52Y, the tow 52Y is also expanded in the thickness direction.
[0379] 噴出口 120Bは、図 40に示されるように、通路 120Aの幅方向中央に関して線対称 をなし且つ通路 120Aの幅方向中央に向かうにつれてトウ通過方向下流側に位置す るくの字状 (もしくは V字状)スリットとされて 、る。  [0379] As shown in FIG. 40, the spout 120B is line-symmetric with respect to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A, and has a dogleg shape that is located downstream in the toe passage direction toward the center in the width direction of the passage 120A. (Or V-shaped) It is a slit.
[0380] このようなスリット 120B力もエアーを噴出させた状態で、トウが通路 120A内に進入 すると、進入位置が幅方向中央力 ずれていたとしても、トウ 52Yが圧縮エアーの力 をバランス良く受けるように幅方向中央側(図 40中の矢印方向)に逃げ、自然にトウ 5 2Yが通路 120Aの幅方向中央に案内される。つまり、拡幅のための圧縮エアーを利 用してトウ 52Yの導入位置のセンタリングも可能になるのである。また、この形態では 、トウ 52Yを非接触で案内するため、ガイド部材等のように接触により案内するのと比 ベて、トウの傷みや崩れも発生し難い利点もある。また、このようなセンタリング機能を 有する拡幅装置 120は、拡幅におけるセンタリングだけでなく移送位置の補正機能 をも発揮する。 [0380] When the tow enters the passage 120A in such a state that the slit 120B force is also ejected, the tow 52Y receives the force of the compressed air in a well-balanced manner even if the approach position is shifted in the center force in the width direction. Thus, it escapes to the center in the width direction (in the direction of the arrow in FIG. 40) and the toe 52Y is naturally guided to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A. In other words, the introduction position of the toe 52Y can be centered using compressed air for widening. Further, in this embodiment, since the toe 52Y is guided in a non-contact manner, there is an advantage that damage and collapse of the tow are less likely to occur compared to the case where the toe 52Y is guided by contact. In addition, the widening device 120 having such a centering function is not only capable of centering in widening, but also has a function of correcting the transfer position. Also demonstrates.
[0381] 上述のような圧縮エアーを利用したセンタリングを行う場合、スリットの形状はくの字 状に限られず、通路 120Aの幅方向中央に関して線対称をなし且つ通路 120Aの幅 方向中央に向かうにつれてトウ通過方向下流側に位置する条件を満足する限り、曲 線状、円弧状等に形成することもできる。  [0381] When centering is performed using compressed air as described above, the shape of the slit is not limited to the square shape, and is symmetrical with respect to the center in the width direction of the passage 120A and toward the center in the width direction of the passage 120A. As long as the conditions located downstream in the toe passing direction are satisfied, it may be formed in a curved shape, an arc shape or the like.
[0382] 一方、第 1-ップ 126Aと第 2-ップ 126Bとの間では、トウ 52Yにテンションをかける ように張力が付与されており、逆に第 2-ップ 126Bと第 3-ップ 126Cとの間は弛緩さ れるように、各-ップロールの周速度が設定されている。この結果、第 1-ップ 126A と第 2-ップ 126Bとの間でトウ 52Yにテンションがかけられることで、フィラメント相互 の絡み合い等がある程度まで強制的に除去され、フィラメントの分離が促進されるとと もに、この分離に伴って拡幅装置 120によりトウ 52Yを拡幅することで、トウ 52Yの更 なる均一な拡幅が可能となっている。また、第 2-ップ 126Bと第 3-ップ 126Cとの間 でトウ 52Yの弛緩を行いつつ、拡幅装置 120によりトウ 52Yを拡幅することで、トウ 52 Yの更なる均一な拡幅が可能となって 、る。  [0382] On the other hand, tension is applied between the 1st-up 126A and the 2nd-up 126B so as to apply tension to the toe 52Y. The peripheral speed of each -up roll is set so as to be relaxed between As a result, tension is applied to the tow 52Y between the first-up 126A and the second-up 126B, so that the entanglement between the filaments is forcibly removed to some extent and the separation of the filaments is promoted. At the same time, the tow 52Y is widened by the widening device 120 along with the separation, so that the tow 52Y can be further uniformly widened. In addition, the toe 52Y is widened by the widening device 120 while the tow 52Y is relaxed between the 2-up 126B and the 3-up 126C. It becomes.
[0383] より好ましい形態では、第 2-ップ 126Bの一方のローラは、長手方向に小さな間隔 を置いて周方向に連続する溝が多数形成される。この溝は、フィラメントが多数の溝 内に入り込むことで、トウの解しを促進させる機能がある。さらに、この場合、溝の効果 を高めるために、第 2-ップ 126Bの一方の溝付ローラにおけるトウ 52Yの抱き角度( トウ接触部分の回転方向角度)を大きくし、トウ 52Yと溝付ローラとの接触面積を大き くするのも好ましい形態である。具体的には、第 2-ップ 126B上流側のトウ 52Yと下 流側のトウ 52Yとのなす角度、つまり溝付ローラによる方向転換角度が 180度未満、 特に鋭角(90度よりも小)となるように構成することのが好ましい。  [0383] In a more preferred form, one roller of the second 2-p 126B is formed with a large number of continuous grooves in the circumferential direction at small intervals in the longitudinal direction. This groove has the function of promoting tow unraveling by allowing the filament to enter a large number of grooves. Further, in this case, in order to enhance the effect of the groove, the holding angle of the toe 52Y (the rotation direction angle of the toe contact portion) in one of the grooved rollers of the 2-up 126B is increased, and the toe 52Y and the grooved roller are increased. It is also a preferable form to increase the contact area. Specifically, the angle between the tow 52Y on the upstream side of the 2-p 126B and the tow 52Y on the downstream side, that is, the direction change angle by the grooved roller is less than 180 degrees, especially acute angle (smaller than 90 degrees) It is preferable to constitute so that.
[0384] また、第 1-ップ 126A、第 2-ップ 126B及び第 3-ップ 126Cは、対をなすロール の径の組み合わせが相違しても良いが、その場合、周速度差によりロール間でトウ 5 2Yに加わる張力やロールとトウ 52Yとの接触抵抗など力 トウ幅方向において不均 一になるおそれがあるため、全て共通するように構成するのが好ま U、。  [0384] In addition, the first-up 126A, the second-up 126B, and the third-up 126C may have different combinations of roll diameters. The force applied to the tow 5 2Y between the rolls and the contact resistance between the roll and the toe 52Y may cause unevenness in the toe width direction.
[0385] 次に、第 3-ップ 126Cを通過したトウは、拡厚装置 110に導かれる。拡厚装置 110 は、たとえば、特開昭 59— 500422号公報 (WO 83/03267)に開示されたものと 同様な構造であり、概略的には図 41に示すように、入口 110Aと出口 110Bとの間に ベンチユリ一部 110bが形成されるとともに、入口側に圧空の吹き込み口 110aを備え るとともに、ベンチユリ一部 110bに空気の排気孔 110cを有するものである。平面的 にはほぼ長方形をなし、図 41の紙面を貫通する方向に扁平な形状である。 [0385] Next, the tow that has passed through the 3-p 126C is guided to the thickening device 110. The thickening device 110 is disclosed in, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-500422 (WO 83/03267). As shown schematically in FIG. 41, a bench lily part 110b is formed between the inlet 110A and the outlet 110B, a compressed air inlet 110a is provided on the inlet side, and a bench lily is formed. A part 110b has an air exhaust hole 110c. In plan view, it is almost rectangular and flat in the direction penetrating the page of FIG.
[0386] 吹き込み口 110aからの圧空の吹き込みによって、ェジェクタ一効果によって入口 1 10Aから空気が入り込み、その結果、トウ 52Yは引き込まれ、前進力が与えられる。ト ゥ 52Yがベンチユリ一部 110bに至ると、空気の排気孔 110cから排気が行われ、力 つ、ベンチユリ一部 110bの空間が拡大するために、主にトウ 52Yの嵩が厚み方向に 増加し、厚さが拡大される。なお、通路の幅を、導入されるトウ 52Yの幅よりも広くする ことにより、図 41の下方に示すように拡幅も可能である。  [0386] When the compressed air is blown from the blowing port 110a, air enters from the inlet 110A due to the ejector effect, and as a result, the tow 52Y is drawn and given a forward force. When the toe 52Y reaches the bench lily part 110b, the air is exhausted from the air exhaust hole 110c, and the space of the bench lily part 110b is expanded, so the bulk of the toe 52Y mainly increases in the thickness direction. The thickness is enlarged. Note that by making the width of the passage wider than the width of the tow 52Y to be introduced, the width can be increased as shown in the lower part of FIG.
[0387] 高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段 90としては、フィラメントの集合体に対して高吸収 性ポリマー粒子を実質的に厚み方向全体に分散させるものが好ましい。このような高 吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段 90としては、高吸収性ポリマー粒子自体の自重よる落 下力のみならず、加速力を与える手段が望ましい。この例を図 42に示した。すなわち 、下部に開口を有するケーシング 90a内に投射孔 90dを有する回転ドラム 90bがゥェ ブの移動方向(図 43での反時計方向)に回転するように構成され、その内部にシャツ タドラム 90cが設けられたものである。これらを要素とする投射部 90Aは、ホッパー 90 Bと連結され (図 38参照)、高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段 90が構成されている。  [0387] As the superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90, it is preferable to disperse the superabsorbent polymer particles in the entire thickness direction with respect to the filament aggregate. As such a superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90, it is desirable to provide not only a drop force due to the weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles themselves but also an acceleration force. An example of this is shown in FIG. In other words, a rotating drum 90b having a projection hole 90d in a casing 90a having an opening in the lower part is configured to rotate in the moving direction of the web (counterclockwise in FIG. 43), and a shirter drum 90c is placed inside the rotating drum 90b. It is provided. The projection unit 90A including these elements is connected to the hopper 90B (see FIG. 38), and the superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90 is configured.
[0388] ホッパー 90Bからの高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54は回転ドラム 90b内に供給されるよう に構成されている。ここに、予め、ケーシング 90aの開口位置に対し、シャツタドラム 9 Ocの開口の位置調整が行われる。図 42の状態では完全一致した全開状態を示して ある。また、回転ドラム 90bの投射孔 90dは、周方向に分割された群として、図示では 周方向に 4つの群として分割され、したがって図示では回転ドラム 90bがー回転する 過程で、 4枚分の紙おむつに対して高吸収性ポリマー粒子を散布 '投射するようにし てある。  [0388] The superabsorbent polymer particles 54 from the hopper 90B are configured to be supplied into the rotating drum 90b. Here, the opening position of the shatter drum 9 Oc is adjusted in advance with respect to the opening position of the casing 90a. In the state of Fig. 42, the fully opened state is shown. Further, the projection hole 90d of the rotating drum 90b is divided into four groups in the circumferential direction as shown in the drawing as a group divided in the circumferential direction. Therefore, in the process shown in the drawing, four sheets of disposable diapers are rotated. The superabsorbent polymer particles are sprayed and projected on the surface.
[0389] フィラメント 52の集合体上に高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を連続的に散布 '投射しても よいが、図 37が参照されるように、吸収要素 50をカッター装置 94によりライン方向に 分割し、個別の吸収要素 50とするときに、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の存在によりカツ ター装置 94の刃が短時間のうちに磨耗してしまう。そこで、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54 を連続的に散布 '投射するのではなぐ図 42に示すように、ゾーン Zのみに間欠的に 散布 ·投射するようにすることが望ま ヽ。 [0389] The superabsorbent polymer particles 54 may be continuously sprinkled onto the aggregate of filaments 52, but as shown in Fig. 37, the absorbent element 50 is divided in the line direction by the cutter device 94. However, when the individual absorbent elements 50 are used, the presence of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 The blade of the starter device 94 is worn out in a short time. Therefore, it is desirable that the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 be intermittently dispersed and projected only in the zone Z, as shown in FIG.
[0390] このために、前述のように、回転ドラム 90bの投射孔 90dは、周方向に分割された群 として、図示では周方向に 4つの群として分割して形成することにより、高吸収性ポリ マー粒子 54をゾーン Zのみに間欠的に散布 '投射するようにしてあるのである。その 結果、ゾーン Z、 Z間でカッター装置 94により分断でき、カッター装置 94の刃の磨耗 を抑制できる。 [0390] For this reason, as described above, the projection hole 90d of the rotating drum 90b is formed as a group divided in the circumferential direction, and as shown in the figure, divided into four groups in the circumferential direction. The polymer particles 54 are intermittently scattered and projected only in the zone Z. As a result, the zone Z and Z can be divided by the cutter device 94, and the blade wear of the cutter device 94 can be suppressed.
[0391] なお、本発明では、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の分散密度が主吸収部分 56Cと股 間部の両側部 56S, 56Sとで異なる力 このような分布は、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54 の散布量を部位に応じて調節したり、股間部両側には散布しないような散布パターン を採用したりすることで製造できる。高吸収性ポリマー粒子の散布量は、主に投射孔 90dの孔径の大小、ケーシング 90aの開口位置に対するシャツタドラム 90cの開口の 位置調整によって調節でき、高吸収性ポリマー粒子の散布パターンは、投射孔 90d の配置によって調節できる。  [0391] In the present invention, the force with which the dispersion density of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 is different between the main absorbent portion 56C and the both side portions 56S, 56S of the crotch portion. It can be manufactured by adjusting the spraying amount according to the part or adopting a spraying pattern that does not spray on both sides of the crotch. The amount of the superabsorbent polymer particles can be adjusted mainly by adjusting the size of the diameter of the projection hole 90d and adjusting the position of the opening of the shatter drum 90c with respect to the position of the opening of the casing 90a. It can be adjusted by the arrangement of holes 90d.
[0392] 一方、必要ならば、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54を圧力空気とともに、フィラメント 52の 集合体上に散布'投射することで、フィラメントの集合体に対して高吸収性ポリマー粒 子が実質的に厚み方向全体に分散させることも可能である。しかし、フィラメント 52の 集合体上に散布'投射した高吸収性ポリマー粒子が、圧力空気によって散乱し、所 定領域外に散布される難点があるので、あまり推奨できな 、。  [0392] On the other hand, if necessary, superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can be dispersed and projected onto the aggregate of filaments 52 together with pressurized air, so that the superabsorbent polymer particles are substantially formed on the aggregate of filaments. It is also possible to disperse in the entire thickness direction. However, it is not recommended because the superabsorbent polymer particles sprayed on the aggregate of filaments 52 are scattered by the pressure air and scattered outside the specified area.
[0393] さらに、高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段 90と共に、あるいはこれに換えて、フィラメ ントの集合体上に散布された高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54をフィラメントの集合体の下方 から、吸引するようにしてもよい。  [0393] Further, in addition to or instead of the superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means 90, the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 sprayed on the filament aggregate are sucked from below the filament aggregate. May be.
[0394] また、図 43に示すように、図 37の転回ロールをバキュームロール 106に換え、前述 の遠心分力をも加えて高吸収性ポリマー粒子を散布する散布手段 90でなぐ単に高 吸収性ポリマー粒子を自重により落下させる形式の高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段 により、バキュームロール 106上方力もフィラメント 52の集合体 52Z上に、高吸収性ポ リマー粒子 54を散布することもできる。この場合には、バキュームロール 106による吸 引力によりフィラメント 52の集合体を高吸収性ポリマー粒子が侵入するので、製品段 階では、吸収体 56の下部に高吸収性ポリマー粒子が分散される。なお、本発明の吸 収体を製造するために、高吸収性ポリマー粒子 54の散布量を部位に応じて調節した り、股間部両側には散布しないような散布パターンを採用したりする点は、前述の散 布手段 90と同様である。 [0394] Also, as shown in Fig. 43, the rotating roll shown in Fig. 37 is replaced with a vacuum roll 106, and the superabsorbent polymer particles are sprayed by applying the centrifugal centrifugal force as described above. Superabsorbent polymer particles 54 can also be sprayed onto the aggregate 52Z of filaments 52 by means of a superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means in which polymer particles are dropped by their own weight. In this case, suction by vacuum roll 106 Since the superabsorbent polymer particles enter the aggregate of the filaments 52 due to attractive force, the superabsorbent polymer particles are dispersed in the lower part of the absorber 56 in the product stage. In addition, in order to manufacture the absorbent body of the present invention, the amount of the superabsorbent polymer particles 54 to be applied is adjusted according to the region, or a spray pattern that does not spray on both sides of the crotch part is adopted. This is the same as the aforementioned distribution means 90.
[0395] 他方、図 44は、図 35及び図 36に示すテープ式の使い捨ておむつの製造方法例 を示している。中間シート (セカンドシート) 40の供給までは、パンツ型の場合と同様 である。中間シート 40が間欠供給された後は、続いて上方からトップシート 30が、下 方から液不透過性シート 70がそれぞれ供給され、その後にノ リヤーカフス 60を構成 するノ リヤーシート 64が供給される。ノ リヤーシート 64の供給ラインでは、予め、図 示しない装置により 2枚の不織布間に糸ゴム 62が伸張下で固定された状態での供給 力 される。ラインの最後では、吸収性本体を備える半製品がカッター装置 98により 分断され、製品 10が得られる。 On the other hand, FIG. 44 shows an example of a manufacturing method of the tape-type disposable diaper shown in FIG. 35 and FIG. The supply of the intermediate sheet (second sheet) 40 is the same as in the case of the pants type. After the intermediate sheet 40 is intermittently supplied, the top sheet 30 is subsequently supplied from the upper side, the liquid-impermeable sheet 70 is supplied from the lower side, and then the NORY sheet 64 constituting the NORY cuff 60 is supplied. . In the supply line of the noir sheet 64, the supply force in a state in which the rubber thread 62 is fixed under stretch between two nonwoven fabrics is previously provided by a device (not shown). At the end of the line, the semi-finished product with the absorbent main body is cut by the cutter device 98 and the product 10 is obtained.
実施例  Example
[0396] 図 47は、吸収体の股間部の両側部における高吸収性ポリマー粒子の目付けが主 吸収部分よりも少な 、本発明に係る吸収性物品 200と、吸収体全体に一様に高吸収 性ポリマー粒子を散布した比較例 201とに、 150gの人孔尿を吸収させ、ノ リヤー力 フス 60の立ちと製品の丸まりを比較したものである。本発明に係る吸収性物品 200の 方力 ノ リヤーカフス 60が高く立ち上がり、製品も体にフィットするように丸まることが 判る。  [0396] Fig. 47 shows that the absorbent article 200 according to the present invention has a high absorption capacity uniformly on both sides of the crotch portion of the absorbent body and the absorbent article 200 according to the present invention in which the basis weight of the super absorbent polymer particles is smaller than that of the primary absorbent section. In Comparative Example 201, in which functional polymer particles were sprayed, 150 g of human urine was absorbed, and the standing force of floss 60 and the roundness of the product were compared. It can be seen that the absorbent core 200 of the absorbent article 200 according to the present invention rises high and the product is rounded to fit the body.
産業上の利用可能性  Industrial applicability
[0397] 本発明は、紙おむつ、生理用ナプキン、失禁パッド、おむつカバーと併用する吸収 ノッド等の吸収性物品に適用できる力 S、最適には紙おむつまたはおむつカバーもし くは紙おむっと併用する吸収パッドである。  [0397] The present invention provides a force S that can be applied to absorbent articles such as disposable diapers, sanitary napkins, incontinence pads, and diaper covers, and optimally absorbent diapers or diaper covers or paper diapers. It is a pad.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0398] [図 1]パンツ型使い捨ておむつの斜視図である。 FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a pants-type disposable diaper.
[図 2]パンツ型使い捨ておむつの展開状態平面図である。  FIG. 2 is a developed plan view of a pants-type disposable diaper.
[図 3]パンツ型使!、捨ておむつのエンボスを形成して!/ヽな 、状態で図示した、図 2の 4 4線断面図である。 [Fig.3] Pants-type messenger! Forming an embossed diaper! 4 is a sectional view taken along the line 4.
[図 4]パンツ型使 、捨ておむつのエンボスを形成した状態で図示した、図 断面図である。  [FIG. 4] A cross-sectional view of the pant-type using the diaper embossed.
[図 5]エンボス形成についての別の第 1例の断面図である。  FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of another first example of emboss formation.
[図 6]エンボス形成についての別の第 2例の断面図である。  FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of another second example of emboss formation.
[図 7]エンボス形成についての別の第 3例の断面図である。  FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view of another third example of emboss formation.
[図 8]テープ式使い捨ておむつの展開状態平面図である。  FIG. 8 is a developed plan view of a tape-type disposable diaper.
[図 9]図 8の 9 9線断面図である。  FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 9 9 in FIG.
[図 10]パンツ型使い捨ておむつの斜視図である。  FIG. 10 is a perspective view of a pants-type disposable diaper.
[図 11]パンツ型使い捨ておむつの展開状態平面図である。  FIG. 11 is a developed plan view of a pants-type disposable diaper.
[図 12]図 11の 3— 3線断面図である。  FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 3-3 in FIG.
[図 13]他の例の断面図である。  FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view of another example.
[図 14]別の例の断面図である。  FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view of another example.
[図 15]他の例の断面図である。  FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view of another example.
[図 16]別の例の断面図である。  FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of another example.
[図 17]別の例の断面図である。  FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of another example.
[図 18]テープ式使い捨ておむつの展開状態平面図である。  FIG. 18 is a developed plan view of a tape-type disposable diaper.
[図 19]図 18の 9 9線断面図である。  FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 9 9 in FIG.
圆 20]吸収要素の製造設備例を示す概要図である。 [20] It is a schematic diagram showing an example of manufacturing equipment for an absorbent element.
圆 21]パンツ型紙おむつの製造設備例を示す概要図である。 圆 21] It is a schematic diagram showing an example of manufacturing equipment for a pants-type disposable diaper.
圆 22]テープ式使い捨て紙おむつの製造設備例を示す概要図である。 圆 22] It is a schematic diagram showing an example of manufacturing equipment for a tape-type disposable paper diaper.
[図 23]開繊設備の概要図である。  [FIG. 23] A schematic diagram of the opening facility.
[図 24]拡幅装置の概要図である。  FIG. 24 is a schematic view of a widening device.
[図 25]図 24の XV— XV断面図である。  FIG. 25 is a sectional view taken along the line XV—XV in FIG. 24.
[図 26]拡厚装置の概要図である。  FIG. 26 is a schematic view of a thickening device.
[図 27]SAP供給装置例の概要図である。  FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of an example of an SAP supply device.
[図 28]パンツ型使!、捨ておむつの斜視図である。  FIG. 28 is a perspective view of a pants-type messenger!
[図 29]パンツ型使い捨ておむつの展開状態平面図である。 [図 30]図 2の 3— 3線矢視断面図である。 FIG. 29 is a developed plan view of a pants-type disposable diaper. 30 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 3—3 in FIG.
[図 31]他の例の 3— 3線矢視相当断面図である。  FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 3-3 of another example.
[図 32]別の例の 3— 3線矢視相当断面図である。  FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of another example taken along line 3—3.
[図 33]変形例の 3— 3線矢視相当断面図である。  FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view corresponding to the line 3—3 of the modification.
[図 34]さらに別の例の 3— 3線矢視相当断面図である。  FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view of another example taken along line 3-3.
[図 35]テープ式使い捨ておむつの展開状態平面図である。  FIG. 35 is a developed plan view of a tape-type disposable diaper.
[図 36]図 35の 9 9断面図である。  FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line 99 in FIG. 35.
圆 37]パンツ型紙おむつの製造設備例を示す概要図である。 [37] FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram showing an example of manufacturing equipment for a pants-type disposable diaper.
[図 38]その要部概要図である。  FIG. 38 is a schematic diagram of the main part.
[図 39]拡幅装置の概要図である。  FIG. 39 is a schematic diagram of a widening device.
[図 40]図 39の ΧΙΠ— ΧΙΠ断面図である。  FIG. 40 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line の in FIG. 39.
[図 41]開繊装置の概要図である。  FIG. 41 is a schematic diagram of a fiber opening device.
圆 42]高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段例の概要図である。 圆 42] It is a schematic diagram of an example of a superabsorbent polymer particle spraying means.
圆 43]他の高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布形態の概要図である。 [43] It is a schematic diagram of another superabsorbent polymer particle spraying form.
圆 44]テープ式使い捨て紙おむつの製造設備例を示す概要図である。 [44] FIG. 44 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a manufacturing facility for a tape-type disposable paper diaper.
[図 45]吸収体における SAPおよび接着剤の平面配置を示す概要図である。  FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram showing a planar arrangement of SAP and adhesive in the absorbent body.
[図 46]保持シートの一例を示す図である。  FIG. 46 is a diagram showing an example of a holding sheet.
[図 47]実験結果を示す図である。  FIG. 47 is a diagram showing experimental results.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
10…パンツ型使い捨ておむつ、 10A…テープ式使い捨ておむつ、 12· ··外装シー ト、 12Α· ··ノ ックシート、 20· ··吸収性本体、 30· ··トップシート、 40· ··中間シート、 50 …吸収要素、 52· ··フィラメント、 52Χ· ··ベール、 52Υ· ··トウ、 52Ζ· ··フィラメントの集合 体、 54· ··高吸収性ポリマー粒子、 56· ··吸収体、 56Α· ··上層吸収体、 56B…下層吸 ί|¾ί本、 58· ··^1 シート、 60、 60Α· ··ノリャー^ 7フス、 64· ··ノ リヤーシート、 70· ··ί夜不 透過性シート、 72…第 2液不透過性シート、 80…保持シート、 Ε…熱融着部分、 90 …高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布手段、 90Α…投射部、 90a…ケーシング、 90b…回転 ドラム、 90c…シャツタドラム、 92· ··セーラ、 94· ··カッター装置、 98· ··カッター装置、 1 00…転回装置、 102…組合せステーション、 104· ··粘着剤塗布装置、 110…拡厚装 置、 110a…圧空の吹き込み口、 110b…ベンチユリ一部、 120···拡幅装置、 124··· フジ一-ップロール、 126Α···第 1-ップ、 126Β···第 2-ップ、 126C…第 3-ップ、 1 30…ファスユング片、 E…凹部、 Z…高吸収性ポリマー粒子散布ゾーン。 10… Pants-type disposable diapers, 10A… Tape-type disposable diapers, 12 ··· Exterior sheet, 12Α ··· Knock sheet, 20 ················································ 50 ... Absorbing element, 52 ··· Filament, 52Χ ··· Veil, 52Υ · · · Tow, 52Ζ · · · Aggregation of filaments, 54 · · · Highly absorbent polymer particles, 56 · · · Absorber, 56Α ·························································································································································· night Impervious sheet, 72 ... Second liquid impervious sheet, 80 ... Retaining sheet, Ε ... Heat fusion part, 90 ... Super absorbent polymer particle spraying means, 90Α ... Projection part, 90a ... Case, 90b ... Rotating drum , 90c ... shirt drum, 92 ... Sarah, 94 ... cutter device, 98 ... cutter device, 1 00 ... turning device, 102 ... Combined station, 104, ... adhesive coating apparatus, 110 ... 拡厚 instrumentation 110a… Pressure air inlet 110b… Bench lily part 120 ··· Wideening device 124 ··· Fuji-up roll 126 ° ··· 1st-up 126 ° ··· 2-up 126C ... No. 3-p, 1 30 ... Fasung piece, E ... Recess, Z ... High-absorbency polymer particle spray zone.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 透液性のトップシート、トウを開繊してなるフィラメント集合体により形成された吸収 体を含む吸収性本体、液不透過性シートをこの順に有する吸収性物品にお 、て、 前記吸収性本体が位置する領域内において、少なくとも着用者の股下部の両側に ほぼ長手方向に沿って、前記トップシートから前記吸収体に達する溝状のエンボスが 形成されて!ヽることを特徴とする吸収性物品。  [1] In an absorbent article having a liquid-permeable top sheet, an absorbent main body including an absorbent body formed by a filament aggregate formed by opening a tow, and a liquid-impermeable sheet in this order, In the region where the absorbent main body is located, groove-shaped embosses that reach the absorber from the top sheet are formed substantially along the longitudinal direction on both sides of the wearer's crotch. Absorbent article.
[2] 前記エンボスは、前記フィラメント集合体の配向方向に対し交差する方向に沿って 形成されて!ヽる請求項 1記載の吸収性物品。  [2] The absorbent article according to claim 1, wherein the emboss is formed along a direction intersecting with an orientation direction of the filament aggregate.
[3] 前記エンボスは、少なくとも着用者の股下部の両側にほぼ長手方向に形成された 第 1の部分と、吸収性本体の前後部分に形成された第 2の部分とを有し、前記第 1の 部分と前記第 2の部分とが実質的に繋がり、実質的に環状のエンボスが形成されて[3] The embossing includes at least a first portion formed substantially longitudinally on both sides of the crotch part of the wearer and a second portion formed on the front and rear portions of the absorbent main body, The first portion and the second portion are substantially connected to form a substantially annular embossment.
V、る請求項 1または 2記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 1 or 2.
[4] 使用面側のトップシートを透過した液を吸収する吸収要素を備え、 [4] It has an absorption element that absorbs the liquid that has passed through the top sheet on the use surface side,
前記吸収要素は、トウを開繊して得られ且つ吸収量が自重の 1. 0倍以下の難吸収 フィラメント集合体を有しており、  The absorbent element is obtained by opening the tow and has an aggregate of hardly absorbed filaments whose absorption amount is 1.0 times or less of its own weight,
前記フィラメント集合体は、フィラメントがトップシートに沿って延在しており、かつフィ ラメントの両端が吸収要素の周縁から内側に離間している、  In the filament assembly, the filament extends along the top sheet, and both ends of the filament are spaced inward from the periphery of the absorbent element.
ことを特徴とする吸収性物品。  An absorbent article characterized by the above.
[5] 前記吸収体が、フィラメント集合体を液透過性シートに貼り付けるか又は液透過性 シートで包んだものである、請求項 4記載の吸収性物品。 [5] The absorbent article according to claim 4, wherein the absorbent body is one in which a filament assembly is attached to a liquid-permeable sheet or wrapped with a liquid-permeable sheet.
[6] 少なくとも股間部の両側に、前後方向に沿って延在するとともに前後方向中間部が 幅方向中央側に膨出する形状のエンボス凹部が形成されており、このエンボス凹部 は前記トップシートの使用面側から前記吸収体に達するように形成されて 、る、請求 項 4または 5記載の吸収性物品。 [6] At least on both sides of the crotch portion are formed embossed recesses extending in the front-rear direction and having a middle portion in the front-rear direction bulging toward the center in the width direction. The embossed recesses are formed on the top sheet. The absorbent article according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the absorbent article is formed so as to reach the absorber from a use surface side.
[7] 使用面側のトップシートを透過した液を吸収する吸収要素を備え、 [7] It has an absorption element that absorbs liquid that has passed through the top sheet on the use surface side,
前記吸収要素は、下層吸収体と、そのトップシート側に設けられた上層吸収体とを 有しており、  The absorbent element has a lower layer absorber and an upper layer absorber provided on the top sheet side,
前記上層吸収体は、トウを開繊して得られ且つ吸収量が自重の 1. 0倍以下の難吸 収フィラメント集合体力もなり、このフィラメント集合体は、フィラメントがトップシートに 沿って延在しており、かつフィラメントの両端が前記下層吸収体の周縁から内側に離 間している、 The upper layer absorbent is obtained by opening the tow and absorbs less than 1.0 times its own weight. The filament assembly force is also obtained. In this filament assembly, the filament extends along the top sheet, and both ends of the filament are separated from the peripheral edge of the lower layer absorber to the inside.
ことを特徴とする吸収性物品。  An absorbent article characterized by the above.
[8] 前記上層吸収体が、フィラメント集合体を液透過性シートに貼り付けるか又は液透 過性シートで包んだものである、請求項 7記載の吸収性物品。  [8] The absorbent article according to [7], wherein the upper layer absorbent body is one in which a filament aggregate is attached to a liquid permeable sheet or wrapped with a liquid permeable sheet.
[9] 前記下層吸収体が、パルプ繊維及び高吸収性ポリマー粒子を混合し積繊してなる ものである、請求項 7または 8記載の吸収性物品。 [9] The absorbent article according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the lower layer absorbent is obtained by mixing pulp fibers and superabsorbent polymer particles and stacking them.
[10] 前記下層吸収体が、フィラメント集合体及び高吸収性ポリマー粒子を混合し積繊し てなるものである、請求項 7または 8記載の吸収性物品。 [10] The absorbent article according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the lower layer absorbent is obtained by mixing and laminating a filament aggregate and superabsorbent polymer particles.
[11] 使用面側のトップシートを透過した液を吸収する吸収要素を備え、 [11] It has an absorption element that absorbs liquid that has passed through the top sheet on the use surface side,
前記吸収要素は、下層吸収体と、そのトップシート側に設けられた上層吸収体とを 有しており、  The absorbent element has a lower layer absorber and an upper layer absorber provided on the top sheet side,
前記下層吸収体は、トウを開繊して得られ且つ吸収量が自重の 1. 0倍以下の難吸 収フィラメント集合体力もなり、このフィラメント集合体は、フィラメントがトップシートに 沿って延在しており、かつフィラメントの両端が前記上層吸収体の周縁から内側に離 間している、  The lower layer absorbent body is obtained by opening the tow and has an absorption capacity of a hard-to-absorb filament that is less than 1.0 times its own weight. In this filament assembly, the filament extends along the top sheet. And both ends of the filament are spaced inward from the periphery of the upper absorbent body,
ことを特徴とする吸収性物品。  An absorbent article characterized by the above.
[12] 少なくとも股間部の両側に、前後方向に沿って延在するとともに前後方向中間部が 幅方向中央側に膨出する形状のエンボス凹部が形成されており、このエンボス凹部 は前記トップシートの使用面側から前記上層吸収体に達するように形成されている、 請求項 7〜: L 1のいずれか 1項に記載の吸収性物品。  [12] At least on both sides of the crotch portion, there are formed embossed recesses extending in the front-rear direction and having a middle portion in the front-rear direction bulging toward the center in the width direction. The absorbent article according to claim 7, wherein the absorbent article is formed so as to reach the upper layer absorbent body from the use surface side.
[13] トウを開繊して得られ且つ吸収量が自重の 1. 0倍以下の難吸収フィラメント集合体 を、液透過性シートに貼り付けるか又は液透過性シートで包んだ後、フィラメントの連 続方向に所定の間隔で切断し、切断したフィラメント集合体を、吸収体または吸収シ ート上の所定位置に貼り付ける、ことを特徴とする吸収体の製造方法。  [13] A difficult-to-absorb filament assembly that is obtained by opening the tow and absorbs less than 1.0 times its own weight is attached to the liquid-permeable sheet or wrapped with the liquid-permeable sheet, A method for producing an absorbent body, comprising: cutting the filament assembly at predetermined intervals in a continuous direction, and attaching the cut filament aggregate to a predetermined position on the absorbent body or the absorbent sheet.
[14] 使用面側のトップシートを透過した液を受け入れ保持する吸収要素を備え、  [14] It has an absorption element that receives and holds liquid that has passed through the top sheet on the use surface side,
前記吸収要素は、トウを開繊したフィラメントの集合体及び高吸収性ポリマー粒子を 有する吸収体を含み、 The absorbent element comprises a collection of filaments and superabsorbent polymer particles that have been opened tow. Including an absorbent having
前記吸収体は、股間部と、股間部の前側部分および股間部の後側部分を有してお り、股間部の両側部以外の部分である主吸収部分に高吸収性ポリマー粒子を有する とともに、股間部の両側部における高吸収性ポリマー粒子の目付けが前記主吸収部 分よりも少ない、  The absorbent body has a crotch portion, a front portion of the crotch portion, and a rear portion of the crotch portion, and has a superabsorbent polymer particle in a main absorbent portion that is a portion other than both side portions of the crotch portion. The basis weight of the superabsorbent polymer particles on both sides of the crotch part is less than that of the main absorbent part,
ことを特徴とする吸収性物品。  An absorbent article characterized by the above.
[15] 前記高吸収性ポリマー粒子が接着剤により前記フィラメントの集合体に接着されて いる、請求項 14記載の吸収性物品。 15. The absorbent article according to claim 14, wherein the superabsorbent polymer particles are bonded to the filament assembly with an adhesive.
[16] 前記吸収要素は前記吸収体を包む包被シートを備えており、前記高吸収性ポリマ 一粒子が接着剤により前記包被シートに接着されて 、る、請求項 14または 15記載の 吸収性物品。 [16] The absorption according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the absorbent element includes a wrapping sheet that wraps the absorber, and the superabsorbent polymer particles are adhered to the wrapping sheet with an adhesive. Sex goods.
[17] 前記高吸収性ポリマー粒子を保持する保持シートを備えている、請求項 14〜16の いずれか 1項に記載の吸収性物品  [17] The absorbent article according to any one of claims 14 to 16, comprising a holding sheet for holding the superabsorbent polymer particles.
[18] 前記高吸収性ポリマー粒子が接着剤により前記保持シートに接着されている、請求 項 17記載の吸収性物品。 18. The absorbent article according to claim 17, wherein the superabsorbent polymer particles are adhered to the holding sheet with an adhesive.
[19] 前記高吸収性ポリマー粒子の保持孔を有する保持シートを備えている、請求項 14[19] The holding sheet having holding holes for the superabsorbent polymer particles.
〜18のいずれか 1項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of -18.
[20] 前記保持シートを前記主吸収部分と重なる部位にのみ備えている、請求項 19記載 の吸収性物品。 [20] The absorbent article according to claim 19, wherein the holding sheet is provided only in a portion overlapping the main absorbent portion.
[21] 前記吸収体の裏面側に、前記高吸収性ポリマー粒子の保持孔を前記主吸収部分 と重なる部位にのみ有する保持シートを備えている、請求項 14〜18のいずれか 1項 に記載の吸収性物品。  [21] The holding sheet according to any one of claims 14 to 18, further comprising a holding sheet having a holding hole for the superabsorbent polymer particles only in a portion overlapping the main absorption portion on a back surface side of the absorber. Absorbent articles.
[22] 前記高吸収性ポリマーを接着するための接着剤が前記主吸収部分にのみ配され ている、請求項 15、 16または 18記載の吸収性物品。  [22] The absorbent article according to claim 15, 16 or 18, wherein an adhesive for adhering the superabsorbent polymer is disposed only on the main absorbent portion.
PCT/JP2006/321431 2005-10-26 2006-10-26 Absorbable article WO2007049725A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005310659A JP4841224B2 (en) 2005-10-26 2005-10-26 Absorbent articles
JP2005-310659 2005-10-26
JP2005376645A JP4969101B2 (en) 2005-12-27 2005-12-27 Method for manufacturing absorbent article
JP2005-376645 2005-12-27
JP2006-101161 2006-03-31
JP2006101161A JP4724587B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2006-03-31 Absorbent articles

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007049725A1 true WO2007049725A1 (en) 2007-05-03

Family

ID=37967835

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2006/321431 WO2007049725A1 (en) 2005-10-26 2006-10-26 Absorbable article

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2007049725A1 (en)

Cited By (43)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010113754A1 (en) * 2009-03-31 2010-10-07 住友精化株式会社 Water-absorbing sheet
WO2011094120A1 (en) * 2010-01-28 2011-08-04 Sca Hygiene Products Ab Absorbent article with slitted absorbent core
US8979815B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2015-03-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US9060904B2 (en) 2007-06-18 2015-06-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable absorbent article with sealed absorbent core with substantially continuously distributed absorbent particulate polymer material
US9066838B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2015-06-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable diaper having reduced absorbent core to backsheet gluing
US9072634B2 (en) 2007-06-18 2015-07-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable absorbent article with substantially continuously distributed absorbent particulate polymer material and method
US9216116B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2015-12-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US9216118B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2015-12-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and/or pockets
JP2016064000A (en) * 2014-09-25 2016-04-28 大王製紙株式会社 Absorbent article
US9326896B2 (en) 2008-04-29 2016-05-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Process for making an absorbent core with strain resistant core cover
US9340363B2 (en) 2009-12-02 2016-05-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Apparatus and method for transferring particulate material
US9375358B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2016-06-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with high absorbent material content
US9468566B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2016-10-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structure for absorbent articles
US9492328B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2016-11-15 The Procter & Gamble Company Method and apparatus for making absorbent structures with absorbent material
US9532910B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2017-01-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and signals
CN106572925A (en) * 2014-12-26 2017-04-19 尤妮佳股份有限公司 Absorbent article
US9668926B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2017-06-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Method and apparatus for making absorbent structures with absorbent material
US9713557B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2017-07-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with high absorbent material content
US9713556B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2017-07-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core with high superabsorbent material content
US9763835B2 (en) 2003-02-12 2017-09-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Comfortable diaper
US9789009B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2017-10-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles having channel-forming areas and wetness indicator
US9789011B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2017-10-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US9974699B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2018-05-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core for disposable absorbent articles
US9987176B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2018-06-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US10071002B2 (en) 2013-06-14 2018-09-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article and absorbent core forming channels when wet
US10130527B2 (en) 2013-09-19 2018-11-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent cores having material free areas
US10137039B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2018-11-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent cores having channel-forming areas and C-wrap seals
US10149788B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2018-12-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable diapers
US10292875B2 (en) 2013-09-16 2019-05-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and signals
US10322040B2 (en) 2015-03-16 2019-06-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with improved cores
US10470948B2 (en) 2003-02-12 2019-11-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Thin and dry diaper
US10507144B2 (en) 2015-03-16 2019-12-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with improved strength
US10543129B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2020-01-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles having channels and wetness indicator
US10561546B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2020-02-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structure for absorbent articles
US10632029B2 (en) 2015-11-16 2020-04-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent cores having material free areas
US10639215B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2020-05-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and/or pockets
US10736795B2 (en) 2015-05-12 2020-08-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with improved core-to-backsheet adhesive
US10842690B2 (en) 2016-04-29 2020-11-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core with profiled distribution of absorbent material
US11090199B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2021-08-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Method and apparatus for making an absorbent structure comprising channels
US11123240B2 (en) 2016-04-29 2021-09-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core with transversal folding lines
US11207220B2 (en) 2013-09-16 2021-12-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and signals
JP2022076017A (en) * 2017-06-08 2022-05-18 王子ホールディングス株式会社 Absorbent article
US11510829B2 (en) 2014-05-27 2022-11-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core with absorbent material pattern

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10272155A (en) * 1997-03-31 1998-10-13 Kureshia:Kk Disposable liquid body waste absorbing body
JP2001095846A (en) * 1999-09-30 2001-04-10 Daio Paper Corp Sanitary napkin having high-center portion and emboss
JP2002069781A (en) * 2000-09-01 2002-03-08 Uni Charm Corp Method and apparatus for opening continuous filament
JP2002509764A (en) * 1998-03-30 2002-04-02 パラゴン トレード ブランズ インコーポレイテッド Thin, absorbent core made of folded absorbent laminate
JP2003033398A (en) * 1991-07-23 2003-02-04 Clemson Univ Research Foundation Absorbing article capable of naturally transporting liquid, consisting of fibers

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003033398A (en) * 1991-07-23 2003-02-04 Clemson Univ Research Foundation Absorbing article capable of naturally transporting liquid, consisting of fibers
JPH10272155A (en) * 1997-03-31 1998-10-13 Kureshia:Kk Disposable liquid body waste absorbing body
JP2002509764A (en) * 1998-03-30 2002-04-02 パラゴン トレード ブランズ インコーポレイテッド Thin, absorbent core made of folded absorbent laminate
JP2001095846A (en) * 1999-09-30 2001-04-10 Daio Paper Corp Sanitary napkin having high-center portion and emboss
JP2002069781A (en) * 2000-09-01 2002-03-08 Uni Charm Corp Method and apparatus for opening continuous filament

Cited By (78)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10660800B2 (en) 2003-02-12 2020-05-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Comfortable diaper
US9763835B2 (en) 2003-02-12 2017-09-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Comfortable diaper
US11135096B2 (en) 2003-02-12 2021-10-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Comfortable diaper
US11234868B2 (en) 2003-02-12 2022-02-01 The Procter & Gamble Company Comfortable diaper
US10470948B2 (en) 2003-02-12 2019-11-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Thin and dry diaper
US11793682B2 (en) 2003-02-12 2023-10-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Thin and dry diaper
US9072634B2 (en) 2007-06-18 2015-07-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable absorbent article with substantially continuously distributed absorbent particulate polymer material and method
US9060904B2 (en) 2007-06-18 2015-06-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable absorbent article with sealed absorbent core with substantially continuously distributed absorbent particulate polymer material
US9241845B2 (en) 2007-06-18 2016-01-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable absorbent article with sealed absorbent core with substantially continuously distributed absorbent particulate polymer material
US9326896B2 (en) 2008-04-29 2016-05-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Process for making an absorbent core with strain resistant core cover
WO2010113754A1 (en) * 2009-03-31 2010-10-07 住友精化株式会社 Water-absorbing sheet
JP5337869B2 (en) * 2009-03-31 2013-11-06 住友精化株式会社 Water absorption sheet
US10004647B2 (en) 2009-12-02 2018-06-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Apparatus and method for transferring particulate material
US9340363B2 (en) 2009-12-02 2016-05-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Apparatus and method for transferring particulate material
WO2011094120A1 (en) * 2010-01-28 2011-08-04 Sca Hygiene Products Ab Absorbent article with slitted absorbent core
US8546642B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2013-10-01 Sca Hygiene Products Ab Absorbent article with slitted absorbent core
US9173784B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2015-11-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable diaper having reduced absorbent core to backsheet gluing
US10893987B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2021-01-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable diapers with main channels and secondary channels
US9468566B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2016-10-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structure for absorbent articles
US11135105B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2021-10-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structure for absorbent articles
US9649232B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2017-05-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable diaper having reduced absorbent core to backsheet gluing
US9668926B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2017-06-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Method and apparatus for making absorbent structures with absorbent material
US11110011B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2021-09-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structure for absorbent articles
US11000422B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2021-05-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Method and apparatus for making absorbent structures with absorbent material
US11602467B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2023-03-14 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structure for absorbent articles
US9492328B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2016-11-15 The Procter & Gamble Company Method and apparatus for making absorbent structures with absorbent material
US10813794B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2020-10-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Method and apparatus for making absorbent structures with absorbent material
US9974699B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2018-05-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core for disposable absorbent articles
US10149788B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2018-12-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable diapers
US9066838B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2015-06-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable diaper having reduced absorbent core to backsheet gluing
US10561546B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2020-02-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structure for absorbent articles
US10517777B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2019-12-31 The Procter & Gamble Company Disposable diaper having first and second absorbent structures and channels
US10130525B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2018-11-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structure for absorbent articles
US11911250B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2024-02-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent structure for absorbent articles
US10245188B2 (en) 2011-06-10 2019-04-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Method and apparatus for making absorbent structures with absorbent material
US9532910B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2017-01-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and signals
US10449097B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2019-10-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and signals
US10022280B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2018-07-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with high absorbent material content
US9375358B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2016-06-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with high absorbent material content
US9713557B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2017-07-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with high absorbent material content
US9713556B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2017-07-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core with high superabsorbent material content
US9216118B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2015-12-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and/or pockets
US10639215B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2020-05-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and/or pockets
US9216116B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2015-12-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US8979815B2 (en) 2012-12-10 2015-03-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US10071002B2 (en) 2013-06-14 2018-09-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article and absorbent core forming channels when wet
US11406544B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2022-08-09 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US9789011B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2017-10-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US9987176B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2018-06-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US10335324B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2019-07-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US10736794B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2020-08-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US11759376B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2023-09-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US10765567B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2020-09-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels
US11957551B2 (en) 2013-09-16 2024-04-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and signals
US11207220B2 (en) 2013-09-16 2021-12-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and signals
US10292875B2 (en) 2013-09-16 2019-05-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with channels and signals
US11154437B2 (en) 2013-09-19 2021-10-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent cores having material free areas
US11944526B2 (en) 2013-09-19 2024-04-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent cores having material free areas
US10130527B2 (en) 2013-09-19 2018-11-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent cores having material free areas
US9789009B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2017-10-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles having channel-forming areas and wetness indicator
US10675187B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2020-06-09 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles having channel-forming areas and wetness indicator
US10137039B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2018-11-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent cores having channel-forming areas and C-wrap seals
US11191679B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2021-12-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles having channel-forming areas and wetness indicator
US10828206B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2020-11-10 Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles having channel-forming areas and wetness indicator
US11090199B2 (en) 2014-02-11 2021-08-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Method and apparatus for making an absorbent structure comprising channels
US11510829B2 (en) 2014-05-27 2022-11-29 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core with absorbent material pattern
JP2016064000A (en) * 2014-09-25 2016-04-28 大王製紙株式会社 Absorbent article
CN106572925A (en) * 2014-12-26 2017-04-19 尤妮佳股份有限公司 Absorbent article
US10507144B2 (en) 2015-03-16 2019-12-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with improved strength
US10322040B2 (en) 2015-03-16 2019-06-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles with improved cores
US10736795B2 (en) 2015-05-12 2020-08-11 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with improved core-to-backsheet adhesive
US11918445B2 (en) 2015-05-12 2024-03-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with improved core-to-backsheet adhesive
US11497657B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2022-11-15 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles having channels and wetness indicator
US10543129B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2020-01-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles having channels and wetness indicator
US10632029B2 (en) 2015-11-16 2020-04-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent cores having material free areas
US11123240B2 (en) 2016-04-29 2021-09-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core with transversal folding lines
US10842690B2 (en) 2016-04-29 2020-11-24 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent core with profiled distribution of absorbent material
JP2022076017A (en) * 2017-06-08 2022-05-18 王子ホールディングス株式会社 Absorbent article

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4969101B2 (en) Method for manufacturing absorbent article
WO2007049725A1 (en) Absorbable article
JP5258954B2 (en) Absorber manufacturing method
JP2007175248A5 (en)
JP4564870B2 (en) Tow opening equipment
CN106456384B (en) Method for producing elastic member and disposable diaper using the elastic member
WO2006001457A1 (en) Absorbing material
WO2006003942A1 (en) Paper diaper
WO2006004017A9 (en) Humor absorbent article
WO2006006395A1 (en) Absorber and absorbent article
WO2006001456A1 (en) Apparatus for producing absorbing material, absorbing material and absorbent article
JP2006265762A5 (en)
JP4394616B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP5902411B2 (en) Absorbent article and manufacturing method thereof
JP2007283086A (en) Absorber and its production method
JP2005006954A (en) Disposable absorptive article
JP2007061252A5 (en)
JP4638333B2 (en) Absorbent article and method of manufacturing absorbent element
JP4320311B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP2006305043A5 (en)
JP4724587B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP4841224B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP2007117231A5 (en)
JP2006217951A (en) Absorbent article
JP4369890B2 (en) Absorber manufacturing equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 06822400

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1